Olink Holding AB (OLK) 20-F 2021 FY Annual report (foreign)

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 20-F

☐REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

☒ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021

OR

☐TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

☐SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission file number 001-40277

Olink Holding AB (publ)

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Not Applicable

(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)

Sweden

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

Uppsala Science Park

SE-751 83

Uppsala, Sweden

Tel: +46 (0) 18 - 444 39 70

(Address of principal executive offices)

With copies to:

Olink Proteomics Inc.

130 Turner St. Building 2, Suite 230

Waltham, MA 02453, USA Tel: (617) 393-3933

Attn: Linda Ramirez-Eaves, General Counsel

Oskar Hjelm, Chief Financial Officer, +46 (0) 18 – 444 39 72, oskar.hjelm@olink.com, Uppsala Science Park

SE-751 83

Uppsala, Sweden

(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act.

Title of each class	Trading symbol(s)	Name of each exchange on which registered
American Depositary Shares, each representing one common share, quota value SEC 2.431906612358035 per share	OLK	The Nasdaq Global Market
Common Shares, quota value SEC 2.431906612358035 per share*		The Nasdaq Global Market*
* Not for trading, but only in connection with the registration of the American Depositary Shares.

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act.

(Title of Class)

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act.

(Title of Class)

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.

As of December 31, 2021, 119,007,062 common shares were outstanding, including common shares represented by American Depositary Shares.

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. ☐Yes ☒ No

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. ☐Yes  ☒ No

Note – Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from their obligations under those Sections.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. ☒Yes ☐No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).

☒Yes ☐No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or an emerging growth company. See definition of “large accelerated filer, "accelerated filer,” and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

☐Large accelerated filer	☐Accelerated filer	☒Non-accelerated filer
☒Emerging growth company

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

† The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☐

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

☐ U.S. GAAP

☒ International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board

☐ Other

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow. ☐ Item 17  ☐ Item 18

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). ☐Yes ☒No

Contents

PART I		6
ITEM 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS		6
ITEM 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE		6
ITEM 3. KEY INFORMATION		6
A.	[Reserved]	6
B.	Capitalization and Indebtedness	6
C.	Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds	6
D.	Risk Factors	6
ITEM 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY		48
A.	History and Development of the Company	48
B.	Business Overview	49
C.	Organizational Structure	76
D.	Property, Plants and Equipment	76
ITEM 4A. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS		76
ITEM 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS		76
A.	Operating Results	78
B.	Liquidity and Capital Resources	83
C.	Research and Development, Patents and Licenses	86
D.	Trend Information	87
E.	Critical Accounting Estimates	87
ITEM 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES		87
A.	Directors and Senior Management	87
B.	Compensation	90
C.	Board practices	92
D.	Employees	95
E.	Share Ownership	95
ITEM 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS		95
A.	Major Shareholders	95
B.	Related party transactions	97
C.	Interests of Experts and Counsel	99
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION		99
A.	Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information	99
B.	Significant Changes	99
ITEM 9. THE OFFER AND LISTING		99
A.	Offer and Listing Details	99
B.	Plan of Distribution	99
C.	Markets	100
D.	Selling Shareholders	100
E.	Dilution	100

3

F.	Expenses of the Issue	100
ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION		100
A.	Share Capital	100
B.	Memorandum and Articles of Association	100
C.	Material Contracts	108
D.	Exchange Controls	108
E.	Taxation	108
F.	Dividends and Paying Agents	115
G.	Statement by Experts	115
H.	Documents on Display	115
I.	Subsidiary Information	116
ITEM 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK		116
ITEM 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES		117
A.	Debt Securities	117
B.	Warrants and Rights	117
C.	Other Securities	118
D.	American Depositary Shares	118
PART II		120
ITEM 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES		120
ITEM 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS		120
ITEM 15. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES		120
ITEM 16. [RESERVED]		120
ITEM 16A. AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT		120
ITEM 16B. CODE OF ETHICS		121
ITEM 16C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES		121
ITEM 16D. EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES		121
ITEM 16E. PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS		121
ITEM 16F. CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT		121
ITEM 16G. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE		122
ITEM 16H. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE		123
ITEM 16I. DISCLOSURES REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS.		123
PART III		124
ITEM 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS		124
ITEM 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS		124
ITEM 19. EXHIBITS		124

4

Special note regarding forward-looking statements

This Annual Report contains express or implied "forward-looking statements," as defined under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by the words “may,” “might,” “will,” “could,” “would,” “should,” “expect,” “intend,” "seek," “plan,” "outlook," “objective,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” "project," “potential,” “continue,” "currently," “ongoing,” or the negative of these terms, or other comparable terminology intended to identify statements about the future. You should not place undue reliance on these statements because they involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other important factors that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from the information expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements and opinions contained in this Annual Report are based on our management’s beliefs and assumptions and are based upon information currently available to our management as of the date of this Annual Report and, while we believe such information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be limited or incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. The forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report should be read in conjunction with, and are subject to and qualified by, the risks described in the "Risk Factors" section of this Annual Report, and in the company's other filings with the SEC. Forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report include, but are not limited to, statements about:

● estimates of our addressable market, market growth, future revenue, key performance indicators, expenses, capital requirements and our needs for additional financing;

● our ability to successfully implement our commercial launch plans;

● the implementation of our business model and strategic plans for our business, products and services;

● our plan to increase our library to grow beyond 6,000 protein biomarker targets over time;

● our expectations regarding the rate and degree of market acceptance of our product lines;

● the impact of our products and our proprietary technology, Proximity Extension Assay, on the field of proteomics and the size and growth of the addressable proteomics market;

● our competitive position, and developments and projections relating to our competitors and our industry, including estimates of the size and growth potential of the markets for our products;

● the timing, scope or likelihood of domestic and foreign regulatory filings and approvals;

● our ability to manage and grow our business and commercialize our product lines;

● our ability to develop and commercialize new products;

● the performance of third-party manufacturers and suppliers;

● our intellectual property position, including the scope of protection we are able to establish and maintain for intellectual property rights, the validity of intellectual property rights held by third parties, and our ability not to infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate any third-party intellectual property rights;

● the potential effects of government regulation;

● our ability to retain the continued service of our key professionals and to identify, hire and retain additional qualified professionals, including sales and marketing personnel;

● our ability to obtain additional financing in future offerings;

● our expectations regarding the time during which we will be an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act;

● occurrence of cyber incidents or failure by us or our third-party service providers to maintain cybersecurity;

● the quarterly progression of our business as it relates to the seasonal nature of our customers' buying patterns;

● the impact of local, regional, and national and international economic conditions and events; and

● the continuing impact of COVID-19 on our business.

5

PART I

ITEM 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

Not applicable.

ITEM 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

Not applicable.

ITEM 3. KEY INFORMATION

A. [Reserved]

B. Capitalization and Indebtedness

Not applicable.

C. Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

Not applicable.

D. Risk Factors

The following risks relate specifically to our business and should be considered carefully. Any of the risks described below or elsewhere in this Annual Report or our other filings with the SEC could have a material impact on our business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations. The risks listed below are not the only risks that we face. Additional risks unknown to us or that we currently believe are insignificant may also affect our business. As a result, the trading price of our ordinary shares and our American Depositary Shares, or ADSs, could decline and the holders could lose part or all of their investment.

Risks Related to our Business and Industry

If we do not successfully manage the development, launch and scaling of new products, including our Explore product line and our Olink Signature platform, our financial results could be adversely affected.

In June 2020, we introduced our Explore product line to the market. We face risks associated with launching new products, such as new Explore products, and platforms, such as our Olink Signature Q100, which we started delivering to customers in the fall of 2021, both leading up to such a launch and also for some time following the launch. If we encounter development, manufacturing, performance or scaling challenges our anticipated growth may be hindered. The expenses or losses associated with unsuccessful product development, launch activities, or scaling opportunities, or lack of market acceptance of our new products could adversely affect our business or financial condition.

We are substantially dependent on the success of scaling our distributed kits model through Explore and Olink Signature during 2022. If we are unable to successfully roll out and scale this business model, our business will be materially harmed.

To date, we have invested significant efforts and financial resources in the development of our Explore product line offering to enable a scalable distributed kits model, which we began delivering to early access customers in 2020 followed by a full commercial launch in March 2021, and the Olink Signature platform, which we started shipping to customers in the fall of 2021. Our near-term prospects, including our continued ability to finance our operations and generate revenue, will depend substantially on the successful performance of our Explore and Target kits sales, as well as adoption of our Olink Signature platform. The commercial success of our distributed kits will depend on a number of factors, including:

6

● our ability to gain traction for our external installations, scaling our footprint to enable the transition to a more distinct distributed kits business model;

● the consistent supply of the necessary equipment and consumables required for the PEA workflows to our customers by third-party vendors;

● the ability of our customers to secure any necessary internal approvals, and in some cases financing, to adopt the technology;

● the accessibility of Illumina’s NGS technology, which is the underlying readout platform for Explore;

● the availability, perceived advantages, relative cost, and relative performance of alternative and competing products;

● the effectiveness of our own or any future strategic collaborators’ marketing, sales and distribution strategy and operations;

● our ability to obtain, maintain, protect, and enforce our intellectual property rights in and to our Explore product line and our Olink Signature platform;

● our ability to avoid and defend against third-party patent interference or patent infringement claims or other intellectual property-related claims; and

● our ability to raise sufficient capital resources to fund the commercialization of our Explore product line and our Olink Signature platform.

Many of these factors are beyond our control. If we are not successful with respect to one or more of these factors in a timely manner or at all, we could experience significant delays or an inability to successfully commercialize our distributed kits model, which would materially harm our business. If we are not successful in commercializing our Explore kits or Olink Signature platform, our business will be materially harmed.

If we do not successfully develop and introduce new assays for our technology, we may not generate new sources of revenue and may not be able to successfully implement our growth strategy.

Our business strategy includes the development of new assays for our library of protein biomarker targets. New assays require significant research and development and a commitment of significant resources prior to their commercialization. Our technology is complex, and we cannot be sure that any assays we intend to develop will be developed successfully, be proven to function as intended, offer improvements over currently available tests, meet applicable standards, be produced in commercial quantities at acceptable costs or be successfully marketed. We cannot assure you that any assays we develop will be manufactured or produced economically, successfully commercialized or widely accepted in the marketplace or be more effective than other commercially available alternatives. Moreover, development of particular assays may require licenses or access to third-party intellectual property which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. If we do not successfully develop new high-multiplex assays for our protein biomarker targets, we could lose revenue opportunities with existing or future customers.

Our long-term results depend upon our ability to improve existing products and introduce and market new products successfully.

Our business is dependent on the continued improvement of our existing products and our development of new products utilizing our existing or potential future technology. As we introduce new products or refine, improve, or upgrade versions of existing products, we cannot predict the level of market acceptance or the amount of market share these products will achieve, if any. We cannot assure you that we will not experience material delays in the introduction of new products or that evolving supply chains will not be materially delayed or disrupted in the future. In addition, introducing new products could

7

result in a decrease in revenues from our existing products. Consistent with our strategy of offering new products and product refinements, we expect to continue to use a substantial amount of capital for product development and refinement. We may need more capital for product development and refinement than is available on terms favorable to us, if at all, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

We generally sell our products in industries that are characterized by rapid technological changes, frequent new product introductions and changing industry standards. If we do not develop new products and product enhancements based on technological innovation on a timely basis, our products may become obsolete over time and our revenues, cash flow, profitability and competitive position will suffer. Our success will depend on several factors, including our ability to:

● correctly identify customer needs and preferences and predict future needs and preferences;

● allocate our research and development funding to products with higher growth prospects;

● anticipate and respond to our competitors’ development of new products and technological innovations;

● innovate and develop new technologies and applications, and acquire or obtain rights to third-party technologies that may have valuable applications in the markets we serve;

● successfully commercialize new technologies in a timely manner, price them competitively and manufacture and deliver sufficient volumes of new products of appropriate quality on time;

● maintain our existing collaborative relationships with key opinion leaders (KOLs) in the life sciences scientific community;

● convince customers to adopt new technologies; and

● develop functioning global supply chains with multiple third-parties to bring products to market.

In addition, if we fail to accurately predict future customer needs and preferences or fail to produce viable technologies, we may invest heavily in research and development of products that do not lead to significant revenue. Even if we successfully innovate and develop new products and product enhancements, we may incur substantial costs in doing so, and our profitability may suffer.

Our ability to develop new products based on innovation can affect our competitive position and often requires the investment of significant resources. Difficulties or delays in research, development or production of new products and services or failure to gain market acceptance of new products and technologies may reduce future revenues and adversely affect our competitive position.

We have estimated the sizes of the markets for our current and future products and services, and these markets may be smaller than we estimate.

The market for proteomics technologies and products is new and evolving, making it difficult to predict with any accuracy the size of the markets for our current and future products. Our estimates of the total addressable market for our current products and services and those under development are based on a number of internal and third-party estimates, including, without limitation, the research community’s unmet need for methods to better facilitate prediction of drug response and disease risk and outcomes, whether novel proteomics are successfully integrated into the genomics markets from full discovery to clinical decision making, the applicability of our technology in vitro diagnostics and laboratory developed tests, and the assumed prices at which we can sell our current and future products and services for markets that have not been established. While we believe our assumptions and the data underlying our estimates are reasonable, these assumptions and estimates may not be correct and the conditions supporting our assumptions or estimates may change at any time, thereby reducing the predictive accuracy of these underlying factors. As a result, our estimates of the total addressable market for our current or future products and services may prove to be incorrect.

8

The future growth of the market for our current and future products depends on many factors beyond our control, including recognition and acceptance of our products by the scientific community and the growth, prevalence and costs of competing products and solutions. Such recognition and acceptance may not occur in the near term, or at all. If the markets for our current and future products are smaller than estimated or do not develop as we expect, or if the price at which we can sell future products and services or the total addressable market for our products or services is smaller than we have estimated, our growth may be limited and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

The life science tools markets are highly competitive. If we fail to effectively compete, our business, financial condition and operating results will suffer.

We face significant competition in the life science tools markets. We currently compete with both established and early-stage life science tools companies that design, manufacture and market assay products and services and libraries of protein biomarker targets. We believe our principal competitors in the life science tools markets as a whole are Quanterix Corporation, Meso Scale Diagnostics, LLC, Luminex Corporation and SomaLogic, Inc. as well as more established technologies such as ELISA or mass spectrometry provided by a number of established vendors. In addition, there are a number of new market entrants, such as Seer, Inc., Nautilus Biotechnology, Inc., Quantum-Si Incorporated, in the process of developing novel technologies for the life sciences market, including those that may compete with our PEA technology and existing product lines. Depending on market segment and customer use-case the relevant competitors may vary.

Some of our current competitors are large publicly-traded companies, or are divisions of large publicly- traded companies, and may enjoy a number of competitive advantages over us, including:

● greater name and brand recognition, financial and human resources;

● larger sales forces and more established distributor networks;

● substantial intellectual property portfolios;

● larger libraries of protein biomarkers; and

● better established, larger scale, and lower cost manufacturing capabilities.

We believe that the principal competitive factors in all of our target markets include:

● market adoption;

● scientific proof;

● cost of capital equipment;

● cost of consumables and supplies;

● reputation among customers and KOLs;

● innovation in product offerings;

● flexibility and ease-of-use;

● accuracy and reproducibility of results; and

● compatibility with existing laboratory processes, tools, and methods.

9

We cannot assure investors that our products will compete favorably or that we will be successful in the face of increasing competition from new products and technologies introduced by our existing competitors or new companies entering our markets. In addition, we cannot assure investors that our competitors do not have or will not develop products or technologies that currently or in the future will enable them to produce competitive products with greater capabilities or at lower costs than ours. Although we are pursuing several strategies to mitigate this trend, there can be no assurance we will be successful in doing so. Any failure to compete effectively could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and operating results.

Our business depends on levels of research and development spending by academic and governmental research institutions and biopharmaceutical companies, a reduction in which could limit demand for our products and adversely affect our business and operating results.

In the near term, we expect that a vast majority of our revenue will be derived from sales of the following product lines: Explore, Target, and Focus, including our Signature platform, to academic and clinical institutions and biopharmaceutical and biotechnology companies worldwide for research and development applications. The demand for our products will depend in part upon the research and development budgets of these customers, which are impacted by factors beyond our control, such as:

● changes in government programs (such as the National Institutes of Health) that provide funding to research institutions and companies;

● macroeconomic conditions, the political climate, and the ongoing impact of the COVID-19 pandemic;

● changes in the regulatory environment;

● differences in budgetary cycles;

● competitor product offerings or pricing;

● market-driven pressures to consolidate operations and reduce costs; and

● market acceptance of relatively new products.

In addition, academic, governmental, and other research institutions that fund research and development activities may be subject to stringent budgetary constraints that could results in spending reductions, reduced allocations, or budget cutbacks, which could jeopardize the ability of these customers to purchase our products. Our operating results may fluctuate substantially due to reductions and delays in research and development expenditures by these customers, including delays caused by these customers’ reducing activities in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. Specifically related to the COVID-19 pandemic, we cannot assure investors that any changes to our customers’ spending patterns are temporary or whether such new spending patterns will be sustained even after COVID-19. Any decrease in our customers’ budgets or expenditures, or in the size, scope, or frequency of capital or operating expenditures, could materially and adversely affect our business, operating results, and financial condition.

If we cannot provide quality technical and applications support, we could lose customers and our business and prospects will suffer.

The placement of our products and third-party instruments used with our products at new customer sites, the introduction of our technology into our customers’ existing laboratory workflows and ongoing customer support can be complex. Accordingly, we need highly trained technical support personnel. Hiring technical support personnel is very competitive in our industry due to the limited number of people available with the necessary scientific and technical backgrounds and ability to understand our technology at a technical level. To effectively support potential new customers and the expanding needs of current customers, we will need to substantially expand our technical support staff and develop our support

10

infrastructure and processes. If we are unable to attract, train or retain the number of highly qualified technical services personnel that our business needs, our business, and prospects will suffer.

We may experience manufacturing problems or delays that could limit our growth or adversely affect our operating results.

Our products are manufactured at our facilities located in Uppsala, Sweden using complex processes, sophisticated equipment and strict adherence to specifications and quality systems procedures. Any unforeseen manufacturing problems, such as contamination of our facilities, equipment malfunction, quality issues with components and materials sourced from third-party suppliers (such as our OEM partner for our Signature platform), failure to strictly follow procedures or meet specifications, or reduced or blocked access to our facilities as a result of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, could result in delays or shortfalls in production or require us to voluntarily recall our products. Identifying and resolving the cause of any such manufacturing or supplier issues could require substantial time and resources. If we are unable to keep up with demand for our products by successfully manufacturing and shipping our products in a timely manner, our revenue could be impaired, market acceptance for our products could be adversely affected and our customers might instead purchase our competitors’ products or cancel outstanding purchase orders.

In addition, the introduction of new products may require the development of new manufacturing sites and processes or procedures as well as new suppliers. While all of our assays are currently produced using the same basic processes, significant variations may be required to meet new product specifications.

Developing new processes and negotiating supply agreements can be very time consuming, and any unexpected difficulty in doing so could delay the introduction of a product.

Undetected errors or defects in our products, services and software could harm our reputation and decrease market acceptance of our products, services, and software.

Our products and services, as well as the software that accompanies them, are novel and complex and may contain undetected errors or defects when first introduced or as new versions are released. We cannot assure you that material performance problems, defects, or errors will not arise, and as we commercialize our Olink Signature platform with new software and launch more applications and content on Olink Insight, these risks may increase. We provide warranties that our products will meet performance specifications and will be free from defects. The costs incurred in correcting any defects or errors may be substantial and could adversely affect our operating margins.

In manufacturing our products, we depend upon third parties for the supply of various components, many of which require a significant degree of technical expertise to produce. If our suppliers fail to produce our components to specification or provide defective products to us and our quality control tests and procedures fail to detect such errors or defects, or we or our suppliers use defective materials in the manufacturing process, the reliability and performance of our products will be compromised.

Disruptions or other performance problems with our products, services or software may adversely impact our customers’ research or business, harm our reputation and result in reduced revenue or increased costs associated with product repairs or replacements. If that occurs, we may also incur significant costs, the attention of our key personnel could be diverted or other significant customer relations problems may arise.

We may be subject to claims related to errors or defects in our products, services, or software.

Errors or defects in our products, services or software may give rise to claims against us that exceed any revenue or profit we receive from the affected products, services, or software. Our limited representations for services cover nonconformance with generally accepted and applicable standards of service, and our limited product warranties cover manufacturing defects for use in accordance with applicable specifications and instructions.

11

The impacts and potential impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic continue to create significant uncertainty for our business, financial condition, and results of operations. We expect the continuing public health crisis resulting from the outbreak of COVID-19 to continue to adversely impact certain parts of our business.

The extent of the impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business and financial results will continue to depend on numerous evolving factors that we are not able to accurately predict and which will vary by market, including the duration and scope of the pandemic, the duration of the continued surges in the spread of COVID-19, global economic conditions during and after the pandemic, governmental actions that have been taken, or may be taken in the future, in response to the pandemic, and changes in customer behavior in response to the pandemic, some of which may be more than just temporary. Our global operations expose us to risks associated with the COVID-19 pandemic, which has continued to result in challenging operating environments. COVID-19 continues to spread across the globe to almost all countries and territories in which our products are developed, made, manufactured, distributed or sold. Authorities in many of these countries and territories have implemented numerous measures to stall the spread and reduce the impact of COVID-19, including travel bans and restrictions, quarantines, curfews, shelter in place and safer-at-home orders, business shutdowns and closures, and have also implemented multi-step polices with the goal of re-opening these markets. These measures have impacted and continue to impact us, our employees, customers, manufacturers, distributors, partners, suppliers and other third parties with whom we do business. The COVID-19 pandemic has adversely affected, and is expected to continue to adversely affect, elements of our business.

We have primarily observed disruptions in the customer end of the supply chain, with our customers’ labs operating at reduced capacity for extended parts of 2020 and during 2021 we have primarily observed disruptions in our supply chain related to standard lab consumables. COVID-19 adversely impacted our growth rate for 2020 and 2021, in particular as customers have had issues accessing their labs. We have not seen any material cancellations in our pipeline; however, there have been delays with projects being pushed into the future. We are continuing to closely monitor how the pandemic and related response measures are affecting our business. Our production and manufacturing facilities are located in Uppsala, Sweden and Waltham, Massachusetts, and we have noted an increase in delivery times for certain components throughout our supply chain. There is a risk that we could experience continued disruption on the supply side throughout the remainder of the COVID-19 pandemic. The recovery of revenue we have seen compared with previous levels reflects the underlying factors affecting demand, including the easing of lockdown restrictions and the partial or full reopening of academic and biopharmaceutical research laboratories around the world.

We have supported and implemented a work-from-home policy for our employees globally, while the office remains open for ongoing necessary activities as permitted by relevant government orders. The countries and territories in which our products are developed, made, manufactured, distributed or sold are in varying stages of restrictions, re- opening and reclosing to address the COVID-19 pandemic. Certain jurisdictions have begun re-opening only to return to restrictions in the face of increases in COVID-19 cases and new variants. There is considerable uncertainty regarding how the effects of the pandemic, including current and future health and safety measures implemented in response to the pandemic, will impact our business, including whether they will result in further changes in demand for our products; further increases in operating costs (whether as a result of changes to our supply chain or increases in employee costs, operating costs or otherwise); further impact our ability to perform research and development, manufacturing, and shipping of our products; how they will further impact our supply chain; and whether they will result in further reduced availability of air or other commercial transport, port closures or border restrictions, each or all of which can impact our ability to make, manufacture, distribute and sell our products. In addition, measures that impact our ability to access our facilities may continue to impact the availability of our employees, some of whom are not able to perform their job functions remotely. If a significant percentage of our or our business partners’ workforce is unable to work (including because of illness, facility closures, quarantine, curfews, shelter in place orders, travel restrictions, social distancing requirements or other governmental restrictions or voluntarily adopted practices), our operations will be negatively impacted. Any sustained interruption in our or our business partners’ operations, research and development, distribution network or supply chain or any significant continuous shortage of raw materials or other supplies as a result of these measures, restrictions or disruptions, including as a result of increased demand for certain products, can impair our ability to develop, make, manufacture, distribute or sell our products.

Compliance with governmental measures imposed in response to COVID-19 has caused and will continue to cause us to incur additional costs, and any inability to comply with such measures can subject us to restrictions on our business

12

activities, fines and other penalties, any of which can adversely affect our business. In addition, the increase in certain of our employees working remotely has amplified certain risks to our business, including increased demand on our information technology resources and systems, increased phishing and other malicious activity as cybercriminals try to exploit the uncertainty surrounding the COVID-19 pandemic and an increase in the number of points of potential exposure, such as laptops and mobile devices, to be secured, and any failure to effectively manage these risks, including to timely identify and appropriately respond to any security incidents, may adversely affect our business.

Public concern regarding the risk of contracting COVID-19 may impact demand from customers. Even as governmental restrictions are lifted and economies gradually re-open, the ongoing economic impacts and health concerns associated with the pandemic may continue to affect customer behavior. In addition, changes in customer purchasing patterns may increase demand for our products in one quarter, resulting in decreased customer demand for our products in subsequent quarters. The continued economic uncertainty associated with the COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in volatility in the global capital and credit markets which could impair our ability to access these markets on terms commercially acceptable to us, or at all, and execute our growth strategies. While we have developed and implemented and continue to develop and implement health and safety protocols, business continuity plans and crisis management protocols in an effort to try to mitigate the negative impact of COVID-19 on our employees and our business, there can be no assurance that we will be successful in our efforts or that such efforts may not have detrimental unintended consequences, and as a result, our business, financial condition and results of operations and the price of our common shares and ADSs may be adversely affected.

Our products could become subject to government regulation, and the regulatory approval and maintenance process for such products may be expensive, time-consuming and uncertain in both timing and outcome.

Our products are currently labeled and promoted, and are, and in the near-future will be, sold primarily to academic and research institutions and biopharmaceutical companies as research use only (RUO) products, and are not currently designed, or intended to be used, for clinical diagnostic tests. However, as we continue to expand our product lines and the applications and uses of our existing products into new fields, certain of our current or future products could become subject to regulation by the United States Food and Drug Administration (FDA), European Medicines Agency (EMA), or comparable international agencies, including requirements for regulatory clearance, authorization or approval of such products before they can be marketed. Also, even if our products are labeled, promoted and intended as RUO, the FDA, EMA or comparable international agencies could disagree with our conclusion that our products are intended for research use only or deem our sales, marketing and promotional efforts as being inconsistent with RUO products. For example, our customers may independently elect to use our RUO labeled products in their own LDTs for clinical diagnostic use, which could subject our products to government regulation, even if clinical uses of our RUO products by our customers were done without our consent. Such regulatory approvals, authorizations or clearances may be expensive, time-consuming and uncertain, and our failure to obtain or comply with such approvals, authorizations and clearances could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results. In addition, changes to the current regulatory framework, including the imposition of additional or new regulations, including regulation of our products, could arise at any time during the development or marketing of our products, which may negatively affect our ability to obtain or maintain FDA, EMA or comparable regulatory approval of our products, if required. Also, obtaining and maintaining marketing approval of our current and future products in one jurisdiction does not mean that we will be successful in obtaining marketing approval of our current and future product candidates in other jurisdictions. Further, if we expand into new product lines or services, we may become subject to additional U.S. healthcare regulations such as federal and state fraud and abuse, transparency and data privacy and security laws and state clinical laboratory requirements, among others.

Diagnostic products are regulated as medical devices by the FDA, EMA and comparable international agencies and may require clearance following the 510(k)-pre-market notification process, authorization following a request for de novo classification or pre-market approval from the FDA, in each case prior to marketing. In Europe, we are required to comply with the Medical Device Regulation 2017/745 and In Vitro Diagnostic Regulation 2017/746, which became effective May 26, 2017, with application dates of May 26, 2021 (postponed from 2020) and May 26, 2022, respectively. Obtaining the requisite regulatory approvals can be expensive and may involve considerable delay. None of our products are currently regulated as in vitro diagnostic devices for clinical diagnosis. However, if our products labeled as RUO are used, or could be used, for the diagnosis of disease, the regulatory requirements related to marketing, selling and supporting such products could change or be uncertain, even if such use by our customers is without our consent. Moreover, if the FDA believed we inappropriately labeled our products as RUO, it could allege that we had misbranded or adulterated our products.

13

If the FDA, EMA or other regulatory authorities assert that any of our products are subject to regulatory clearance, authorization or approval, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be adversely affected.

The raw materials for and components of our products could become subject to stricter regulation.

Antibodies are a key component of our products. The Scientific Advisory Committee (ESAC) of the European Union Reference Laboratory for alternatives to animal testing (EURL ECVAM) published a recommendation in May 2020 on non-animal derived antibodies which, in summary, stated that animals should no longer be used for the development and production of antibodies for research, regulatory, diagnostic and therapeutic applications and that countries in the European Union should no longer authorize the development and production of antibodies through animal immunization, where robust, legitimate scientific justification is lacking. The recommendation is based on the principle from European Union Directive 2010/63 on the protection of animals used for scientific purposes, that European Union Member States should ensure that, wherever possible, a scientifically satisfactory method or testing strategy not entailing the use of live animals should be used over any procedure that may be harmful to animals. The ESAC recommendation suggests that non-animal derived antibodies are equivalent to animal-derived antibodies for the vast majority of applications and encourages manufacturers and suppliers to replace animal-derived antibodies available in their catalogues with non-animal-derived affinity reagents. While the ESAC recommendation is not legally-binding, and its principles are yet to be enacted in legislation, it does suggest a policy move away from the use of animal immunization for developing and producing antibodies in the European Union and, in particular, that European Union Member States may need to adapt their national regulations on antibody development and production to ensure compliance with Directive 2010/63. This may result in stricter regulation in the future which could have an adverse impact on our operations and antibody suppliers.

We face risks related to handling of hazardous materials and other regulations governing environmental safety.

Our operations are subject to complex and stringent environmental, health, safety and other governmental laws and regulations that both public officials and private individuals may seek to enforce. Our activities that are subject to these regulations include, among other things, our use of hazardous materials in manufacturing and in our products, and the generation, transportation and storage of waste. We could discover that we, an acquired business or our suppliers are not in material compliance with these regulations. Existing laws and regulations may also be revised or reinterpreted, or new laws and regulations may become applicable to us, whether retroactively or prospectively, that may have a negative effect on our business and results of operations. It is also impossible to eliminate completely the risk of accidental environmental contamination or injury to individuals. In such an event, we could be liable for any damages which could adversely affect our business.

Acquisitions or joint ventures could disrupt our business, cause dilution to our shareholders and/or our holders of ADSs and otherwise harm our business.

We may acquire other businesses, products or technologies as well as pursue strategic alliances, joint ventures, technology licenses or investments in complementary businesses. For example, in early 2020, we acquired Agrisera AB, a Swedish company specializing in antibody production, in order to enable the growth of our protein biomarker library and increase control over our supply chain. Any future transactions could be material to our financial condition and operating results and expose us to many risks, including:

● disruption in our relationships with customers, distributors or suppliers as a result of such a transaction;

● unanticipated liabilities related to acquired companies;

● difficulties integrating acquired personnel, technologies and operations into our existing business;

● diversion of management time and focus from operating our business;

● increases in our expenses and reductions in our cash available for operations and other uses; and

14

● possible write-offs or impairment charges relating to acquired businesses.

Foreign acquisitions involve unique risks in addition to those mentioned above, including those related to integration of operations across different cultures and languages, currency risks and the particular economic, political and regulatory risks associated with specific countries.

Also, the anticipated benefit of any strategic transaction may not materialize. Future acquisitions could result in potentially dilutive issuances of our equity securities, the incurrence of debt, contingent liabilities or amortization expenses or write-offs of goodwill, any of which could harm our financial condition. We cannot predict the number, timing or size of future joint ventures or acquisitions, or the effect that any such transactions might have on our operating results.

Unfavorable global economic or political conditions could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

General conditions in the global economy and in the global financial markets could adversely affect our results of operations, including the potential effects from COVID-19 as discussed above, and the overall demand for our products and services may be particularly vulnerable to unfavorable economic conditions. A global financial crisis or a global or regional political disruption could cause extreme volatility in the capital and credit markets. A severe or prolonged economic downturn or political disruption could result in a variety of risks to our business, including weakened demand for our products and our ability to raise additional capital when needed on acceptable terms, if at all. A weak or declining economy or political disruption could also strain our manufacturers or suppliers, possibly resulting in supply disruption, or cause our customers to delay making payments for our products and services. Any of the foregoing could harm our business and we cannot anticipate all of the ways in which the political or economic climate and financial market conditions could adversely impact our business.

Enhanced trade tariffs, import restrictions, export restrictions, United States regulations, Chinese regulations or other trade barriers may materially harm our business.

We are continuing to expand our international operations as part of our growth strategy and have experienced an increasing concentration of sales in certain regions, especially in the Asia-Pacific region. These regions, including China, could impose tariffs on imports from various regions, including from regions where we operate our business, and these tariffs could raise our costs. Furthermore, tariffs, trade restrictions, or trade barriers that have been, and may in the future be, placed on products such as ours by foreign governments, especially China, have raised, and could further raise, amounts paid for some or all of our products, which may result in the loss of customers and our business, and our financial condition and results of operations may be harmed. Further tariffs may be imposed that could cover imports of components and materials used in our products, or our business may be adversely impacted by retaliatory trade measures taken by China or other countries, including restricted access to components or materials used in our products or increased amounts that must be paid for our products, which could materially harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. Further, the continued threats of tariffs, trade restrictions and trade barriers could have a generally disruptive impact on the global economy and therefore, negatively impact our sales. Given the relatively fluid regulatory environment in China and uncertainty how foreign governments will act with respect to tariffs, international trade agreements and policies, there could be additional tax or other regulatory changes in the future. Any such changes could directly and adversely impact our financial results and results of operations.

Additionally, in November 2018, the United States Commerce Department’s Bureau of Industry and Security (BIS) released an advance notice of proposed rulemaking to control the export of emerging technologies. This notice included “biotechnology, including nanobiology; synthetic biology; genomic and genetic engineering; or neurotech” as possible areas of increased export controls. In April 2020, BIS expanded its controls on the export, re-export, and transfer of certain items for military end-use or to military end-users in China and certain other countries. Therefore, it is possible that our ability to export or share our technologies developed in the United States may be restricted in the future.

15

Risks Related to Our Financial Position and Need for Additional Capital

We expect to make significant investments in our continued research and development of new products and services and software, which may not be successful.

We currently have a library of approximately 3,000 protein biomarker targets, of which 1,100 are incorporated in the Target product line and all 3,000 are incorporated in Explore as of the fourth quarter 2021. We plan to grow our library beyond 6,000 protein biomarker targets over time. We continue to plan to make our Explore line widely available as distributed kit products and to continue the launch of our own qPCR readout platform, Olink Signature Q100. In addition, we plan to utilize our cloud platform, Olink Insight, and work together with KOLs and our customers to make proteomics big data easy, accessible and actionable, which in turn requires open access, transparent and high-quality protein biomarker data. We also plan to invest in our sales and marketing infrastructure to grow our customer base and sell more products and services to existing customers. We expect to incur significant expenses to advance these development efforts, but they may not be successful. Even if we are ultimately successful in these efforts, our gross margins may suffer as we invest in advance of potential revenue growth.

Developing new products, services and software is a speculative and risky endeavor. Products, services or software that initially show promise may fail to achieve the desired results or may not achieve acceptable levels of analytical accuracy or clinical utility. We may need to alter our products in development and repeat studies before we identify a potentially successful product or service. Product development is expensive, may take years to complete and can have uncertain outcomes. Failure can occur at any stage of the development. If, after development, a product appears successful, we or our collaborators may, depending on the nature of the product, need to obtain FDA, EMA and other regulatory clearances, authorizations or approvals before we can market the product. The FDA’s and EMA’s clearance, authorization or approval pathways are likely to involve significant time, as well as additional research, development and clinical study expenditures. The FDA, EMA or other applicable regulatory authority may not clear, authorize or approve any future product we develop. Even if we develop a product that receives regulatory clearance, authorization or approval, we or our collaborators would need to commit substantial resources to commercialize, sell and market the product before it could be profitable, and the product or service may never be commercially successful. Additionally, development of any product or service may be disrupted or made less viable by the development of competing products or services.

New potential products, services and software may fail at any stage of development or commercialization and if we determine that any of our current or future products, services or software is unlikely to succeed, we may abandon them without any return on our investment. If we are unsuccessful in developing additional products, services or software, our potential for growth may be impaired.

Our future capital needs are uncertain and we may need to raise additional funds in the future.

We believe that our existing cash at bank and in hand as of December 31, 2021, together with our cash generated from commercial sales, will enable us to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements for at least the next 12 months. However, we may need to raise substantial additional capital to:

● expand our sales and marketing efforts to further commercialize our products;

● strategically acquire companies or technologies that may be complementary to our business;

● expand our research and development efforts to improve our existing products and develop and launch new products, particularly if any of our products are deemed by the FDA, EMA or other applicable regulatory authority to be medical devices or otherwise subject to additional regulation by the FDA, EMA or other applicable regulatory authority;

● seek premarket approval, de novo classification or 510(k) clearance from the FDA and comply with the new Medical Device Regulation 2017/745 and In Vitro Diagnostic Regulation 2017/746 in Europe for our existing products or new products if or when we decide to market products for use in the prevention, diagnosis or treatment of a disease or other condition (see “- Our products could become subject to government regulation and the regulatory approval

16

and maintenance process for such products may be expensive, time-consuming and uncertain in both timing and outcome” for further information about the FDA, EMA and other regulatory approvals that we may be required to seek and obtain in that circumstance);

● hire additional personnel;

● enter into collaboration arrangements, if any, or in-license other products and technologies;

● add operational, financial and management information systems; and

● pay for increased costs as a result of operating as a public company.

Our future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including:

● market acceptance of new products, including our recently launched Explore product line and our future products;

● the cost and timing of establishing additional sales, marketing and distribution capabilities;

● the cost of our research and development activities;

● our ability to enter into collaborations in the future, and the success of any such collaborations;

● the cost and timing of potential regulatory clearances, authorizations or approvals that may be required in the future for our products; and

● the effect of competing technological and market developments.

We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain additional financing for investment for growth on acceptable terms, or at all. Our ability to raise additional funds will depend on financial, economic and market conditions and other factors, over which we may have no or limited control. Market volatility resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic or other factors could also adversely impact our ability to access capital as necessary. If we raise additional funds by issuing equity or equity-linked securities, our shareholders and future holders of the ADSs may experience dilution. Future debt financing, if available, may involve covenants restricting our operations or our ability to incur additional debt. Any debt or equity financing may contain terms that are not favorable to us, our shareholders or future holders of the ADSs. If we raise additional funds through collaboration and licensing arrangements with third parties, it may be necessary to relinquish some rights to our technologies or our products or grant licenses on terms that are not favorable to us. If we do not have, or are not able to obtain, sufficient funds, we may have to delay development or commercialization of new products. We also may have to reduce marketing, customer support or other resources devoted to our products or cease operations. Any of these factors could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, operating results and business.

We have incurred losses, from time to time since we were formed, and we may incur losses in the future.

We recorded revenue of $95.0 million and $54.1 million; and recognized net losses of $38.3 million and $6.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020, respectively. We expect to incur losses in the future as we plan to invest significant additional funds toward expansion of our commercial organization and the development of our technology. In addition, as a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting, and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. These increased expenses will make it harder for us to sustain future profitability. We may incur losses in the future for a number of reasons, many of which are beyond our control, including the other risks described in this “Risk Factors” section, the market acceptance of our new products, future product development and our market penetration and margins. Our failure to become profitable would depress the value of our common shares and ADSs and could impair our ability to raise capital, expand our business, maintain our research and development efforts or continue our operations. A decline in the value of our common shares or ADSs could also cause you to lose all or part of your investment.

17

We have a limited operating history, which may make it difficult to evaluate the prospects for our future viability and predict our future performance.

Our operations to date have been limited to developing and commercializing our technology and products. Our prospects must be considered in light of the uncertainties, risks, expenses, and difficulties frequently encountered by companies in their early stages of operations. Predictions about our future success or viability are highly uncertain and may not be as accurate as they could be if we had a longer operating history. In addition, as a business with a limited operating history, we may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other known and unknown obstacles. We have encountered in the past, and will encounter in the future, risks and uncertainties frequently experienced by growing companies with limited operating histories in emerging and rapidly changing industries. If our assumptions regarding these risks and uncertainties, which we use to plan and operate our business, are incorrect or change, or if we do not address these risks successfully, our results of operations could differ materially from our expectations, and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Our operating results have in the past fluctuated significantly and may continue to fluctuate significantly in the future, which makes our future operating results difficult to predict and could cause our operating results to fall below expectations or any guidance we may provide.

Our quarterly and annual operating results have fluctuated significantly, which makes it difficult for us to predict our future operating results. These fluctuations have occurred and may occur due to a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control, including, but not limited to:

● reductions in capacity or shutdowns of laboratories and other institutions as well as other impacts stemming from the COVID-19 pandemic, including reduced or delayed spending on products and services as a result of such shutdowns and delays before re-opened laboratories and institutions resume previous levels of research activities that require new purchases of our products and services;

● disruptions in customers’ ongoing experiments or interruptions in the ability of our customers to complete research projects as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic;

● our dependence on single source and sole source suppliers for some of the components and materials used in our products;

● production problems and quality issues with the materials we purchase for manufacturing, which could impact our ability to manufacture and ship our products and related components;

● the level of demand for our products, which may vary significantly and result in excess capacity expenses, and our ability to increase penetration in our existing markets and expand into new markets;

● the timing and cost of, and level of investment in, research and development and commercialization activities relating to our products, which may change from time to time;

● the volume and mix of our product and services sales or changes in the manufacturing or sales costs related to our products and services;

● the success of our recently introduced products, including our Explore, Target and Focus product lines, and the introduction of our own qPCR readout platform, Olink Signature Q100, or others in our industry;

● the timing and amount of expenditures that we may incur to acquire, develop or commercialize additional products and technologies or for other purposes, such as the expansion of our facilities;

● changes in governmental funding of life sciences research and development or changes that impact budgets, budget cycles or seasonal spending patterns of our customers;

18

● future accounting pronouncements or changes in our accounting policies;

● the outcome of any future litigation or governmental investigations involving us, our industry or both;

● difficulties encountered in delivering our products and services, whether as a result of external factors such as weather or internal issues such as labor disputes;

● general market conditions and other factors, including factors unrelated to our operating performance or the operating performance of our competitors;

● higher than anticipated warranty costs;

● customers accelerating, canceling, reducing or delaying orders as a result of developments related to litigation;

● the impacts of infectious disease, epidemics, pandemics and outbreaks, including the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic, on our business operations and on the business operations of our customers, manufacturers and suppliers;

● seasonality of customer demand throughout the calendar year;

● inflation (including hyperinflation) or recession; and

● the other factors described in this “Risk Factors” section.

The cumulative effects of the factors discussed above could result in large fluctuations and unpredictability in our quarterly and annual operating results. As a result, comparing our operating results on a period-to- period basis may not be meaningful. Investors should not rely on our past results as an indication of our future performance.

This variability and unpredictability could also result in our failing to meet the expectations of industry or financial analysts or investors for any period. If our revenue or operating results fall below the expectations of analysts or investors or below any guidance we may provide, or if the guidance we provide is below the expectations of analysts or investors, the price of our common shares and ADSs could decline substantially. Such a price decline could occur even when we have met or exceeded any previously publicly stated guidance we may provide. Our failure to reinstate or provide updated annual revenue guidance in the future may make it more difficult for financial analysts and other investors to value our common shares and ADSs and may result in increased volatility in the price of our common shares and ADSs.

Seasonality causes fluctuations in our revenue and results of operations.

We operate on a December 31st year end and there are significant seasonal factors that cause sales of our products, such as our Explore, Target and Focus product lines, to vary on a quarterly or yearly basis and increase the magnitude of quarterly or annual fluctuations in our operating results. We believe that this seasonality results from a number of factors, including the procurement and budgeting cycles of many of our customers, especially government- or grant-funded customers, whose cycles often coincide with government fiscal year ends. For example, the U.S. government’s fiscal year end occurs in our third quarter and may result in increased sales of our products during such quarter if government-funded customers have unused funds that may be forfeited, or future budgets that may be reduced, if such funds remain unspent at such fiscal year end. Furthermore, the academic budgetary cycle similarly requires grantees to ‘use or lose’ their grant funding, which seems to be tied disproportionately to the end of the calendar year, driving sales higher during the fourth quarter. Similarly, our biopharmaceutical customers typically have calendar year fiscal years which also result in a disproportionate amount of their purchasing activity occurring during our fourth quarter. These factors have contributed, and we expect will continue to contribute in the future, to substantial fluctuations in our quarterly operating results. Because of these fluctuations, it is possible that in some quarters our operating results will fall below the expectations of securities analysts or investors. If that happens, the market price of the ADSs would likely decrease. These fluctuations, among other factors, also mean that our operating results in any particular period may not be relied upon as an indication of future performance. Seasonal or cyclical

19

variations in our sales have in the past, and may in the future, become more or less pronounced over time, and have in the past materially affected, and may in the future materially affect, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Additionally, impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic has caused and may continue to cause unpredictable temporary or permanent fluctuations in seasonal or cyclical variations.

Our sales cycle is lengthy and variable, which makes it difficult for us to forecast revenue and other operating results.

The sales cycle for our products is lengthy because each sale generally represents a major capital expenditure and generally requires the approval of our customers’ senior management. This may contribute to substantial fluctuations in our quarterly or annual operating results, particularly during the periods in which our sales volume is low. Factors that may cause fluctuations in our quarterly or operating results include, without limitation, market acceptance for our new products; our ability to attract new customers; publications of studies by us, competitors or third parties; the timing and success of new product introductions by us or our competitors or other changes in the competitive dynamics of our industry, such as consolidation; the amount and timing of our costs and expenses; changes in our pricing policies or those of our competitors; general economic, industry and market conditions; the effects of seasonality; the regulatory environment; expenses associated with warranty costs or unforeseen product quality issues; the hiring, training and retention of key employees, including our ability to grow our sales organization; litigation or other claims against us for intellectual property infringement or otherwise; our ability to obtain additional financing as necessary; changes or trends in new technologies and industry standards; and the impact of COVID-19. Because of these fluctuations, it is likely that in some future quarters our operating results will fall below the expectations of securities analysts or investors. If that happens, the market price of the ADSs would likely decrease. Such fluctuations also mean that investors may not be able to rely on our operating results in any particular period as an indication of future performance. Sales to existing customers and the establishment of a business relationship with other potential customers is a lengthy process, generally taking several months and sometimes longer. Following the establishment of the relationship, the negotiation of purchase terms can be time-consuming, and a potential customer may require an extended evaluation and testing period. In anticipation of product orders, we may incur substantial costs before the sales cycle is complete and before we receive any customer payments. As a result, in the event that a sale is not completed or is canceled or delayed, we may have incurred substantial expenses, making it more difficult for us to become profitable or otherwise negatively impacting our financial results. Furthermore, because of our lengthy sales cycle, the realization of revenue from our selling efforts may be substantially delayed, our ability to forecast our future revenue may be more limited and our revenue may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter.

We may incur impairment charges on our goodwill and intangible assets which could adversely impact our financial results.

Goodwill and certain other intangible assets with indefinite lives are tested for impairment annually, or upon the identification of any impairment indicators. As of December 31, 2021, goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives represented approximately 36% of our total assets. In the future, if we determine that there has been impairment, our net profit or net loss for the relevant period would be reduced by the amount of the impairment, net of tax effects, if any.

We are exposed to risks related to currency exchange rates.

Due to the international scope of our operations, our assets, earnings and cash flows are affected by fluctuations in the exchange rates of several currencies, particularly the Swedish Kronor (SEK), the U.S. Dollar (USD), the Euro (EUR), the British Pound (GBP), and the Chinese Yuan (CNY). Currency risks arise when future commercial transactions or reported assets or liabilities are denominated in a currency other than our reporting currency, the USD. Exchange rate fluctuations between local currencies and the USD create risk in several ways, including the following:

● weakening of the USD may increase the USD cost of overseas research and development expenses and the cost of sourced product components outside the United States;

● the exchange rates on non-USD transactions and cash deposits can distort our financial results; and

20

● the pricing and profit margins of our products may be affected by currency fluctuations.

In addition, to the extent our need for contract manufacturing increases once certain of our products reach the commercial market, our exposure to currency risks will increase proportionally. We do not engage in regular hedging transactions, since to date our currency exposure has been mostly related to purchased services for product development, which has been irregular and difficult to anticipate. It is possible that fluctuations in currency exchange rates could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We are subject to risks related to taxation in multiple jurisdictions.

We are subject to income taxes in Swedish and foreign jurisdictions. Significant judgments based on interpretations of existing tax laws or regulations may be required in determining our provision for income taxes. Our effective income tax rate could be adversely affected by various factors, including, but not limited to, changes in the mix of earnings in tax jurisdictions with different statutory tax rates, changes in the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, changes in existing tax policies, laws, regulations or rates, changes in the level of non-deductible expenses (including share-based compensation), changes in the location of our operations, changes in our future levels of research and development spending, mergers and acquisitions or the result of examinations by various tax authorities. Although we believe our tax estimates are reasonable, if the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (IRS) or other taxing authority disagrees with the positions taken on our tax returns, we could have additional tax liability, including interest and penalties. If material, payment of such additional amounts upon final adjudication of any disputes could have a material impact on our results of operations and financial position.

Changes in tax laws or regulations that are applied adversely to us or our customers may have a material adverse effect on our business, cash flow, financial condition or results of operations.

New income, sales, use or other tax laws, statutes, rules, regulations or ordinances could be enacted at any time, which could affect the tax treatment of our domestic and foreign earnings. Any new taxes could adversely affect our domestic and international business operations and our business and financial performance. Further, existing tax laws, statutes, rules, regulations or ordinances could be interpreted, changed, modified or applied adversely and retroactively to us. We will continue to monitor and assess the impact of the tax legislation on our business. Any changes in tax laws or regulations that are applied adversely to us or our customers could have a material adverse effect on our business, cash flow, financial condition or results of operations.

Risks Related to Our Dependence on Third Parties

We are dependent on single source and sole source suppliers for some of the components and materials used in our products and the loss of any of these suppliers could harm our business. The ability of our suppliers to meet our needs and the needs of our customers could be reduced or eliminated by the impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic.

In certain cases, we rely on single source suppliers for all of our requirements for some of our materials or components. In several cases, we do not have long term contracts with these suppliers, and even in the cases where we do, the contracts include significant qualifications that would make it extremely difficult for us to force the supplier to provide us with their services, materials or components should they choose not to do so or does not have the capacity to do so. We are therefore subject to the risk that these third-party suppliers will not be able or willing to continue to provide us with materials and components that meet our specifications, quality standards and delivery schedules. Factors that could impact our suppliers’ willingness and ability to continue to provide us with the required materials and components include disruption at or affecting our suppliers’ facilities, such as work stoppages or natural disasters, infectious disease, epidemics or pandemics including COVID-19, outbreaks, adverse weather or other conditions that affect their supply, the financial condition of our suppliers, deterioration in our relationships with these suppliers or the decision by such suppliers to introduce products that compete directly with our solutions. In addition, we cannot be sure that we will be able to obtain these materials and components on satisfactory terms. Any increase in material and component costs or decrease in availability could reduce our sales and harm our gross margins. In addition, any loss of a material supplier may permanently cause a change in one or more of our products that may not be accepted by our customers or cause us to eliminate that product altogether.

21

For example, we depend on a single-source supplier for antibodies used for some of our products and we do not have a long-term contract with this single-source supplier. We also depend on single source suppliers, Fluidigm and Illumina, for instrumentation used for our products and we do not have a long-term contract with Illumina. Lead times for some of these antibodies and instruments can be several months or more and could be exacerbated due to the COVID-19 pandemic. In the event that demand increases, a manufacturing ‘lot’ does not meet our specifications or we fail to forecast and place purchase orders sufficiently in advance, this could result in a material shortage. Some of the antibodies and both of the platforms are proprietary to these suppliers, thereby making second sourcing and development of a replacement difficult. Furthermore, these suppliers have intellectual property rights that could prevent us from sourcing such antibodies and instruments from other suppliers. These suppliers could choose to create products that directly compete with our products and end our current supplier-customer relationships. If antibodies or instruments become unavailable from our current suppliers and we are unable to find acceptable substitutes for these suppliers, we may be required to produce them internally or change our product designs.

We have not qualified secondary sources for all materials or components that we source through a single supplier and we cannot assure investors that the qualification of a secondary supplier will prevent future supply issues. Disruption in the supply of materials or components would impair our ability to sell our products and meet customer demand, and also could delay the launch of new products, any of which could harm our business and results of operations. If we were to have to change suppliers, the new supplier may not be able to provide us with materials or components in a timely manner and in adequate quantities that are consistent with our quality standards and on satisfactory pricing terms. In addition, alternative sources of supply may not be available for materials that are scarce or components for which there are a limited number of suppliers.

While we have taken steps to mitigate potential supply chain and transportation infrastructure system issues which may result from the COVID-19 pandemic, the impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic, including interruptions in or failures of the global supply chain and transportation infrastructure system, could cause certain of our suppliers to experience shortages in materials and components that we depend on such suppliers to provide, could result in price increases in the materials and components we source from suppliers or could reduce the ability of our suppliers to meet our needs or the needs of our customers. The impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic could cause certain of our suppliers to be unable to operate temporarily or go out of business permanently. The realization of any of these risks could prevent us from producing, selling or delivering our products, reduce our sales and harm our gross margins or permanently cause a change in one or more of our products that may not be accepted by our customers or cause us to eliminate that product altogether.

We rely on contract manufacturers for the development and manufacturing of our Olink Signature platform, which can create supply uncertainties.

We rely on contract manufacturers for the production of our Olink Signature platform and, if it proves difficult for contract manufacturers to scale-up production of the platform, full-scale production may be delayed.

Our reliance on a third-party service provider for provision of our services in China could limit or prevent us from providing our services and impact our revenue.

We offer Analysis Service through a third-party service provider in China. The ability of our third-party service provider to provide our services has been impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic and may be subject to future disruption. If this third-party service provider does not perform adequately, we may not realize long-term revenue growth in China.

If our third-party providers fail to comply with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, we could become subject to fines or penalties or incur costs that could harm our business.

Our third-party manufacturers are subject to numerous environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including those governing the handling, use, storage, treatment and disposal of hazardous materials and wastes. Although we believe that the safety procedures utilized by our third-party manufacturers for handling and disposing of these materials generally comply with the standards prescribed by these laws and regulations, we cannot guarantee that this is the case or eliminate the risk of accidental contamination or injury from these materials. In such an event, we may be held liable for any resulting damages and such liability could exceed our resources and state or federal or other applicable authorities may curtail our

22

use of certain materials and/or interrupt our business operations. Furthermore, environmental laws and regulations are complex, change frequently and have tended to become more stringent. We cannot predict the impact of such changes and cannot be certain of our future compliance. In addition, we may incur substantial costs in order to comply with current or future environmental, health and safety laws and regulations. These current or future laws and regulations may impair our development or production efforts. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations also may result in substantial fines, penalties or other sanctions.

Although we maintain workers’ compensation insurance to cover us for costs and expenses, we may incur due to injuries resulting from the use of hazardous materials or other work-related injuries, this insurance may not provide adequate coverage against potential liabilities. We do not carry specific biological waste or hazardous waste insurance coverage, workers’ compensation or property and casualty and general liability insurance policies that include coverage for damages and fines arising from biological or hazardous waste exposure or contamination.

Risks Related to Intellectual Property

If we are unable to protect our intellectual property effectively, our business would be harmed.

We rely on patent protection as well as trademark, copyright, trade secret and other intellectual property rights protection and contractual restrictions to protect our proprietary technologies, all of which provide limited protection and may not adequately protect our rights or permit us to gain or keep any competitive advantage. As of December 31, 2021, worldwide we owned or in-licensed 41 issued or allowed patents across eight patent families (of which 22 patents are national validations of granted European patents, corresponding to six granted European patents each validated in three or four European countries) and seven pending patent applications across four patent families (of which one application is still in the priority year). Although we have additional patent families covering other aspects of our proprietary technologies, we cannot assure investors that we will keep our competitive advantage against third parties after the expiration of these patent families. We continue to file new patent applications to attempt to obtain further legal protection of the full range of our technologies. If we fail to protect our intellectual property, third parties may be able to compete more effectively against us and we may incur substantial litigation costs in our attempts to recover or restrict the use of our intellectual property.

Our success depends in part on obtaining patent protection for our products and services, preserving trade secrets, patents, copyrights and trademarks, operating without infringing the proprietary rights of third parties and acquiring licenses for technology or products. We may exercise our business judgment and choose to relinquish rights in trade secrets by filing applications that disclose and describe our inventions and certain trade secrets when we seek patent protection for certain of our products and technology. We cannot assure investors that any of our currently pending or future patent applications will result in issued patents and we cannot predict how long it will take for such patents to be issued. Further, in one case, we have as yet only filed a United Kingdom patent application on certain aspects of our products and technologies in order to obtain a priority date for these aspects of our products and technologies. This United Kingdom patent application is not eligible to become an issued patent outside of the United Kingdom until, among other things, we file an international patent application or other non-United Kingdom applications within 12 months of the filing date of the United Kingdom patent application. This application may not become an issued patent for a variety of reasons, including our failure to file an international application or other non-United Kingdom application within the permitted timeframe or a decision that doing so no longer makes business or financial sense. Publications of discoveries in scientific literature often lag behind the actual discoveries and patent applications in the United States and other jurisdictions are typically not published until 18 months after filing or in some cases not at all. Therefore, we cannot know with certainty whether we were the first to make the inventions claimed in our owned or licensed patents or pending patent applications, or that we were the first to file for patent protection of such inventions. As a result, the issuance, scope, validity, enforceability and commercial value of our patent rights are highly uncertain, despite the importance of seeking patent protection in our industry. Our pending and future patent applications may not result in patents being issued that protect our product candidates, in whole or in part, or which effectively prevent others from commercializing competitive product candidates. Even if our patent applications issue as patents, they may not issue in a form that will provide us with any meaningful protection, prevent competitors from competing with us or otherwise provide us with any competitive advantage. Our competitors may be able to circumvent our patents by developing similar or alternative product candidates in a non-infringing manner.

23

Further, we cannot assure investors that other parties will not challenge any patents issued to us or that courts or regulatory agencies will hold our patents to be valid or enforceable. We cannot guarantee investors that we will be successful in defending challenges made against our patents and patent applications, even if we spend significant resources defending such challenges. Any successful third-party challenge to our patents could result in the unenforceability or invalidity of such patents and could deprive us of the ability to prevent others from using the technologies claimed in such issued patents. In addition, if the breadth or strength of protection provided by our patents and patent applications is threatened, regardless of the outcome, it could dissuade companies from collaborating with us to license, develop or commercialize current or future product candidates.

Changes in either the patent laws or in interpretations of patent laws in the United States or other jurisdictions may diminish the value of our intellectual property. We cannot predict the breadth of claims that may be allowed or enforced in our patents or in third-party patents.

In addition to pursuing patents on our technology, we take steps to protect our intellectual property and proprietary technology by entering into confidentiality agreements and intellectual property assignment agreements with our employees, consultants, corporate partners and, when needed, our advisors. Such agreements may not be enforceable or may not provide meaningful protection for our trade secrets or other proprietary information in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure or other breaches of the agreements and we may not be able to prevent such unauthorized disclosure. Monitoring unauthorized disclosure is difficult and we do not know whether the steps we have taken to prevent such disclosure are, or will be, adequate. If we were to enforce a claim that a third-party had illegally obtained and was using our trade secrets, it would be expensive and time consuming and the outcome would be unpredictable.

With respect to all categories of intellectual property protection, our competitors could purchase our products and attempt to replicate some or all of the competitive advantages we derive from our development efforts, willfully infringe our intellectual property rights, design around our protected technology or develop their own competitive technologies that fall outside of our intellectual property rights. In addition, competitors may develop their own versions of our products in countries where we did not apply for patents, where our patents have not issued or where our intellectual property rights are not recognized and compete with us in those countries and markets.

The laws of some countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States and many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending such rights in foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of certain countries, particularly certain developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents and other intellectual property protection, particularly those relating to biotechnology, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our patents. The legal systems in certain countries may also favor state-sponsored or companies headquartered in particular jurisdictions over our first-in-time patents and other intellectual property protection. We are aware of incidents where such entities have stolen the intellectual property of domestic companies in order to create competing products and we believe we may face such circumstances ourselves in the future. In the USTR annual “Special 301” Report released in 2019, the adequacy and effectiveness of intellectual property protection in a number of foreign countries were analyzed. A number of countries in which both we and our distributors operate are identified in the report as being on the Priority Watch List. In China, for instance, the USTR noted a range of IP-related concerns, including a need to “strengthen IP protection and enforcement, including as to trade secret theft, online piracy and counterfeiting, the high-volume manufacture and export of counterfeit goods, and impediments to pharmaceutical innovation.” The absence of harmonized intellectual property protection laws and effective enforcement makes it difficult to ensure consistent respect for patent, trade secret, and other intellectual property rights on a worldwide basis. As a result, it is possible that we will not be able to enforce our rights against third parties that misappropriate our proprietary technology in those countries.

We may become involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our patents or other intellectual property, which could be expensive, time consuming and unsuccessful.

Competitors may infringe our patents, trademarks, copyrights or other intellectual property. To counter infringement or unauthorized use, we may be required to file infringement claims, which can be expensive and time consuming and divert the time and attention of our management and scientific personnel. Any claims we assert against perceived infringers could provoke these parties to assert counterclaims against us alleging that we infringe their patents, in addition to counterclaims asserting that our patents are invalid or unenforceable, or both. In any patent infringement proceeding, there is a risk that a

24

court will decide that a patent of ours is invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and that we do not have the right to stop the other party from using the invention at issue. There is also a risk that, even if the validity of such patents is upheld, the court will construe the patent’s claims narrowly or decide that we do not have the right to stop the other party from using the invention at issue on the grounds that our patent claims do not cover the invention. An adverse outcome in a litigation or proceeding involving our patent could limit our ability to assert those patents against those parties or other competitors and may curtail or preclude our ability to exclude third parties from making and selling similar or competitive products. Similarly, if we assert trademark infringement claims, a court may determine that the marks we have asserted are invalid or unenforceable, or that the party against whom we have asserted trademark infringement has superior rights to the trademarks in question. In this case, we could ultimately be forced to cease use of such trademarks.

Even if we establish infringement, the court may decide not to grant an injunction against further infringing activity and instead award only monetary damages, which may or may not be an adequate remedy.

Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during litigation. There could also be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments. If securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could adversely affect the price of our common shares and ADSs. Moreover, there can be no assurance that we will have sufficient financial or other resources to file and pursue such infringement claims, which typically last for years before they are concluded. Even if we ultimately prevail in such claims, the monetary cost of such litigation and the diversion of the attention of our management and scientific personnel could outweigh any benefit we receive as a result of the proceedings.

Additionally, for certain of our existing and future in-licensed patent rights, we may not have the right to bring suit for infringement and may have to rely on third parties to enforce these rights for us. If we cannot or choose not to take action against those, we believe infringe our intellectual property rights, we may have difficulty competing in certain markets where such potential infringers conduct their business, and our commercialization efforts may suffer as a result.

Issued patents covering our products and services could be found invalid or unenforceable if challenged.

The issuance of a patent is not conclusive as to its inventorship, scope, validity or enforceability and some of our patents or patent applications, including licensed patents, may be challenged in courts or patent offices in the United States and abroad in opposition, derivation, reexamination, inter partes review, post- grant review or interference. Additionally, if we and our licensing partners initiate or become involved in legal proceedings against a third party to enforce a patent covering one of our products or technologies, the defendant could counterclaim that the patent covering our product is invalid or unenforceable. In patent litigation in the United States, counterclaims alleging invalidity or unenforceability are commonplace. Grounds for a validity challenge could be an alleged failure to meet any of several statutory requirements, including patent eligible subject matter, lack of novelty, obviousness or non- enablement. Grounds for an unenforceability assertion could be an allegation that someone connected with prosecution of the patent withheld relevant information from the United States Patent and Trademark Office (USPTO), or made a misleading statement, during prosecution. In addition, the United States now awards patent priority to the first party to file a patent application, and others may submit patent claims covering our inventions prior to us. The outcome following legal assertions of invalidity and unenforceability is unpredictable. With respect to the validity question, for example, we cannot be certain that there is no invalidating prior art, of which we and the patent examiner were unaware during prosecution. A successful third-party challenge to our patents could result in the unenforceability or invalidity of such patents, which could have a material adverse impact on our business. Furthermore, if the breadth or strength of protection provided by our patents and patent applications is threatened, regardless of the outcome, it could dissuade companies from collaborating with us to license, develop or commercialize current or future products and services.

We may not be aware of all third-party intellectual property rights potentially relating to our platforms, products and services. Publications of discoveries in the scientific literature often lag behind the actual discoveries, and patent applications in the United States and other jurisdictions are typically not published until approximately 18 months after filing or, in some cases, not until such patent applications issue as patents. We might not have been the first to make the inventions covered by each of our pending patent applications and we might not have been the first to file patent applications for these inventions. To determine the priority of these inventions, we may have to participate in interference proceedings, derivation proceedings

25

or other post-grant proceedings declared by the USPTO. The outcome of such proceedings is uncertain, and other patent applications may have priority over our patent applications. Such proceedings could also result in substantial costs to us and divert our management’s attention and resources.

We may not be able to protect and enforce our trademarks.

We have not yet registered certain of our trademarks in all of our potential markets, although we have registered the trademark PROSEEK in the European Union and China and the trademarks OLINK,   OLINK and  in the European Union, United States, Canada, China, United Kingdom, Japan, Norway, Singapore and a number of other countries. As we apply to register our unregistered trademarks in the United States and other countries, our applications may not be allowed for registration in a timely fashion or at all, and our registered trademarks may not be maintained or enforced. In addition, opposition or cancellation proceedings may be filed against our trademark applications and registrations, and our trademarks may not survive such proceedings. In certain countries outside of the United States, trademark registration is required to enforce trademark rights. If we do not secure registrations for our trademarks, we may encounter more difficulty in enforcing them against third parties than we otherwise would.

If we are sued for infringing intellectual property rights of third parties, such litigation could be costly and time consuming and could prevent or delay us from developing or commercializing our products.

Our commercial success depends, in part, on our ability to develop, manufacture, market and sell our products and future product candidates without infringing the intellectual property and other proprietary rights of third parties. However, our development and commercialization activities may be subject to claims that we infringe or otherwise violate patents or other intellectual property rights owned or controlled by third parties. Third parties may have United States and non-U.S. issued patents and pending patent applications relating to compounds, methods of manufacturing compounds and/or methods of use for the applications for which we are developing our product candidates. If any third-party patents or patent applications are found to cover our product candidates or their methods of use or manufacture, we may not be free to manufacture or market our product candidates as planned without obtaining a license, which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all, or it may be non-exclusive, which could result in our competitors gaining access to the same intellectual property.

There is a substantial amount of intellectual property litigation in the life sciences industry, and we may become party to, or threatened with, litigation or other adversarial proceedings regarding intellectual property rights with respect to our products and products candidates, including patent infringement lawsuits in Europe, the United States or abroad, as well as interference, derivation, inter partes review, and post-grant proceedings before the European Patent Office (EPO) or USPTO and opposition or other proceedings before foreign patent offices. There may be third-party patents or patent applications with claims to materials, formulations, methods of manufacture or methods for treatment related to the composition, use or manufacture of our products and product candidates. We cannot guarantee that any of our patent searches or analyses including, but not limited to, the identification of relevant patents, the scope of patent claims or the expiration of relevant patents are complete or thorough, nor can we be certain that we have identified each and every patent and pending application in the United States, Europe and other jurisdictions that is relevant to or necessary for the commercialization of our product candidates in any jurisdiction. Because patent applications can take many years to issue, there may be currently pending patent applications which may later result in issued patents that our product candidates may be accused of infringing. In addition, third parties may obtain patents in the future and claim that use of our technologies infringes upon these patents. Accordingly, third parties may assert infringement claims against us based on intellectual property rights that exist now or arise in the future. The outcome of intellectual property litigation is subject to uncertainties that cannot be adequately quantified in advance. The life sciences industry has produced a significant number of patents, and it may not always be clear to industry participants, including us, which patents cover various types of products or methods of use or manufacture. The scope of protection afforded by a patent is subject to interpretation by the courts, and the interpretation is not always uniform. If we were sued for patent infringement, we would need to demonstrate that our product candidates, products or methods either do not infringe the patent claims of the relevant patent or that the patent claims are invalid or unenforceable, and we may not be able to do this. Proving invalidity is difficult. For example, in the United States, proving invalidity requires a showing of clear and convincing evidence to overcome the presumption of validity enjoyed by issued patents. Even if we are successful in these proceedings, we may incur substantial costs and the time and attention of our management and scientific personnel could be diverted in pursuing these proceedings, which could significantly harm our

26

business and operating results. In addition, parties making claims against us may be able to sustain the costs of complex patent litigation more effectively than we can because they have substantially greater resources, and we may not have sufficient resources to bring these actions to a successful conclusion. Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation or administrative proceedings, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure.

If we are found to infringe a third party’s intellectual property rights, we could be forced, including by court order, to cease developing, manufacturing or commercializing the infringing product candidate or product. Alternatively, we may be required to obtain a license from such third party in order to use the infringing technology and continue developing, manufacturing or marketing the infringing product candidate or product. If we were required to obtain a license to continue to manufacture or market the affected product, we may be required to pay substantial royalties or grant cross-licenses to our patents. We cannot, however, be certain that any such license will be available on acceptable terms, if at all. Ultimately, we could be prevented from commercializing a product, or be forced to cease some aspect of our business operations as a result of claims of patent infringement or violation of other intellectual property rights. Further, the outcome of intellectual property litigation is subject to uncertainties that cannot be adequately quantified in advance, including the demeanor and credibility of witnesses and the identity of any adverse party. This is especially true in intellectual property cases that may turn on the testimony of experts as to technical facts upon which experts may reasonably disagree. Furthermore, we may not be able to obtain any required license on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Even if we were able to obtain a license, it could be non-exclusive, thereby giving our competitors access to the same technologies licensed to us; alternatively or additionally it could include terms that impede or destroy our ability to compete successfully in the commercial marketplace. In addition, we could be found liable for monetary damages, including treble damages and attorneys’ fees if we are found to have willfully infringed a patent. A finding of infringement could prevent us from commercializing our product candidates or force us to cease some of our business operations, which could harm our business. Claims that we have misappropriated the confidential information or trade secrets of third parties could have a similar negative impact on our business. Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation or administrative proceedings, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure. In addition, any uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of any litigation could have a material adverse effect on our ability to raise additional funds or otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

Obtaining and maintaining our patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, documentary, fee payment and other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with any of these requirements.

Periodic maintenance and annuity fees on any issued patent are due to be paid to the USPTO and national patent offices in several stages over the lifetime of the patent. The USPTO, the EPO and various foreign governmental patent offices require compliance with a number of procedural, documentaries, fee payment (including annuities) and other similar provisions during the patent application process. While an inadvertent lapse can in many cases be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with the applicable rules, there are situations in which noncompliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. Non-compliance events that could result in abandonment or lapse of a patent or patent application include failure to respond to official actions within prescribed time limits, non-payment of fees and failure to properly legalize and submit formal documents. If we or our licensors or collaboration partners fail to maintain the patents and patent applications covering our product candidates, our competitors might be able to enter the market, which would have an adverse effect on our business.

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property rights throughout the world.

Filing, prosecuting and defending patents on product and product candidates throughout the world is prohibitively expensive. Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products and, further, may export otherwise infringing products to territories where we have patent protection, but where enforcement is not as strong as that in the United States. These products may compete with our products in jurisdictions where we do not have any issued or licensed patents and our patent claims or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from so competing.

27

Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of certain countries, particularly certain developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents and other intellectual property protection, particularly those relating to biotechnology, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our patents or marketing of competing products in violation of our proprietary rights generally. Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial cost and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business. Accordingly, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights around the world may be inadequate to obtain a significant commercial advantage from the intellectual property that we develop or license.

Patent terms may be inadequate to protect our competitive position on our products and services for an adequate amount of time.

Patents have a limited lifespan. In the United States, if all maintenance fees are timely paid, the natural expiration of a patent is generally 20 years from its earliest United States non-provisional filing date. Various extensions may be available, but the life of a patent, and the protection it affords, is limited. Even if patents covering our products and services are obtained, once the patent life has expired, we may be open to competition from competitive products. Given the amount of time required for the development, testing and regulatory review of new products and services, patents protecting such products and services might expire before or shortly after such products and services are commercialized.

As a result, our owned and licensed patent portfolio may not provide us with sufficient rights to exclude others from commercializing products similar or identical to ours.

Changes in patent laws or patent jurisprudence could diminish the value of patents in general, thereby impairing our ability to protect our products.

As is the case with other biotechnology companies, our success is heavily dependent on intellectual property, particularly patents. Obtaining and enforcing patents in the biotechnology industry involve both technological complexity and legal complexity. Therefore, obtaining and enforcing biotechnological patents is costly, time-consuming and inherently uncertain. In addition, the America Invents Act (AIA) has been enacted in the United States, resulting in significant changes to the United States patent system.

An important change introduced by the AIA is that, as of March 16, 2013, the United States transitioned to a “first-to-file” system for deciding which party should be granted a patent when two or more patent applications are filed by different parties claiming the same invention. A third party that files a patent application in the USPTO after that date but before us could therefore be awarded a patent covering an invention of ours even if we had made the invention before it was made by the third party. This will require us to be cognizant going forward of the time from invention to filing of a patent application, but circumstances could prevent us from promptly filing patent applications on our inventions.

Among some of the other changes introduced by the AIA are changes that limit where a patentee may file a patent infringement suit and that provide opportunities for third parties to challenge any issued patent in the USPTO. This applies to all of our United States patents, even those issued before March 16, 2013.

Because of a lower evidentiary standard in USPTO proceedings compared to the evidentiary standard in United States federal courts necessary to invalidate a patent claim, a third party could potentially provide evidence in a USPTO proceeding sufficient for the USPTO to hold a claim invalid even though the same evidence would be insufficient to invalidate the claim if first presented in a district court action. Accordingly, a third party may attempt to use the USPTO procedures to invalidate our patent claims that would not have been invalidated if first challenged by the third party as a defendant in a district court action. The AIA and its implementation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents.

Additionally, the United States Supreme Court and the Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit have ruled on patent cases in recent years, either narrowing the scope of patent protection available in certain circumstances or weakening the rights of patent owners in certain situations, especially with regards to certain inventions or discoveries relating to the life sciences. For example, certain decisions stand for the proposition that patent claims that recite laws of nature (for example, the

28

relationships between the levels of certain biomarkers and the likelihood of risk of recurrence of cancer) are not themselves patentable unless those patent claims have sufficient additional features that provide practical assurance that the processes are genuine inventive applications of those laws rather than patent drafting efforts designed to monopolize the law of nature itself. What constitutes a “sufficient” additional feature is uncertain. Furthermore, in view of these decisions, in December 2014 the USPTO published revised guidelines for patent examiners to apply when examining process claims for patent eligibility. This guidance has been periodically updated by the USPTO since 2014, most recently in 2019. The guidance indicates that claims directed to a law of nature, a natural phenomenon or an abstract idea that do not meet the eligibility requirements should be rejected as non-statutory, patent ineligible subject matter; however, method of treatment claims that practically apply natural relationships should be considered patent eligible. In addition to increasing uncertainty with regard to our ability to obtain patents in the future, this combination of events has created uncertainty with respect to the value of patents, once obtained. Depending on decisions by the United States Congress, the federal courts and the USPTO, the laws and regulations governing patents could change in unpredictable ways that could weaken our ability to obtain new patents or to enforce our existing patents and patents that we might obtain in the future.

We may be subject to claims that our employees, consultants or independent contractors have wrongfully used or disclosed confidential information of third parties or that our employees have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of their former employers.

As is common in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industry, we employ individuals who were previously employed at universities or other biotechnology or pharmaceutical companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. Although we try to ensure that our employees, consultants and independent contractors do not use the proprietary information or know-how of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that we or our employees, consultants or independent contractors have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed intellectual property, including trade secrets or other proprietary information, of any of our employee’s former employer or other third parties. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel, which could adversely impact our business. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management and other employees.

We may be subject to claims challenging the inventorship of our patents and other intellectual property.

We or our licensors may be subject to claims that former employees, collaborators or other third parties have an interest in our owned or in-licensed patents, trade secrets, or other intellectual property as an inventor or co-inventor. For example, we or our licensors may have inventorship disputes arise from conflicting obligations of employees, consultants or others who are involved in developing our product candidates. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these and other claims challenging inventorship or our or our licensors’ ownership of our owned or in-licensed patents, trade secrets or other intellectual property. If we or our licensors fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights, such as exclusive ownership of, or right to use, intellectual property that is important to our product candidates. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management and other employees. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Some of the intellectual property that is important to our business is owned by other companies or institutions and licensed to us, and changes to the rights we have licensed may adversely impact our business.

We license from third parties some of the intellectual property that is important to our business and may need to obtain additional licenses from others to advance our research and development or commercialization activities. Our license agreements, and we expect that future license agreements will impose, various development, diligence, commercialization, and other obligations on us. If we fail to meet our obligations under these licenses, or if we have a dispute regarding the terms of the licenses, these third parties could terminate the licenses. If the third parties who license intellectual property to us fail to maintain the intellectual property that we have licensed, or lose rights to that intellectual property, the rights we have licensed may be reduced or eliminated, which could subject us to claims of intellectual property infringement. Termination of these licenses or reduction or elimination of our licensed rights may result in our having to negotiate new or reinstated licenses with less favorable terms or could subject us to claims of intellectual property infringement or contract

29

breach in litigation or other administrative proceedings that could result in damage awards against us and injunctions that could prohibit us from selling our products. We may incur increased costs to replace such licenses and it may take a few months to find suitable replacements.

In addition, some of our licenses from third parties limit the field in which we can use the licensed technology. Therefore, in order for us to use such licensed technology in potential future applications that are outside the licensed field of use, we may be required to negotiate new licenses with our licensors or expand our rights under our existing licenses. We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain such licenses or expanded rights on reasonable terms or at all.

Moreover, disputes may arise regarding intellectual property subject to a licensing agreement, including: the scope of rights granted under the license agreement and other interpretation-related issues; the extent to which our product candidates, technology and processes infringe on intellectual property of the licensor that is not subject to the licensing agreement; the sublicensing of patent and other rights under our collaborative development relationships; our diligence obligations under the license agreement and what activities satisfy those diligence obligations; the inventorship and ownership of inventions and know-how resulting from the joint creation or use of intellectual property by our licensors and us and our partners; and the priority of invention of patented technology. In the event a dispute with our licensors were to occur, our licensors may seek to renegotiate the terms of our licenses, increase the royalty rates that we pay to obtain and maintain those licenses, limit the field or scope of the licenses, or terminate the license agreements. Further, because of the rapid pace of technological change in our industry, we may need to rely on key technologies developed or licensed by third parties, and we may not be able to obtain licenses and technologies from these third parties at all or on reasonable terms. The occurrence of these events may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Confidentiality and non-compete agreements with employees and others may not adequately prevent disclosure of trade secrets and protect other proprietary information.

We consider proprietary trade secrets, confidential know-how and unpatented know-how to be important to our business. We may rely on trade secrets or confidential know-how to protect our technology, especially where patent protection is believed to be of limited value. However, trade secrets and confidential know-how are difficult to maintain as confidential.

To protect this type of information against disclosure or appropriation by competitors, our policy is to require our employees, consultants, contractors and advisors to enter into confidentiality agreements with us, in addition to agreements with covenants not to compete or solicit employees or customers.

However, current or former employees, consultants, contractors and advisers may unintentionally or willfully disclose our confidential information to competitors or otherwise compete, and confidentiality agreements and covenants not to compete or solicit may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized disclosure of confidential information. Enforcing a claim that a third party obtained illegally and is using trade secrets or confidential know-how, or is wrongfully engaging former employees and consultants in breach of their contracts with us, is expensive, time-consuming and unpredictable. The enforceability of confidentiality agreements and covenants not to compete or solicit may vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. Furthermore, if a competitor lawfully obtained or independently developed any of our trade secrets, we would have no right to prevent such competitor from using that technology or information to compete with us, which could harm our competitive position. Additionally, if the steps taken to maintain our trade secrets are deemed inadequate, we may have insufficient recourse against third parties for misappropriating the trade secret.

Failure to obtain or maintain trade secrets or confidential know-how trade protection could adversely affect our competitive position. Moreover, our competitors may independently develop substantially equivalent proprietary information and may even apply for patent protection in respect of the same. If successful in obtaining such patent protection, our competitors could limit our use of our trade secrets or confidential know-how.

Under certain circumstances, we may also decide to publish some know-how to attempt to prevent others from obtaining patent rights covering such know-how.

30

Failure or a breach of our information technology systems, loss of data and other disruptions could adversely affect our business and our reputation and expose us to liability.

Our ability to execute our business plan and to comply with regulatory requirements with respect to data control and data integrity depends, in part, on the continued and uninterrupted performance of our information technology systems. These systems are vulnerable to damage due to a variety of factors, including telecommunications or network failures, malicious human acts and natural disasters. Moreover, despite network security and back-up measures, some of our servers are potentially vulnerable to physical or electronic break-ins, computer viruses and similar disruptive problems. We will continue to update policies and procedures to provide protections against such problems in the future and have purchased cybersecurity insurance, although such insurance may not be sufficient to cover us for any losses or damages, we may face. Despite the precautionary measures we have taken to prevent unanticipated problems that could affect our IT systems, there are no assurances that electronic break-ins, computer viruses and similar disruptive problems, and/or sustained or repeated system failures or problems arising during the upgrade of any of our IT systems that interrupt our ability to generate and maintain data will not occur. The occurrence of any of the foregoing with respect to our IT systems could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

In the ordinary course of our business, we and our collaborators collect and store sensitive data, intellectual property and proprietary business information owned or controlled by ourselves or our customers, our collaborators, government entities and other parties. We manage and maintain our applications and data through a combination of on-site systems and cloud-based data centers. We utilize external security and infrastructure vendors to manage components of our data centers. We face a number of risks related to protecting this sensitive information, including loss-of-access risk, unauthorized access, use, disclosure or modification, and the risk of our inability to adequately monitor, audit and modify our respective control over our critical information. This risk extends to the data we entrust to the third-party vendors and subcontractors that help us manage this sensitive data or otherwise process it on our behalf.

The secure processing, storage, maintenance and transmission of this sensitive information are vital to our operations and business strategy, and we devote significant resources to protecting such information. Although we take reasonable measures to protect sensitive and proprietary data from unauthorized access, use or disclosure, no security measures can be perfect and our respective information technology and infrastructure may be vulnerable to attacks by hackers or malicious software or breached due to employee error, malfeasance or other malicious or inadvertent disruptions (including actions or inactions by those with authorized access to our networks). Any such breach or interruption could compromise our networks and the information stored there could be accessed by unauthorized parties, publicly disclosed, lost or stolen. Any such access, breach or other loss of information could result in legal claims or proceedings, liability under our customer contracts or federal or state laws that protect the privacy of personal information and regulatory penalties. Notice of breaches may be required to be provided to affected individuals, federal, state and foreign regulators, the media or state attorneys general. Such a notice could harm our reputation and ability to compete. Although we have implemented security measures and formal, dedicated enterprise security programs to prevent unauthorized access to personal data, such data is currently accessible through multiple channels and we may experience one or more data breaches. We have adopted and will continue to update policies and procedures to provide protections against such attacks in the future and have purchased cybersecurity insurance as protection in the future. Despite the precautionary measures we have taken to prevent unanticipated problems, additional attacks may occur in the future. Unauthorized access, loss or dissemination could also disrupt our operations and damage our reputation, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. Our insurance policies may not be adequate to compensate us for the potential losses arising from any such disruption in or, failure or security breach of our systems or third-party systems where information important to our business operations or commercial development is stored. In addition, such insurance may not be available to us in the future on economically reasonable terms, or at all. Further, our insurance may not cover all claims made against us and could have high deductibles in any event, and defending a suit, regardless of its merit, could be costly and divert management attention.

Furthermore, our contractors and consultants are vulnerable to damage from computer viruses and unauthorized access. We rely on a few third parties for the provision of subcontracted Analysis Services, as well as administrative services, and security breaches, loss of data and other disruptions relating to their computer systems could also have a material adverse effect on our business. To the extent that any disruption or security breach were to result in a loss of, or damage to, our data or applications, or inappropriate disclosure of confidential or proprietary information, we could incur liability and the further development and commercialization of our products could be delayed.

31

Risks Related to Our Employee Matters, Managing Our Growth and Other Risks Relating to Our Operations

We will continue to develop and expand our workforce and commercial infrastructure to support anticipated growth and scaling up in demand for our products and services, and we may encounter difficulties in managing this development and expansion and in meeting fluctuations in this demand.

We will continue to expand our workforce and commercial infrastructure to support anticipated growth and scaling up in demand for our products and services. If we are unable to support fluctuations in the demand for our products and services, including ensuring that we have adequate capacity to meet increased demand, our business could suffer. As of December 31, 2021, we had 416 full-time employees and we expect to increase the number of employees to more than 700 by 2025. We also may expand the scope of our operations as we continue to develop our products and services. As we and our collaborators commercialize additional products and services, we may need to incorporate new equipment, implement new technology systems and laboratory processes and hire new personnel with different qualifications. Failure to manage this growth or transition could result in turnaround time delays, higher service costs, declining service quality, deteriorating customer service and slower responses to competitive challenges. A failure in any one of these areas could make it difficult for us to meet market expectations for our products and services and could damage our reputation and the prospects for our business. Furthermore, the decline in the supply of labor as a result of the impacts of COVID-19 pandemic as well as the current surge in demand for labor and rising labor wages have created labor shortages and higher labor costs. These factors may increase our costs and negatively impact our ability to attract and retain qualified employees.

To manage our continued expansion, we must continue to implement and improve our managerial, operational and financial systems, continue to expand our facilities (including our corporate headquarters in Uppsala, Sweden and our Analysis Service labs in Waltham, Massachusetts, Uppsala, Sweden and China) and continue to recruit and train additional qualified personnel. Also, our management team may need to divert a disproportionate amount of its attention away from its day-to-day activities and devote a substantial amount of time to managing these development activities. This may result in weaknesses in our infrastructure, operational mistakes, slower development of our products and services, missed or delayed milestone achievement, significant cost overruns, loss of business opportunities, loss of employees, inability to execute on hiring plans and reduced productivity among remaining employees.

If our management is unable to effectively manage our expected development and expansion, our expenses may increase more than expected, our ability to generate or increase our revenue could be reduced and we may not be able to implement our business strategy. Our future financial performance, and our ability to develop and commercialize our products and services and compete effectively, will depend, in part, on our ability to effectively manage our future development and expansion.

Our future success is dependent upon our ability to further penetrate our existing customer base and attract new customers.

Our current customer base is primarily composed of academic and governmental research institutions, as well as biopharmaceutical and contract research organizations (CROs). Our success will depend upon our ability to respond to the evolving needs of and increase our market share among existing customers and add new customers. Identifying, engaging and marketing to customers requires substantial time, expertise and expense and involves a number of risks, including:

● our ability to attract, retain and manage the sales, marketing and service personnel necessary to increase our customer base and broaden market acceptance for our PEA technology platform and existing product lines;

● the time and cost of maintaining and growing a specialized sales, marketing and service infrastructure; and

● our sales force, marketing and service organization may be unable to successfully execute on our commercial strategy.

We have utilized third parties to assist with sales, distribution and customer support in certain regions of the world. There is no guarantee, when we enter into such arrangements, that we will be successful in attracting desirable sales and distribution partners. There is also no guarantee that we will be able to enter into such arrangements on favorable terms. Any failure of

32

our sales and marketing efforts, or those of any third-party sales and distribution partners, would adversely affect our business.

We do not have long-term contracts with customers and a reduction in orders from a significant number of customers could reduce our sales and harm our operating results.

We do not have long-term contracts with all of our customers, and our customer contracts generally do not contain minimum purchase requirements. Therefore, our sales are subject to changes in demand from our customers. The level and timing of orders placed by our customers vary for a number of reasons, including individual customer strategies, availability of funding, the introduction of new technologies, the desire of our customers to reduce their exposure to any single supplier and general economic conditions. In addition, though we believe customers in our markets display a significant amount of loyalty to a particular product, we may not be able to renew a contract on favorable pricing terms if our competitors reduce their prices in order to procure business, or if a customer insists that we lower the price charged under the contract being renewed in order to retain the contract. In addition, if we enter into a contract with a customer on unfavorable terms, it may harm our ability to negotiate future contracts with that customer or other customers. The loss of sales or the reduced profitability of such sales could adversely affect our business, financial position and results of operations.

We depend on our key personnel and other highly qualified personnel, and if we are unable to recruit, train, retain and ensure the health and safety of our personnel, we may not achieve our goals.

Our future success depends on our ability to recruit, train, retain and motivate key personnel, including our senior management, research and development, manufacturing and sales, customer service and marketing personnel. Competition for qualified personnel is intense. As we grow, we may continue to make changes to our management team, which could make it difficult to execute on our business plans and strategies. New hires also require significant training and, in most cases, take significant time before they achieve full productivity. Our failure to successfully integrate these key personnel into our business could adversely affect our business. Additionally, many of our employees are temporarily working from home due to the COVID-19 pandemic and, because of the challenges of working from home during the COVID-19 pandemic, including collaborating with and managing employees, it may take significant time before our teams can achieve full productivity again, if at all, and it may take significantly longer for new hires to achieve full productivity, if at all.

Our continued growth depends, in part, on attracting, retaining and motivating highly trained sales personnel with the necessary scientific background and ability to understand our systems at a technical level to effectively identify and sell to potential new customers. We also compete for computational biologists and qualified scientific personnel with other life sciences companies, academic institutions and research institutions.

We do not maintain key person life insurance or fixed term employment contracts with any of our employees. As a result, employees, except as prohibited by non-competition provisions or applicable law or regulation, could leave our company with little or no prior notice and would be free to work for a competitor. Because of the complex and technical nature of our products and the dynamic market in which we compete, any failure to attract, train, retain and motivate qualified personnel could materially harm our operating results and growth prospects. Additionally, while we are committed to maintaining a safe workplace and to support our personnel through the COVID-19 pandemic, the health and safety of our personnel may be impacted by COVID-19 and our operating results and growth prospects could be materially harmed as a result. Further, while we are an essential business that can continue operations under current governmental shelter-in-place measures meant to combat the COVID-19 pandemic, we may face civil liability if any of our employees contracts COVID-19 while performing his or her job on site or is otherwise negatively impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic.

We are subject to the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and anti-corruption laws of other countries, as well as export control laws, customs laws, sanctions laws and other laws governing our operations. If we fail to comply with these laws, we could be subject to civil or criminal penalties, other remedial measures, and legal expenses, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our operations are subject to certain anti-corruption laws, including the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA), and other anticorruption laws that apply in countries where we do business. The FCPA and other anti-corruption laws generally prohibit us and our employees and intermediaries from bribing, being bribed or making other prohibited payments

33

to government officials or other persons to obtain or retain business or gain some other business advantage. We and our commercial partners operate in a number of jurisdictions that pose a high risk of potential FCPA violations and we participate in collaborations and relationships with third parties whose actions could potentially subject us to liability under the FCPA or local anti-corruption laws. In addition, we cannot predict the nature, scope or effect of future regulatory requirements to which our international operations might be subject or the manner in which existing laws might be administered or interpreted.

We are also subject to other laws and regulations governing our international operations, including regulations administered in the United States and in the European Union, including applicable export control regulations, economic sanctions on countries and persons, customs requirements and currency exchange regulations (collectively, Trade Control Laws).

There can be no assurance that we will be completely effective in ensuring our compliance with all applicable anticorruption laws, including the FCPA or other legal requirements, such as Trade Control Laws. Any investigation of potential violations of the FCPA, other anti-corruption laws or Trade Control Laws by the United States, the European Union or other authorities could have an adverse impact on our reputation, our business, results of operations and financial condition. Furthermore, should we be found not to be in compliance with the FCPA, other anti-corruption laws or Trade Control Laws, we may be subject to criminal and civil penalties, disgorgement and other sanctions and remedial measures, as well as the accompanying legal expenses, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our reputation and liquidity, as well as on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

European data collection is governed by restrictive laws and regulations governing the use, disclosure or other processing and cross-border transfer of personal information.

The collection and use of personal data, including health-related data, in the European Economic Area (EEA) (being the European Union plus Norway, Iceland and Liechtenstein) is governed by the European Union’s General Data Protection Regulation 2016/679 (GDPR), which became effective May 25, 2018, and related applicable data protection and privacy laws of the member states of the EEA and the United Kingdom. The GDPR applies to the processing of personal data by any company established in the EEA and to companies established outside the EEA to the extent they process personal data in connection with the offering of goods or services to data subjects in the EEA or the monitoring of the behavior of data subjects in the EEA. The GDPR is wide-ranging in scope and imposes numerous additional requirements on companies that process personal data of EEA data subjects, including imposing special requirements in respect of the processing of health and other sensitive data. The GDPR enhances data protection obligations for data controllers of personal data, including stringent requirements relating to the consent of data subjects, expanded disclosures about how personal data is used, requirements to conduct data protection impact assessments for “high risk” processing, limitations on retention of personal data, mandatory data breach notification and “privacy by design” requirements, and creates direct obligations on service providers acting as processors. It also establishes rights for individuals with respect to their personal data, including rights of access and deletion in certain circumstances.

The GDPR also imposes strict rules on the transfer of personal data outside of the EEA to countries that do not ensure an adequate level of protection, like the United States (so-called “third countries”). These transfers are prohibited unless an appropriate safeguard specified by the GDPR is implemented, such as the Standard Contractual Clauses (SCCs) approved by the European Commission, or a derogation applies. The Court of Justice of the European Union (CJEU)  deemed that the SCCs are valid. However, the CJEU ruled that transfers made pursuant to the SCCs and other alternative transfer mechanisms need to be analyzed on a case-by-case basis to ensure EU standards of data protection are met in the jurisdiction where the data importer is based, and there continue to be concerns about whether the SCCs and other mechanisms will face additional challenges. European regulators have issued recent guidance following the CJEU case that imposes significant new diligence requirements on transferring data outside the EEA, including under an approved transfer mechanism. This guidance requires an “essential equivalency” assessment of the laws of the destination country. If essentially equivalent protections are not available in the destination country, the exporting entity must then assess if supplemental measures can be put in place that, in combination with the chosen transfer mechanism, would address the deficiency in the laws and ensure that essentially equivalent protection can be given to the data. Complying with this guidance will be expensive and time consuming and may ultimately prevent us from transferring personal data outside the EEA, which would cause significant business disruption. Until the legal uncertainties regarding how to legally continue transfers pursuant to the SCCs and other mechanisms are settled, we will continue to face uncertainty as to whether our

34

efforts to comply with our obligations under the GDPR will be sufficient. This and other future developments regarding the flow of data across borders could increase the complexity of transferring personal data across borders in some markets and may lead to governmental enforcement actions, litigation, fines and penalties or adverse publicity, which could have an adverse effect on our reputation and business.

Failure to comply with the requirements of the GDPR and the related national data protection laws of the European Union Member States and Norway, Iceland and Liechtenstein may result in fines up to €20 million or 4% of a company’s global annual revenues for the preceding financial year, whichever is higher. The authorities have shown a willingness to impose significant fines and issue orders preventing the processing of personal data on non-compliant businesses. Moreover, the GDPR grants data subjects the right to claim material and non-material damages resulting from infringement of the GDPR and introduces the right for non-profit organizations to bring claims on behalf of data subjects. Given the breadth and depth of changes in data protection obligations, maintaining compliance with the GDPR will require significant time, resources and expense, and we may be required to put in place additional controls and processes ensuring compliance. This may be onerous and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. As noted above, the legality of transfers of personal data to the United States is a subject of particular uncertainty and we expect increased enforcement activity from the supervisory authorities with respect to such transfers. Further, the United Kingdom’s vote in favor of exiting the European Union, often referred to as Brexit, and ongoing developments in the United Kingdom have created uncertainty with regard to data protection regulation in the United Kingdom. Following the United Kingdom’s withdrawal from the European Union on January 31, 2020, pursuant to the transitional arrangements agreed to between the United Kingdom and European Union, the GDPR continued to have effect in United Kingdom law and continued to do so until December 31, 2020 as if the United Kingdom remained a Member State of the European Union for such purposes. Following December 31, 2020, and the expiry of those transitional arrangements, the data protection obligations of the GDPR continue to apply to United Kingdom-related processing of personal data in substantially unvaried form under the so-called “UK GDPR” (i.e., the GDPR as it continues to form part of law in the United Kingdom by virtue of section 3 of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018, as amended (including by the various Data Protection, Privacy and Electronic Communications (Amendments etc.) (EU Exit) Regulations)). However, going forward, there will be increasing scope for divergence in application, interpretation and enforcement of the data protection law as between the United Kingdom and EEA. Furthermore, the relationship between the United Kingdom and the EEA in relation to certain aspects of data protection law remains somewhat uncertain. For example, it is unclear whether transfers of personal data from the EEA to the United Kingdom will be permitted to take place on the basis of a future adequacy decision of the European Commission, or whether a “transfer mechanism,” such as the Standard Contractual Clauses, will be required. For the meantime, under the post-Brexit Trade and Cooperation Agreement between the European Union and the United Kingdom, it has been agreed that transfers of personal data to the United Kingdom from European Union Member States will not be treated as “restricted transfers” to a non-EEA country for a period of up to four months from January 1, 2021, plus a potential further two months extension, or the extended adequacy assessment period. This will also apply to transfers to the United Kingdom from EEA Member States, assuming those Member States accede to the relevant provision of the Trade and Cooperation Agreement. If the European Commission does not adopt an ‘adequacy decision’ in respect of the United Kingdom prior to the expiry of the extended adequacy assessment period, from that point onwards the United Kingdom will be an “inadequate third country” under the GDPR and transfers of data from the EEA to the United Kingdom will require a “transfer mechanism,” such as the Standard Contractual Clauses.

Additionally, as noted above, the United Kingdom has transposed the GDPR into United Kingdom domestic law by way of the UK GDPR with effect from January 2021, which could expose us to two parallel regimes, each of which potentially authorizes similar fines and other potentially divergent enforcement actions for certain violations. Also, following the expiry of the post-Brexit transitional arrangements, the United Kingdom Information Commissioner’s Office is not able to be our “lead supervisory authority” in respect of any “cross border processing” for the purposes of the GDPR. For so long as we are unable to, and/or do not, designate a lead supervisory authority in an EEA member state, with effect from January 1, 2021, we are not able to benefit from the GDPR’s “one stop shop” mechanism. Amongst other things, this would mean that, in the event of a violation of the GDPR affecting data subjects across the United Kingdom and the EEA, we could be investigated by, and ultimately fined by the United Kingdom Information Commissioner’s Office and the supervisory authority in each and every EEA member state where data subjects have been affected by such violation. Other countries have also passed or are considering passing laws requiring local data residency and/or restricting the international transfer of data.

35

Our business is subject to economic, political, regulatory and other risks associated with international operations.

As a company incorporated and based in Sweden, our business is subject to risks associated with conducting business in Sweden, the United States and internationally. Accordingly, our future results could be harmed by a variety of factors, including:

● economic weakness, including inflation, or political instability;

● differing regulatory requirements for product candidate approvals;

● differing jurisdictions could present different issues for securing, maintaining or obtaining freedom to operate in such jurisdictions;

● potentially reduced protection for intellectual property rights;

● difficulties in compliance with different, complex and changing laws, regulations and court systems of multiple jurisdictions and compliance with a wide variety of foreign laws, treaties and regulations;

● changes in non-U.S. regulations and customs, tariffs and trade barriers;

● changes in non-U.S. currency exchange rates of the SEK, USD and EUR and currency controls;

● changes in a specific country’s or region’s political or economic environment, including the implications of the United Kingdom’s withdrawal from the European Union;

● trade protection measures, import or export licensing requirements or other restrictive actions by governments;

● differing reimbursement regimes and price controls in certain international markets;

● negative consequences from changes in tax laws;

● compliance with tax, employment, immigration and labor laws for employees living or traveling abroad, including, for example, the variable tax treatment in different jurisdictions of share options granted under a current or future equity incentive plan;

● workforce uncertainty in countries where labor unrest is more common than in the United States;

● difficulties associated with staffing and managing international operations, including differing labor relations;

● an outbreak of a contagious disease, such as coronavirus, which may cause us or our distributors, third party vendors and manufacturers and/or customers to temporarily suspend our or their respective operations in the affected city or country;

● production shortages resulting from any events affecting raw material supply or manufacturing capabilities abroad; and

● business interruptions resulting from geo-political actions, including war, such as the potential conflict between Russia and Ukraine, and terrorism, or natural disasters including earthquakes, typhoons, floods and fires.

36

The United Kingdom’s withdrawal from the European Union may have a negative effect on global economic conditions, financial markets and our business, which could reduce the price of our common shares and ADSs.

Following the result of a referendum in 2016, the United Kingdom left the European Union on January 31, 2020, commonly referred to as “Brexit.” Pursuant to the formal withdrawal arrangements agreed between the United Kingdom and the European Union, the United Kingdom was subject to a transition period until December 31, 2020 (Transition Period), during which European Union rules continued to apply, while the future relationship between the United Kingdom and European Union was formally negotiated. The United Kingdom and the European Union have signed a EU-UK Trade and Cooperation Agreement, which became provisionally applicable on January 1, 2021 and became formally applicable on May 1, 2021 upon ratification by both the United Kingdom and the European Union. This agreement provides details on how some aspects of the UK and EU’s relationship will operate going forward; however there are still many uncertainties. The long-term effects of Brexit will depend in part on how the EU-UK Trade and Cooperation Agreement, and any future agreements signed by the United Kingdom and the European Union, take effect in practice. Such a withdrawal from the European Union is unprecedented, and it is unclear how the restrictions on the United Kingdom’s access to the European single market for goods, capital, services and labor within the European Union and the wider commercial, legal and regulatory environment, could impact our current and future operations and clinical activities in the United Kingdom.

Since we have a subsidiary in the United Kingdom, Olink Proteomics Limited, and employees located in the United Kingdom and a significant proportion of the regulatory framework in the United Kingdom applicable to our business and our products and services is derived from European Union directives and regulations, Brexit, now that the Transition Period is over, could materially impact the regulatory regime with respect to the development, manufacture, importation, approval and commercialization of our products and services in the United Kingdom or the European Union, as the United Kingdom legislation can now diverge from European Union legislation.

The uncertainty concerning the United Kingdom’s legal, political and economic relationship with the European Union following Brexit may also be a source of instability in the international markets, create significant currency fluctuations, and/or otherwise adversely affect trading agreements or similar cross- border co-operation arrangements (whether economic, tax, fiscal, legal, regulatory or otherwise).

If our laboratory facilities become damaged or inoperable or we are required to vacate our existing facilities, our ability to conduct our laboratory processes and analysis and pursue our research and development efforts may be jeopardized.

We operate laboratory facilities located in Waltham, Massachusetts, Uppsala, Sweden and through a third-party service provider in China. Our facilities and equipment could be harmed or rendered inoperable by natural or man-made disasters, including war, fire, earthquake, power loss, communications failure or terrorism, which may render it difficult or impossible for us to operate our platform for some period of time. The inability to perform our laboratory processes or to reduce the backlog that could develop if our facilities are inoperable, for even a short period of time, may result in the loss of customers or harm to our reputation, and we may be unable to regain those customers or repair our reputation in the future.

Furthermore, our facilities and the equipment we use to perform our research and development work could be unavailable or costly and time-consuming to repair or replace, which may increase backlog. It would be difficult, time-consuming and expensive to rebuild our facilities, to locate and qualify new facilities or license or transfer our proprietary technologies to a third party, particularly in light of licensure and accreditation requirements. Even in the unlikely event we are able to find a third party with such qualifications to enable us to conduct our laboratory processes, we may be unable to negotiate commercially reasonable terms.

We carry insurance for damage to our property and the disruption of our business, but this insurance may not cover all of the risks associated with damage or disruption to our business, may not provide coverage in amounts sufficient to cover our potential losses and may not continue to be available to us on acceptable terms, if at all.

37

We could be subject to securities class action litigation.

In the past, securities class action litigation has often been brought against a company following a decline in the market price of its securities. This risk is especially relevant for us because life sciences companies have experienced significant securities price volatility in recent years, with 2021 marking a period of extended share price volatility and decline. If we face such litigation, it could result in substantial costs and a diversion of management’s attention and resources, which could harm our business. Any such negative outcome could result in payments of substantial damages or fines, damage to our reputation or adverse changes to our business practices. Defending against litigation is costly and time- consuming, and could divert our management’s attention and our resources. Furthermore, during the course of litigation, there could be negative public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments, which could have a negative effect on the market price of the ADSs.

We identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting for our consolidated financial statements, and we may identify additional material weaknesses in the future that may cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations or result in material misstatements of our financial statements. If we fail to remediate any material weaknesses or if we otherwise fail to establish and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, our ability to accurately and timely report our financial results could be adversely affected.

Prior to our initial public offering in March 2021, we were a private company with limited accounting personnel and other resources to address our internal control over financial reporting. In connection with the financial statement audit of the consolidated financial statements of Olink Proteomics Holding AB and its subsidiaries for the period ended March 7, 2019 (Predecessor), and Knilo HoldCo AB as of and for the year ended December 31, 2019 (Successor), we and our independent registered public accounting firm identified three material weaknesses relating to (i) our technology access and change control environment not supporting an efficient or effective internal controls framework ("IT Controls Weakness"), (ii) lack of documented policies and procedures in relation to our entity level controls ("Policies and Procedures Weakness") and (iii) inadequate documentation of procedures and segregation of duties in the record to report process ("Record to Report Weakness"). As defined in standards established by the PCAOB, a "material weakness" is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Subsequent to December 31, 2019, we implemented measures to remediate the Record to Report Weakness, by adopting formal access and change controls in our systems and hiring additional accounting and finance personnel, and we continue to monitor and work to remediate the IT Controls Weakness and Policies and Procedures Weakness that had been identified.

In connection with the financial statement audit of the consolidated financial statements of Knilo HoldCo AB as of and for the year ended December 31, 2020, the IT Controls Weakness and Policies and Procedure Weakness were again identified. Subsequent to December 31, 2020, we implemented measures to remediate the Policies and Procedures Weakness, by expanding the existing set of entity level controls and defining and establishing documented policies and procedures relating to our entity level controls.

In connection with the financial statement audit of the consolidated financial statements of Knilo HoldCo AB as of and for the year ended December 31, 2021, the IT Controls Weakness was again identified. Remediation efforts relating to the IT Controls Weakness are still ongoing, and we are in the process of adopting several measures expected to improve our internal control over financial reporting, including (i) implementing formal access and change controls to our systems and making changes to our information technology systems; and (ii) improving governance procedures, including providing internal training in relation to our information technology policies and procedures. We expect to complete the measures above as soon as practicable.

However, we cannot assure you that we will be successful in fully remediating the IT Controls Weakness.

The process of designing and implementing an effective financial reporting system is a continuous effort that requires us to anticipate and react to changes in our business and the economic and regulatory environments and to expend significant resources to maintain a financial reporting system that is adequate to satisfy our reporting obligations. If we fail to develop or maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results, prevent fraud or meet our reporting obligations. We have opted to rely on the exemptions provided in the

38

JOBS Act, and consequently will not be required to comply with SEC rules that implement Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act until such time as we are no longer an emerging growth company. As a result, investor confidence and the market price of our shares and our ADSs may be materially and adversely affected. In the future, the company may be subject to management's reporting on the effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting and as such the reference to the JOBS Act above is that until this event there will not be an attestation report on internal control over financial reporting issued by our independent registered public accounting firm.

Risks Related to the Ownership of our Securities

Raising additional capital may cause dilution to holders of our common shares or ADSs, restrict our operations or require us to relinquish rights to our technologies or product candidates.

We do not have any committed external source of funds or other support for our development efforts and we cannot be certain that additional funding will be available on acceptable terms, or at all. Until such time, if ever, as we can generate substantial product revenues, we expect to finance our operations through a combination of public or private equity offerings, debt financings, collaborations, strategic alliances, licensing arrangements and other marketing or distribution arrangements.

If we undertake financing arrangements in the future, the terms of any financing may adversely affect the holdings or the rights of holders of our common shares or ADSs and the issuance of additional securities, whether equity or debt, by us, or the possibility of such issuance, may cause the market price of ADSs to decline. The sale or issuance of additional equity, convertible securities or warrants may dilute all of our existing shareholders and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect your rights as a holder of ADSs. The incurrence of indebtedness could result in increased fixed payment obligations and we may be required to agree to certain restrictive covenants, such as limitations on our ability to incur additional debt, limitations on our ability to acquire, sell or license intellectual property rights and other operating restrictions that could adversely impact our ability to conduct our business. We could also be required to seek funds through arrangements with collaborators or others at an earlier stage than otherwise would be desirable and we may be required to relinquish rights to some of our technologies or product candidates or otherwise agree to terms unfavorable to us, any of which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Further, any additional fundraising efforts may divert our management from its day-to-day activities, which may adversely affect our ability to develop and commercialize our product candidates.

If we are unable to obtain funding on a timely basis, we may be required to significantly curtail, delay or discontinue one or more of our development programs or the commercialization of any of our product candidates, if approved, or be unable to expand our operations or otherwise capitalize on our business opportunities, as desired, which could materially affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Future sales, or the possibility of future sales, of a substantial number of the ADSs could adversely affect the price of the ADSs.

ADSs representing the common shares issued and available for future issuance under our 2021 Incentive Award Plan will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of various vesting schedules, the lock-up agreements and Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act. If these additional ADSs are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold in the public market, the trading price of the ADSs could decline.

We expect that the price of the ADSs may fluctuate significantly and an active trading market for our common shares or ADSs may not be sustained.

The market price of the ADSs is likely to be volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to many risk factors listed in this section, and others beyond our control, including:

● actual or anticipated fluctuations in our financial condition and operating results;

39

● announcements by us, our partners or our competitors of new products, significant contracts, strategic partnerships, joint ventures, collaborations, commercial relationships or capital commitments;

● competition from existing products or new products that may emerge;

● failure to meet or exceed financial estimates and projections of the investment community or that we provide to the public;

● issuance of new or updated research or reports by securities analysts or recommendations for our common shares;

● securities or industry analysts ceasing coverage of us, or publishing inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business;

● adverse regulatory announcements;

● disputes or other developments related to proprietary rights, including patents, litigation matters, and our ability to obtain patent protection for our technologies;

● commencement of, or our involvement in, litigation;

● fluctuations in the valuation of companies perceived by investors to be comparable to us;

● market conditions in our markets;

● manufacturing disputes or delays;

● any change to the composition of the board of directors or key personnel;

● expiration of contractual lock-up agreements with our executive officers and directors and shareholders;

● general economic conditions and slow or negative growth of our markets;

● the changing and volatile United States and global environments, including as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic and the public perception of pandemic associated risks;

● share price and volume fluctuations attributable to inconsistent trading volume levels of the ADSs;

● sales of the ADSs by members of our senior management and directors or our shareholders or the anticipation that such sales may occur in the future;

● securities or industry analysts ceasing coverage of us, or publishing inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business;

● investors’ general perception of us and our business;

● announcement or expectation of additional debt or equity financing efforts; and

● other factors described in this section of the Annual Report, many of which are beyond our control.

These and other market and industry factors may cause the market price and demand for our ADSs to fluctuate substantially, regardless of our actual operating performance, which may limit or prevent investors from readily selling their ADSs and may otherwise negatively affect the liquidity of the ADSs. Prior to our initial public offering of ADSs in March 2021, there

40

was no public market for our ADSs and common shares. Even though our ADSs are listed on Nasdaq, there can be no assurance that an active trading market for ADSs will be sustained. In the absence of an active trading market for the ADSs, investors may not be able to sell their ADSs at or above the offering price or at the time that they would like to sell. The lack of an active trading market may also reduce the fair market value of the ADSs. In addition, the stock market in general, and life science companies in particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of these companies.

Holders of ADSs may be subject to limitations on the transfer of their ADSs and the withdrawal of the underlying common shares.

ADSs are transferable on the books of the depositary. However, the depositary may close its books at any time or from time to time when it deems expedient in connection with the performance of its duties. The depositary may refuse to deliver, transfer or register transfers of ADSs generally when our books or the books of the depositary are closed, or at any time if we or the depositary think it is advisable to do so because of any requirement of law, government or a governmental body, or under any provision of the deposit agreement, or for any other reason, subject to the right of ADS holders to cancel their ADSs and withdraw the underlying common shares. Temporary delays in the cancellation of your ADSs and withdrawal of the underlying common shares may arise because the depositary has closed its transfer books or we have closed our transfer books, and in other circumstances such as corporate actions including voting and dividend distributions. In addition, ADS holders may not be able to cancel their ADSs and withdraw the underlying common shares when they owe money for fees, taxes and similar charges and when it is necessary to prohibit withdrawals in order to comply with any laws or governmental regulations that apply to ADSs or to the withdrawal of common shares or other deposited securities. See "Item 12. Description of Securities Other Than Equity Securities - American Depositary Shares.”

Holders of the ADSs are not able to exercise the pre-emptive subscription rights related to the shares that they represent and may suffer dilution of their equity holding in the event of future issuances of our shares, convertible debentures or warrants.

Under the Swedish Companies Act, our shareholders benefit from a pre-emptive subscription right on the issuance of shares, convertible debentures or warrants for cash consideration only and not in the event of issuance of shares, convertible debentures or warrants against non-cash contribution or shares issued pursuant to convertible debentures or warrants previously issued by us. Shareholders’ pre-emptive subscription rights, in the event of issuances of shares against cash payment, may be disapplied by a resolution of the shareholders at a meeting of our shareholders and/or the shares may be issued on the basis of an authorization granted to the board of directors pursuant to which the board may disapply the shareholders’ pre-emptive subscription rights. Such shares may be issued at or above market value or below market value in the case of rights issues or pursuant to a resolution of the shareholders. The absence of pre-emptive rights for existing equity holders may cause dilution to such holders.

ADS holders would not be entitled, even if such rights accrued to our shareholders in any given instance, to receive such pre-emptive subscription rights related to the shares that they represent. Further, if we offer holders of our shares the option to receive dividends in either cash or shares, under the deposit agreement, ADS holders will not be permitted to elect to receive dividends in shares or cash but will receive whichever option we provide as a default to shareholders who fail to make such an election.

ADS holders do not have the same rights as our shareholders.

ADS holders do not have the same rights as our shareholders. For example, ADS holders may not attend shareholders’ meetings or directly exercise the voting rights attaching to the common shares underlying their ADSs. ADS holders may vote only by instructing the depositary to vote on their behalf. If we request the depositary to solicit your voting instructions (and we are not required to do so), the depositary will notify you of a shareholders’ meeting and send or make voting materials available to you. Those materials will describe the matters to be voted on and explain how ADS holders may instruct the depositary how to vote. For instructions to be valid, they must reach the depositary by a date set by the depositary. The depositary will try, as far as practical, subject to the laws of Sweden and the provisions of our articles of association or similar documents, to vote or to have its agents vote the deposited common shares as instructed by ADS holders. If we do not request the depositary to solicit your voting instructions, you can still send voting instructions, and, in

41

that case, the depositary may try to vote as you instruct, but it is not required to do so. Except by instructing the depositary as described above, you will not be able to exercise voting rights unless you surrender your ADSs and withdraw the common shares. However, you may not know about the meeting enough in advance to withdraw the common shares. We cannot assure you that you will receive the voting materials in time to ensure that you can instruct the depositary to vote your common shares. In addition, the depositary and its agents are not responsible for failing to carry out voting instructions or for the manner of carrying out voting instructions. This means that you may not be able to exercise voting rights and there may be nothing you can do if your common shares are not voted as you requested. In addition, ADS holders have no right to call a shareholders’ meeting.

Holders of ADSs may not be entitled to a jury trial with respect to claims arising under the deposit agreement, which could result in less favorable outcomes to the plaintiffs in any such action.

The deposit agreement governing the ADSs representing our common shares provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, ADSs holders waive the right to a jury trial of any claim they may have against us or the depositary arising out of or relating to our shares, the ADSs or the deposit agreement, including any claim under the United States federal securities laws. The waiver to right to a jury trial of the deposit agreement is not intended to be deemed a waiver by any owner or holder of ADSs of our or the depositary’s compliance with the United States federal securities laws and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

If we or the depositary oppose a jury trial demand based on the waiver, the court would determine whether the waiver was enforceable based on the facts and circumstances of that case in accordance with the applicable state and federal law. The enforceability of a contractual pre-dispute jury trial waiver in connection with claims arising under the federal securities laws has not been finally adjudicated by the United States Supreme Court. However, we believe that a contractual pre-dispute jury trial waiver provision is generally enforceable, including under the laws of the State of New York, which govern the deposit agreement. In determining whether to enforce a contractual pre-dispute jury trial waiver provision, courts will generally consider whether a party knowingly, intelligently and voluntarily waived the right to a jury trial. We believe that this is the case with respect to the deposit agreement and the ADSs. It is advisable that you consult legal counsel regarding the jury waiver provision before investing in the ADSs.

If you or any other owners or holders of ADSs bring a claim against us or the depositary in connection with matters arising under the deposit agreement or the ADSs, including claims under federal securities laws, you or such other owner or holder may not be entitled to a jury trial with respect to such claims, which may have the effect of limiting and discouraging lawsuits against us and/or the depositary. If a lawsuit is brought against us and/or the depositary under the deposit agreement, it may be heard only by a judge or justice of the applicable trial court, which would be conducted according to different civil procedures and may result in a different outcome than a trial by jury would have had, including results that could be less favorable to the plaintiffs in any such action.

Nevertheless, if this jury trial waiver is not permitted by applicable law, an action could proceed under the terms of the deposit agreement with a jury trial. No condition, stipulation or provision of the deposit agreement or the ADSs serves as a waiver by any owner or holder of ADSs or by us or the depositary of compliance with any provision of the United States federal securities laws and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Because we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common shares in the foreseeable future, capital appreciation, if any, will be your sole source of gain.

We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to support operations and to finance the growth and development of our business, and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common shares for the foreseeable future. In addition, the terms of any future debt agreements may preclude us from paying dividends. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our common shares or ADSs will be your sole source of gain for the foreseeable future. Furthermore, pursuant to Swedish law, the calculation of amounts available for distribution to shareholders, as dividends or otherwise, must be determined on the basis of our statutory accounts prepared in accordance with Swedish accounting rules. If the price of the ADSs or the common shares declines before we pay dividends, you will incur a loss on your investment, without the likelihood that this loss will be offset in part or at all by potential future cash dividends.

42

Because we are a “controlled company” within the meaning of Nasdaq listing standards, our shareholders may not have certain governance protections that are available to shareholders of companies that are not controlled companies, which could make the ADSs less attractive to some investors.

Under Nasdaq rules, a company in which more than 50% of the voting power for the election of directors of the company is held by an individual, a group or another company will qualify as a “controlled company”. As of December 31, 2021, Knilo InvestCo AB, which is owned by several funds controlled by Summa Equity AB, owned directly or indirectly 77,366,054 of our common shares, which represents approximately 65% of our common shares outstanding. As a result, we are and will continue to be a “controlled company” under Nasdaq rules and will not be required to comply with certain Nasdaq rules that would otherwise require it to have: (i) a board of directors comprised of a majority of independent directors; (ii) compensation of its executive officers determined by a majority of the independent directors or a remuneration committee comprised solely of independent directors; and (iii) director nominees selected, or recommended for the board’s selection, either by a majority of the independent directors or a nominating committee comprised solely of independent directors.

We have not and do not expect to take advantage of the applicable exemptions under the Nasdaq corporate governance standards except to the extent we are exempt from such standards as a foreign private issuer; however, there can be no assurance we will not do so in the future if we are eligible. As such, our shareholders do not have and in the future will not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements under Nasdaq rules without regard to the exemptions available for “controlled companies.” Our status as a controlled company could make the ADSs less attractive to some investors.

Knilo InvestCo AB may have its interest in us diluted due to future equity issuances or its own actions in selling common shares, in each case, which could result in a loss of the “controlled company” exemption under Nasdaq rules. We would then be required to comply with those provisions of Nasdaq rules, subject to our election to comply with home country governance practices, as discussed below.

We are an "emerging growth company," and cannot evaluate if the reduced reporting and disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make the ADSs less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we intend to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies,” including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We cannot predict if investors will find the ADSs less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find the ADSs less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for the ADSs and the price of the ADSs may be more volatile. We may take advantage of these reporting exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of $1.07 billion or more; (ii) the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of our initial public offering; (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in nonconvertible debt during the previous three years; or (iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer under the rules of the SEC.

We qualify as a foreign private issuer and, as a result, we will not be subject to United States proxy rules and will be subject to reporting obligations under the Exchange Act, that, to some extent, permit less detailed and frequent reporting than that of a United States domestic public company.

We report under the Exchange Act as a non-U.S. company with foreign private issuer status. Because we qualify as a foreign private issuer under the Exchange Act, we are exempt from certain provisions of the Exchange Act that are applicable to United States domestic public companies, including (i) the sections of the Exchange Act regulating the solicitation of proxies, consents or authorizations in respect of a security registered under the Exchange Act, (ii) the sections of the Exchange Act requiring insiders to file public reports of their share ownership and trading activities and liability for insiders who profit from trades made in a short period of time and (iii) the rules under the Exchange Act requiring the filing with the SEC of quarterly reports on Form 10-Q containing unaudited financial and other specified information, or current

43

reports on Form 8-K upon the occurrence of specified significant events. In addition, foreign private issuers are not required to file their annual report on Form 20-F until 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, while United States domestic issuers that are accelerated filers are required to file their annual report on Form 10-K within 75 days after the end of each fiscal year. Foreign private issuers are also exempt from the Regulation FD, aimed at preventing issuers from making selective disclosures of material information. As a result of the above, you may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are not foreign private issuers.

As a foreign private issuer and as permitted by the listing requirements of Nasdaq, we rely on certain home country governance practices rather than the corporate governance requirements of Nasdaq.

We are entitled to rely on a provision in Nasdaq’s corporate governance rules that allows us to follow Swedish law regarding certain aspects of corporate governance. This allows us to follow certain corporate governance practices that differ in significant respects from the corporate governance requirements applicable to United States companies listed on Nasdaq. For example, we are exempt from Nasdaq regulations applicable to United States-listed companies regarding, and follow home country practice with respect to, the minimum quorum requirement for a meeting of shareholders, the requirement that non-management directors meet on a regular basis without management present, the requirement that the remuneration committee consist of independent members and the requirement that nominees of the Board are selected or recommended by a majority of the Board’s independent directors or by a nominations committee comprised of independent directors.

In accordance with our Nasdaq listing, our audit committee is required to comply with the provisions of Section 301 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act. Because we are a foreign private issuer, however, our audit committee is not subject to additional Nasdaq requirements applicable to listed United States companies, including an affirmative determination that all members of the audit committee are “independent” under the Nasdaq definition of independence.Furthermore, Nasdaq’s corporate governance rules require listed United States companies to, among other things, seek shareholder approval for the implementation of certain equity compensation plans and issuances of common shares, which we are not required to follow as a foreign private issuer. Therefore, our shareholders may be afforded less protection than they otherwise would have under corporate governance listing standards applicable to United States domestic issuers.

We may in the future lose our foreign private issuer status which would then require us to comply with the Exchange Act’s domestic reporting regime and cause us to incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses.

We are a foreign private issuer and therefore we are not required to comply with all periodic disclosure and current reporting requirements of the Exchange Act applicable to United States domestic issuers. In order to maintain our current status as a foreign private issuer, either (a) a majority of our common shares must be either directly or indirectly owned of record by non-residents of the United States or (b)(i) a majority of our executive officers or directors may not be United States citizens or residents, (ii) more than 50% of our assets cannot be located in the United States and (iii) our business must be administered principally outside the United States. If we lose foreign private issuer status, we would be required to comply with the Exchange Act reporting and other requirements applicable to United States domestic issuers, which are more detailed and extensive than the requirements for foreign private issuers. We may also be required to make changes in our corporate governance practices in accordance with various SEC and Nasdaq rules.

The regulatory and compliance costs to us under United States securities laws if we are required to comply with the reporting requirements applicable to a United States domestic issuer may be significantly higher than the costs we would incur as a foreign private issuer. As a result, we expect that a loss of foreign private issuer status would increase our legal and financial compliance costs and would make some activities highly time-consuming and costly. We also expect that if we were required to comply with the rules and regulations applicable to United States domestic issuers, it would make it more difficult and expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These rules and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our management team.

44

If we were to be classified as a passive foreign investment company, there could be adverse United States tax consequences to certain U.S. holders.

Under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, we will be a “passive foreign investment company” for United States federal income tax purposes, or a PFIC, for any taxable year in which (1) 75% or more of our gross income consists of passive income or (2) 50% or more of the average quarterly value of our assets consists of assets that produce, or are held for the production of, passive income. If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder (as defined below in “Material Income Tax Consideration-Material” U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations for U.S. Holders”) holds our common shares or ADSs, the U.S. Holder may be subject to adverse tax consequences regardless of whether we continue to qualify as a PFIC, including ineligibility for any preferred tax rates on capital gains or on actual or deemed dividends, interest charges on certain taxes treated as deferred and additional reporting requirements.

A separate determination must be made after the close of each taxable year as to whether we are a PFIC for that year. Our status as a PFIC depends on the value of our assets and the composition of our income and assets. The total value of our assets for purposes of the asset test generally will be calculated using the market price of the ADSs, which may fluctuate considerably. Fluctuations in the market price of the ADSs may result in our being a PFIC for any taxable year. Our income for a taxable year will be affected by whether we receive certain milestone payments in such year, and whether certain gains from foreign currency exchanges are treated as qualifying income for purposes of the PFIC income test. Based upon the value of our assets and the composition of our income and assets, we do not believe we were a PFIC for the taxable year ended December 31, 2021 and, based on the current and expected composition of our income and assets and the value of our assets, we do not expect to be a PFIC for our current taxable year. However, no assurances regarding our PFIC status can be provided for the current taxable year or any past or future taxable years. For further discussion of the U.S. federal income tax consequences in the event we are classified as a PFIC, see “Material Income Tax Considerations - Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations for U.S. Holders - PFIC Rules.”

The rights of our shareholders may differ from the rights typically offered to shareholders of a United States domestic corporation.

Under Swedish corporate law, except in certain limited circumstances, which require that a proposal for special review of accounts or a review of a specific item/topic as defined by shareholders requesting such review has been supported by shareholders representing not less than 10% of all shares in the company or one-third of the shares present at a shareholders' meeting, our shareholders may not ask for an inspection of our corporate records, while under Delaware corporate law any shareholder, irrespective of the size of such shareholder’s shareholdings, may do so. Shareholders of a Swedish limited company are also unable to initiate a derivative action, a remedy typically available to shareholders of United States domestic companies, in order to enforce a right of our company, in case we fail to enforce such right ourselves, other than in certain cases of board member/management liability under limited circumstances. In addition, a majority of our shareholders may release a member of our board of directors or our chief executive officer from any claim of liability we may have, including if such board member or our chief executive officer has acted in bad faith or has breached his or her duty of loyalty. However, a shareholder may bring a derivative action on behalf of our company against, among other persons, a member of our board of directors or our chief executive officer, provided that the circumstances of the act or omission giving rise to the claim of liability were not known to the shareholders at the time of such shareholder resolution, or if shareholders representing at least 10% of shares represented at the relevant shareholders' meeting have opposed such shareholder resolution. In contrast, most United States federal and state laws prohibit a company or its shareholders from releasing a board member from liability altogether if such board member has acted in bad faith or has breached such board member’s duty of loyalty to our company. Additionally, distribution of dividends from Swedish companies to foreign companies and individuals can be subject to non-refundable withholding tax, and not all receiving countries allow for deduction. Also, the rights as a creditor may not be as strong under Swedish insolvency law as under United States law or other insolvency law, and consequently creditors may recover less in the event our company is subject to insolvency compared to a similar case including a United States debtor. Finally, Swedish corporate law may not provide appraisal rights in the case of a business combination equivalent to those generally afforded a shareholder of a United States company under applicable United States laws.

For additional information on these and other aspects of Swedish corporate law and our articles of association, see ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION - B. Memorandum and Articles of Association. As a result of these differences between

45

Swedish corporate law and our articles of association, on the one hand, and United States federal and state laws, on the other hand, in certain instances, you could receive less protection as an equity holder of our company than you would as a shareholder of a United States company.

We are a Swedish company with limited liability. The rights of our shareholders may be different from the rights of shareholders in companies governed by the laws of United States jurisdictions.

We are a Swedish company with limited liability. Our corporate affairs are governed by our articles of association and by the laws governing companies incorporated in Sweden. The rights of shareholders and the responsibilities of members of our board of directors may be different from the rights and obligations of shareholders and members of boards of directors in companies governed by the laws of United States jurisdictions. In the performance of its duties, our board is required by Swedish law to consider the interests of our company, its shareholders, its employees and other stakeholders, in all cases with due observation of the principles of reasonableness and fairness. It is possible that some of these parties will have interests that are different from, or in addition to, the interests of our shareholders. See “Item 10. Additional Information - Memorandum and Articles of Association - Differences in Corporate Law”.

Claims of United States civil liabilities may not be enforceable against us.

We are incorporated under Swedish law. Certain members of our board of directors and senior management are non-residents of the United States, and a substantial portion of our assets and the assets of such persons are located outside the United States. As a result, it may not be possible to serve process on such persons or us in the United States or to enforce judgments obtained in United States courts against them or us based on civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States. As a result, it may not be possible for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon such persons or to enforce judgments obtained in United States courts against them or us, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the United States federal securities laws.

The United States and Sweden do not currently have a treaty providing for recognition and enforcement of judgments (other than arbitration awards) in civil and commercial matters. Consequently, a final judgment for payment given by a court in the United States, whether or not predicated solely upon United States securities laws, would not automatically be recognized or enforceable in Sweden. In addition, uncertainty exists as to whether the courts in Sweden would entertain original actions brought in Sweden against us or our directors or senior management predicated upon the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States. Any final and conclusive monetary judgment for a definite sum obtained against us in United States courts would not be automatically recognized. Instead, new proceedings would need to be initiated before the competent court in Sweden. However, a judgment obtained in the United States may still have a strong evidentiary weight in the Swedish proceedings, depending on the circumstances and the assessment of the court. If a Swedish court gives judgment for the sum payable under a United States judgment, the Swedish judgment will be enforceable by methods generally available for this purpose. These methods generally permit the Swedish Enforcement Authority (Sw. Kronofogden) discretion to prescribe the manner of enforcement. As a result, United States investors may not be able to enforce against us or certain of our directors any judgments obtained in United States courts in civil and commercial matters, including judgments under the United States federal securities laws.

Our articles of association designate specific courts in the United States as the exclusive forum for certain United States litigation that may be initiated by our shareholders, which could limit our shareholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us.

Our articles of association provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum and without any infringement on Swedish forum provisions and without applying Chapter 7, Section 54 of the Swedish Companies Act (2005:551), the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York shall be the sole and exclusive forum for resolving any complaint filed in the United States asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act (Federal Forum Provision). In addition, our articles of association provide that any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in our shares of capital stock will be deemed to have notice of and consented to the Federal Forum Provision; provided, however, that our shareholders cannot and will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder.

46

We recognize that the Federal Forum Provision may impose additional litigation costs on shareholders in pursuing any such claims, particularly if the shareholders do not reside in or near the State of Delaware. Additionally, the Federal Forum Provision may limit our shareholders’ ability to bring a claim in a United States judicial forum that they find favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees, which may discourage the filing of lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and employees, even though an action, if successful, might benefit our shareholders. In addition, while the Delaware Supreme Court ruled in March 2020 that federal forum selection provisions purporting to require claims under the Securities Act be brought in federal court are “facially valid” under Delaware law, there is uncertainty as to whether other United States or Swedish courts will enforce our Federal Forum Provision. If the Federal Forum Provision is found to be unenforceable, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters. The Federal Forum Provision may also impose additional litigation costs on shareholders who assert that the provision is not enforceable or invalid. The United States District Court for the Southern District of New York may also reach different judgments or results than would other courts, including courts where a shareholder considering a United States-based action may be located or would otherwise choose to bring the action, and such judgments may be more or less favorable to us than our shareholders.

General Risk Factors

Our employees, independent contractors, vendors and consultants may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including non-compliance with regulatory standards and requirements and insider trading.

We are exposed to the risk that our employees, independent contractors, vendors and consultants may engage in fraudulent conduct or other illegal activity. Misconduct by these parties could include intentional, reckless and/or negligent conduct or disclosure of unauthorized activities to us that violate the regulations of the FDA, EMA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities, including those laws requiring the reporting of true, complete and accurate information to such authorities. In particular, sales, marketing and business arrangements in the healthcare industry are subject to extensive laws and regulations intended to prevent fraud, misconduct, kickbacks, self-dealing and other abusive practices. These laws and regulations may restrict or prohibit a wide range of pricing, discounting, marketing and promotion, sales commission, customer incentive programs and other business arrangements. We have adopted a Code of Conduct applicable to all of our employees, but it is not always possible to identify and deter misconduct by employees and other third parties, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to comply with these laws or regulations. Additionally, we are subject to the risk that a person could allege such fraud or other misconduct, even if none occurred. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business, including the imposition of civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, monetary fines, imprisonment, additional reporting requirements and oversight if we become subject to a corporate integrity agreement or similar agreement to resolve allegations of non-compliance with these laws, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings, and curtailment of our operations, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We or our third parties upon whom we depend may be adversely affected by natural or man-made disasters or other business interruptions,  and our business continuity and disaster recovery plans, or those of our collaborators, may not adequately protect us from the effects of a serious disaster.

Natural and man-made disasters and other events beyond our control could severely disrupt our operations, or those of third parties upon whom we depend, and have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects. If a natural disaster, power outage, or other event occurred that prevented us from using all or a significant portion of our headquarters, damaged critical infrastructure, such as our laboratory facilities or those of our collaborators, limited our or our collaborators’ ability to access or use our respective digital information systems or that otherwise disrupted our respective operations, it may be difficult or, in certain cases, impossible for us or our collaborators to continue our respective businesses for a substantial period of time. The disaster recovery and business continuity plans we and our collaborators currently have in place are limited and are unlikely to prove adequate in the event of a serious disaster or similar event. We may incur substantial expenses as a result of the limited nature of our respective disaster recovery and business continuity plans, which could have a material adverse impact on our business.

47

We have incurred and will continue to incur increased costs as a result of operating as a United States-listed public company, and our board of directors is required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives and corporate governance practices.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the listing requirements of Nasdaq and other applicable securities rules and regulations impose various requirements on non-U.S. reporting public companies, including the establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and corporate governance practices. Our board of directors and other personnel need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives. Moreover, these rules and regulations have and will continue to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, we expect that these rules and regulations may make it more difficult and more expensive for us to maintain or obtain director and officer liability insurance, which in turn could make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors.

However, these rules and regulations are often subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices.

Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, we will be required to furnish a report by our board of directors on our internal control over financial reporting. However, while we remain an emerging growth company, we will not be required to include an attestation report on internal control over financial reporting issued by our independent registered public accounting firm. To achieve compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act within the prescribed period, we will be engaged in a process to document and evaluate our internal control over financial reporting, which is both costly and challenging. In this regard, we will need to continue to dedicate internal resources, potentially engage outside consultants and adopt a detailed work plan to assess and document the adequacy of internal control over financial reporting, continue steps to improve control processes as appropriate, validate through testing that controls are functioning as documented and implement a continuous reporting and improvement process for internal control over financial reporting. Despite our efforts, there is a risk that we will not be able to conclude, within the prescribed timeframe or at all, that our internal control over financial reporting is effective as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and that material weaknesses may occur as described above.

ITEM 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

A. History and Development of the Company

We were founded as a private limited company under the laws of Sweden on December 13, 2018 under the name Goldcup 18086 AB and registered with the Swedish Companies Registration Office on January 4, 2019. Knilo HoldCo AB’s operations (including subsidiaries; together the Companies or the Group) include development, production, marketing and sales of biotechnological products and services and related operations. Knilo HoldCo AB was incorporated on January 4, 2019. The Group was formed on March 7, 2019 when Knilo HoldCo AB acquired Olink Proteomics Holding AB through the subsidiary Knilo BidCo AB (the Olink Acquisition). The legal status of Knilo HoldCo AB was changed under Swedish law from a private limited company to a public limited company and the name was changed to Olink Holding AB (publ), which was registered with the Swedish Companies Registration Office on January 27, 2021.

We have ten wholly owned subsidiaries - Knilo BidCo AB, a private limited company formed under the laws of Sweden in 2018, Olink Proteomics Holding AB, a private limited company formed under the laws of Sweden in 2016, Olink Proteomics AB, a private limited company formed under the laws of Sweden in 2015, Agrisera Aktiebolag, a private limited company formed under the laws of Sweden in 1985, Olink KK, a company formed under the laws of Japan in 2019, Olink Biotech (Shanghai) Co., Ltd, a company formed under the laws of China in 2020, Olink Proteomics Inc., a Delaware corporation founded in 2015, Olink Proteomics Limited, a private company limited by shares formed under the laws of England and Wales in 2015, Olink Proteomics B.V., a private company formed under the laws of the Netherlands in 2016, and Olink Proteomics GmbH, a limited liability company formed under the laws of Germany in 2018.

48

Our registered office is located at Uppsala Science Park, SE-751 83, Uppsala, Sweden, and our telephone number is +46 (0) 18 - 444 39 70. Our website address is www.olink.com. We have included our website address in this Annual Report solely as an inactive textual reference. The information contained on or accessible through our website is not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report. Additionally, the SEC maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains reports and other information regarding registrants that make electronic filings with the SEC using its EDGAR system. Our filings made with the SEC are available on the SEC’s website.

B. Business Overview

Our purpose is to enable and accelerate the field of proteomics by providing a platform of products and services, developed with key opinion leaders (KOLs), that are deployed across major biopharmaceutical companies and leading clinical and academic institutions, to deepen the understanding of real-time human biology and drive 21st century healthcare through actionable and impactful science. Since our inception, we have served a customer base of more than 750 customer accounts in over 40 countries worldwide. We support 30 of the world’s largest 40 biopharmaceutical companies by 2020 revenue, including all of the largest 20, and many leading academic institutions. Many of these customers have carefully vetted and validated our technology before adopting Olink as part of their drug development programs. Our platform has been significantly validated, as evidenced by use of our products in studies that have been published in more than 800 peer-reviewed publications. We support our customers in understanding real-time human biology through proteomics by providing clarity on mechanistic biology and pathways that drive disease; by identifying novel and causal drug targets, which guides candidate drug development; by revealing predictive biomarkers for drug response, disease risk and outcomes, which identifies which patients have the potential to benefit the most from new therapies and treatments; and by detecting and characterizing indicators of disease and health to manage patient wellness more proactively. Our products and services play a role in decoding the biology of almost all disease areas and are used most frequently in immunology, oncology, neurology, cardiovascular and metabolic diseases.

Our current offerings are based on our proprietary and patented Proximity Extension Assay (PEA) technology, which enables researchers to use one platform from discovery to clinical trials to diagnostic applications utilizing a significant, established infrastructure of labs and installed instrumentation. PEA comprises three product lines: Explore, Target, and Focus, including our Signature platform, each of which allows scientists to detect and quantify protein biomarker targets. Our library of protein biomarker targets is focused on circulating proteins with clinical utility, and we believe that it is among the world’s largest extensively validated protein libraries. To achieve a consistently high assay performance that does not compromise data quality of each protein biomarker target in our protein library, we have developed our own comprehensive validation framework with regulatory processes in mind, covering relevant, critical performance criteria such as specificity, sensitivity, dynamic range and precision. Our scalable high-throughput platform is differentiated from that of our competitors, as it is well-suited for a broad range of studies, from small to large scale, offering validated single-plex performance in a high-multiplex assay, designed to provide consistently high-quality data and address our customers’ needs across a broad range of applications. Hence, we believe the PEA platform is well positioned to support customers in the emerging high-throughput, high-plex proteomics use-cases and our customers utilize our platform for a variety of needs, from protein biomarker discovery in high-multiplex to clinical decision making. The first diagnostic protein signature for monitoring and disease progression in Multiple Sclerosis (MS) based on PEA is being made available by Octave Biosciences in the diagnostics market. Test access is being offered as a service through their Clinical Laboratory Improvement Amendments (CLIA) certified lab based on custom developed kit products delivered by Olink. While our revenues and growth have historically been driven by the research market, we expect diagnostic applications of our platform will drive significant long-term growth.

According to a Nature publication from 2015, only approximately 20% of patients responded well to the top 10 highest crossing prescription drugs, with as many as 80% of patients experiencing non-responsiveness to the drugs’ intended benefits. Further, only 13.8% of compounds used in clinical trials make it through the drug development process to market. One factor that contributes to this low efficacy is that drugs may inadvertently target a confounding factor due to clinicians’ insufficient understanding of the pathophysiology driving the disease. As a result, clinicians fail to identify a truly causal biological process and the drug target responsible for causing the disease. Furthermore, clinicians often classify disease too broadly, overlooking sub-populations of patients with different disease endotypes that require different treatment.

49

21^st century healthcare, precision medicine, or personalized medicine, is an emerging practice of medicine that uses an individual’s molecular phenotype profile to guide and inform diagnostic decisions and to improve prediction of disease outcome and risk, leading to better informed decisions regarding disease prevention and therapeutic interventions for each individual, with the goal to provide the right treatment to the right patient at the right time. Precision medicine has the potential to enable clinicians to predict the most appropriate course of action quickly, efficiently and accurately for individual patients, leading to improved outcomes for individual patients, as well as reduced costs and risks with shorter time to market for new drugs.

Over the past decade, genomics has been at the forefront of 21st century healthcare. While progress has been made in the field of genomics, there is a large unmet need to add additional insights into the molecular phenotype, particularly with respect to the proteome and proteins, which are the direct drivers of all biological processes in the human body and dynamic, real-time differentiators between health and disease, including dynamics affected by lifestyle and environment. Because proteomics is vastly more complex than genomics, researchers rely on sophisticated technologies to deliver actionable insights to advance the field. Unfortunately, existing legacy technologies have a number of limitations, including lack of specificity, especially in high-multiplex assays, lack of sensitivity and precision; limited dynamic range (which is the ability to reliably and simultaneously measure a wide range of concentrations) ; high sample consumption requirement; lack of scalability; low throughput; data complexity; and high cost. We believe that PEA has overcome these challenges, both from a technical perspective and cost perspective, and has the potential to move proteomics into a new paradigm.

Circulating protein biomarkers in blood represent an easily accessible sample type that both the biopharmaceutical industry and healthcare systems use. There are well known biomarkers used in diagnostics today, such as C-reactive protein (CRP) and Prostate-specific antigen (PSA), that are clinically actionable in that they mirror the biological processes of inflammation or malignancies, respectively. However, the number of clinically established biomarkers still remains small while at the same time our appreciation of the complexity of diseases is increasing. Traditional disease classifications are increasingly being challenged and different sub-groups of disease endotypes that require different treatment strategies are continuously identified as diseases are being more molecularly defined. Hence, we believe this means that the need for new circulating biomarkers has never been greater and will require the ability to sample the dynamic plasma proteome in sufficient depth, breadth and specificity since most likely patterns or signatures of multiple proteins will be required to properly reflect the complexity of disease.

As illustrated by Figure 1 below, the plasma proteome contains high-abundant “classical plasma proteins” as well as tissue leakage and low-abundant proteins such as interleukins and cytokines. Although proteins at all abundance levels provide valuable information, we believe that PEA’s ability to provide granular insights into the many low-abundant circulating proteins will allow scientists to better identify novel and causal drug targets guiding candidate drug development. PEA has the potential to reveal predictive biomarkers for drug response, disease risk and outcomes, which may enable scientists to identify which patients have the potential to benefit the most from new therapies and treatments, and aid scientists in detecting and characterizing indicators of disease and health so that they can more proactively manage patient wellness. We believe that 21^st century healthcare will be driven by clinically actionable, low-abundant circulating proteins mirroring biological processes in the human body and PEA will play an important role in that process.

50

Figure 1. Illustration of Olink’s library of protein biomarker targets covering a wide dynamic concentration range (y-axis) and including proteins (x-axis) measured in mg/ml to pg/ml. The highlighted proteins are examples of select PEA success stories in identifying important biomarkers and in which concentration they typically occur.

PEA has enabled the interrogation of low-abundant circulating proteins in high throughput and high-multiplex with high data quality, which enables scientists to discover novel and subtle individual differences in the plasma proteome. With these insights enabled by PEA, our customers are making revolutionary findings that we believe change our understanding and definitions of diseases. We believe that this research was enabled by PEA and would not have been possible five years ago.

We believe our proprietary and patented PEA technology has broad application in proteomics at large scale in high-multiplex discovery as well as in more targeted clinical trial and diagnostic applications. Compared to many other technologies, PEA can enable faster, better-informed decisions in human protein biomarker research by providing protein biomarker targets in high-multiplex with an assay performance that does not compromise on data quality. To achieve a consistently high assay performance for all biomarker targets in our library, our proprietary and comprehensive validation framework, which was developed with regulatory processes in mind, includes critical performance criteria such as specificity, sensitivity, dynamic range, scalability, lack of interference, reproducibility and precision. Our products require only 1 µL or less of sample volume, which is approximately 20 to 1,000 times less than the sample volume required by certain other proteomics technologies. This sample volume efficiency combined with our high-multiplexing capabilities is designed to provide high throughput at a reasonable cost, which is important for any platform used in large-scale proteomics where researchers are looking to analyze thousands of proteins in thousands of samples in the same study over weeks or months. Our customers have validated the utility and value of our technology and products, as evidenced by use of our products in studies that have been published in more than 800 peer-reviewed publications and by expanding usage of our products in clinical trials. Most importantly, our technology provides our customers with one platform they can use from protein biomarker discovery in high-multiplex to clinical decision making and diagnostics, with broad applicability across substantially all relevant biological sample types.

Our technology today incorporates a leading library of approximately 3,000 highly validated protein biomarker targets that our customers can detect and quantify in their samples. Our current library focuses on proteins detectable in plasma in order to provide clinically relevant, actionable and meaningful insights to our customers. By the end of 2021, we had a library of approximately 3,000 biomarker targets, of which 1,100 were incorporated into the Target product line and all 3,000 were incorporated into the Explore product line. We plan to grow beyond 6,000 protein biomarker targets over time. Currently, the Human Proteome Project, with a catalog of approximately 5,000 circulating proteins, provides one of the most comprehensive analyses of proteins detectable in blood. Accordingly, we believe that as we grow our library to an equivalent size and depth, we would be able to provide a holistic and high-resolution view of the plasma proteome encompassing the most relevant biological processes and pathways in the human body. In fact, when overlaying our library with the Reactome, a comprehensive database of biological pathways, our 3,000 protein biomarker targets offer a complete coverage of all major pathways, such as the immune system or metabolism. We also believe that our PEA technology’s ability to provide this holistic, broad and deep, real-time view of human biology with high data quality and throughput will allow us to further differentiate ourselves from established and emerging high-multiplex proteomics technologies. Based on our platform’s broad capabilities, over time we also plan to include protein biomarker targets in our library that are not typically detectable in plasma. Our library expansion process includes consultations with KOLs and our customers and a rigorous curation process undertaken by our data scientists, who apply machine learning methods to identify and select the most biologically impactful and clinically relevant biomarkers.

We believe we are the only company providing a holistic proteomic offering from broad protein biomarker discovery in high-multiplex through clinical decision making and diagnostics. We offer kit products in three products lines. Our Explore line with next generation sequencing (NGS) readout offers a fully automated process utilizing our complete library for large-scale studies with market-leading throughput. The Explore offering has the potential to enable researchers to complete the multi-omics perspective, by combining genomics, transcriptomics and proteomics, on the same underlying technology platform. Our Target line with quantitative polymerase chain reaction (qPCR) readout is optimized for targeted research and clinical development at a smaller scale using relative or absolute quantification. Our Focus offering of custom- developed

51

kit products allows customers to define their protein profile of interest for clinical applications such as clinical trials or diagnostic products.

For customers that prefer outsourced proteomics analysis, we also offer Analysis Service, which includes assay execution and bioinformatics. Our experts support customers with study design, assay preparation, sample analysis, data processing, and we provide a comprehensive report with quality-controlled results. In order to best serve our global customers in the most timely and efficient manner possible, we operate Analysis Service labs out of our Waltham, Massachusetts and Uppsala, Sweden locations and through a third-party service provider in China.

We estimate that our addressable market is $35 billion. This market can be broadly classified into research and diagnostics based on the applications of our products and the types of customers we serve. Currently, the main driver of demand for our products and services is the research community’s unmet need for methods to better facilitate prediction of drug response and disease risk and outcomes. We are able to support customers throughout their entire journey from discovery to clinical decision making on one technology platform and believe that we are well positioned to become the protein enabler of multi-omics, especially on NGS. The Total Addressable Market (TAM) estimates were developed by us with support from third party market research and management consulting firms.

● Research. We estimate the research opportunity, our core market today, is $19 billion and define this opportunity as the addressable protein biomarker discovery research spend by biopharmaceutical companies and academia, consisting of a high-plex segment and low and mid- plex segment. The high-plex segment is expected to evolve through large-scale screening projects, including the emerging field of population proteomics where researchers build on the genomics research from the past decade by adding proteins. The research opportunity is defined as the estimated technology spend in the life science tools market for genomics and proteomics technologies that we can address with our existing and anticipated products. Each technology segment (such as multiplex immunoassays, mass spectrometry or NGS) has been segmented based on region, customer segment and use-case (i.e. the purpose for using the technology) before determining the share of spend addressable by us. In June 2020, we launched Olink Explore as a service through our Analysis Service labs utilizing NGS readout for PEA. Starting in early 2021, we made Explore available as NGS-based kit products to existing and new customers who are end-users of the estimated installed base of more than 5,750 addressable Illumina systems. NGS is a technology platform that we expect will continue its high-growth trajectory, and we estimate that the installed base of addressable Illumina systems will grow to approximately 9,000 by 2025, driven by Illumina's continued innovations, which drive down the cost of sequencing, and new NGS applications such as PEA. We believe that multi-omics will be an important growth driver of the NGS-market as a whole and our ability to enable multi-omics including proteins on NGS will represent an especially attractive growth opportunity for us. The low- and mid-plex segment consists of more targeted protein biomarker discovery research extending through all phases of clinical studies. In 2021, we took the next step towards making our Target and Focus products more accessible to approximately 4,000 addressable proteomics labs with the launch of our purpose-built qPCR-based detection system for PEA, Olink Signature Q100. The instrument was launched in June 2021, with the first shipments occurred during the fall of 2021. We estimate that the number of addressable proteomics labs will grow to approximately 5,000 by 2025. The ability to leverage existing instrumentation and infrastructure removes significant barriers to customer adoption, which we believe will translate into more rapid market penetration.

● Diagnostics. We estimate the diagnostics opportunity is $16 billion and define this market as selected, relevant diagnostic applications for in vitro diagnostics (IVD) and laboratory developed tests (LDT). The diagnostics opportunity is defined as the end-market value of the clinical diagnostics biomarker markets, including LDTs, that we can address with our existing or anticipated products. The market was segmented by the biomarkers or methodologies applied in diagnostics by disease area (such as cardiovascular diseases or laboratory immunoassays) before determining the share of spend addressable by us. Our goal is to enable biopharmaceutical companies and IVD and LDT providers by providing access to high-quality multiplexed proteomics diagnostics products that can be applied in diagnostic settings. We estimate that there are approximately 41,000 hospitals in the OECD countries which we believe would benefit from such novel diagnostics solutions in the future. The first diagnostic protein signature for monitoring and disease progression in Multiple Sclerosis (MS) based on PEA is being made available by Octave Biosciences in the diagnostics market. We expect to participate increasingly in this

52

market not only by enabling our customers to transition to clinical decision making with PEA but also by developing our own products for proprietary clinical applications.

● We have a successful history of developing molecular technologies based on commercializing pioneering academic research. We were founded in 2016, and in March 2019 we were acquired by Summa Equity AB, a Nordic private equity firm, which enabled the next step in our development. Since inception, more than 750 customer accounts in over 40 countries have utilized our products and services. A customer account is defined as one company (which is the case for the majority of our industry customers) or a department at a larger institution (which is often the case for larger universities where multiple customer accounts can exist). Further, since inception we have supported 30 of the world’s largest 40 biopharmaceutical companies by 2020 revenue, including all of the largest 20 and many leading academic institutions. We consider the majority of more than 750 customer accounts to be reoccurring customers, as they buy in regular intervals, even if not annually, and as an example, revenues from our customers obtained in 2016 represent approximately 21% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2021 and have grown at an average annual growth rate of 24% as of December 31, 2021 and 25% as of December 31, 2020. Revenues from new customers represented approximately 20% of our revenue in both 2019 and 2020, and 20% of our revenue in 2021. As of December 31, 2021, we had 416 employees, including a recently increased commercial team of 150 individuals and an R&D team of approximately 89 individuals. The majority of our employees operate out of our Uppsala, Sweden headquarters. We also have secondary headquarters in Waltham, Massachusetts and a growing footprint across Singapore, China and Japan.

53

Figure 2. Evolution of Olink’s customer accounts served since inception.

Our customer-focused science and operational models have translated into robust performance, including growing our revenues to $95.0 million, 76% growth compared to the 2020 fiscal year on ; incurring a net loss of $38.3 million; and generating an adjusted EBITDA loss of $18.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. During 2020 and 2021, we increased our investment in human capital, which resulted in 78 new employees in 2020 and 219 new employees in 2021. We expect to continue to accelerate investment in human capital over the coming years.

Adjusted EBITDA is a measure not calculated in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). For more information regarding our use of adjusted EBITDA and reconciliations of adjusted EBITDA to operating loss, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with IFRS, see "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects - Non-IFRS Reconciliations " herein.

Our Competitive Strengths

Our historical and anticipated future growth are underpinned by a set of competitive strengths that we believe will not only allow us to accelerate the field of proteomics, but also to increasingly establish ourselves as the leading player in the emerging proteomics space. Our competitive strengths include:

· Our proprietary PEA technology enables industry leading assay performance in high- multiplex and high-throughput proteomics. Progress in proteomics has historically been hampered by the lack of technologies that can provide reliable and consistent assay performance in high-multiplex. Our proprietary methods of combining affinity-based detection of proteins with optimized methods for amplification and detection of nucleic acids is the reason why PEA can overcome these challenges. Our PEA technology succeeds where other technologies have failed as it enables high-multiplex, high-throughput and cost-efficient proteomics without compromising data quality. We believe PEA is the only technology combining high performance for each protein biomarker target across specificity, sensitivity, dynamic range, scalability, precision and interfering factors, all in high-multiplex, resulting in highly reproducible and actionable data. We believe this gives us a technological advantage in proteomics and a differentiation in the market that we will continue to build on in the future.

· We have an extensively validated and rapidly growing library of high-quality actionable protein biomarker targets. To date, we have developed a library of approximately 3,000 protein biomarker targets that we selected with input from KOLs and customers. We focused initially on the most actionable and clinically relevant proteins accessible in the human plasma, which are thought to be associated with major disease areas. Our targets include low-abundant inflammation proteins, actively secreted proteins, organ-specific proteins leaked into circulation, drug targets (established and from ongoing clinical trials) and proteins detected in blood by mass spectrometry. Our platform incorporates robust analytical validation data that we publish on our website in an open-access format. We drive growth and optimization of our library through our internal antibody development capabilities. Our goal is to continue to invest heavily in scaling our library and we plan to increase the number of highly validated protein biomarker targets to grow beyond 6,000 over time.

· By design, our platform supports a customer from protein biomarker discovery research to diagnostic applications, all on one single underlying technology platform. Our platform is well-suited for small-to-large-scale protein biomarker studies, offering solutions for relevant applications from the largest screening projects to highly targeted, hypothesis-driven studies. Depending on the customer’s needs, we can offer validated single-plex performance in high multiplex for consistently high data quality regardless of the use-case. For large-scale and high- plex studies, we use the NGS readout, which provides an ideal solution for customers who wish to run high-throughput studies with large numbers of human serum or plasma samples against our complete library of proteins. For more targeted research and clinical applications, we use the qPCR readout, which provides a high-quality and flexible offering using one or several panels most relevant to the subject of study. Our flexibility and scalability allow us to offer our customers one technology platform through all phases of drug development and research, and across a wide range of biological sample types, with built-in consistency and reproducibility.

54

· We have long-standing and close-knit relationships with our significant and growing customer base and leading KOLs across relevant disease and applications areas. We have cultivated close-knit relationships that we believe are based on trust with our customers, as we have developed our products and solutions for, and in collaboration with, our customers. From leading research universities to top biopharmaceutical companies, our customers have rigorously vetted and validated our technology, and we believe the reliability and high quality of our offering has driven high customer engagement and loyalty. Many of the most prominent KOLs in proteomics are our supporters and promoters, as evidenced by use of our products in studies that have been published in more than 800 peer-reviewed publications and by expanding use in our customers’ clinical trials. Combined with the quality of our technology offering, our team of talented professionals provides world-class service and support, and are fully committed to helping our customers succeed.

· Our next-generation product, Explore, integrates with existing NGS workflows enabling accelerated adoption of the platform. We emphasize flexibility and usability across our platforms in order to drive accessibility and broad adoption. Our latest product, Explore, uses Illumina’s sequencing technology as a readout platform and has an installed base of more than 5,750 systems to generate proteomic data. By combining PEA with NGS, we hope to become the scaled proteomics enabler of multi-omic signatures that builds on genomics work from the past decade, while providing the research and clinical community with a seamless multi-omics solution to predict disease outcomes and drug response.

· Our purpose-built readout platform, Olink Signature Q100, has the potential to make PEA more accessible to customers through thousands of existing proteomics labs. We initially began using an existing qPCR readout platform provided by Fluidigm for our Target and Focus products, both internally and in the many external labs we work with. To accelerate the adoption of this part of our portfolio, we developed Olink Signature Q100, a purpose-built qPCR readout instrument optimized for PEA, which was made commercially available in June of 2021. We believe that Olink Signature Q100 will drive an accelerated market adoption of PEA among the more than 4,000 addressable proteomics labs.

· Our robust proteomic analysis software and evolving open-access cloud-platform, Olink Insight, has the potential to further establish our position enabling a community driven understanding of real-time human biology by accelerating proteomics. Our deep experience in protein biomarker discovery combined with our team of analytics experts and software developers allow us to provide our customers with proprietary self-service software and analytical tools for data analysis and comparison with robust quality control. We believe that the ease of analyzing, and interpreting PEA data is an important point of differentiation, especially in larger population proteomics studies. Additional software processing capabilities include the identification and verification of individual protein profiles, which reveal real-time biology status of the patient. We designed Olink Insight to work with Olink data, offering a range of data visualization options that are precise, easy to interpret, and provide an excellent overview of complex data sets. The reliability and ease of our analytical solutions enable the efficient assessment of data quality and rapid identification of potential issues. Olink Insight allows our customers to openly share and contribute data and insights to the research community to collectively accelerate the field of proteomics.

Our Growth Strategy

Our strategy centers on driving the market adoption of PEA by lowering barriers to adoption and actively engaging with our community of KOLs and customers to accelerate proteomics. Our growth strategy includes:

· Accelerate market adoption and scale our footprint to establish market leadership in the field of proteomics by making PEA more widely accessible worldwide. As more researchers come to experience the benefits of PEA, we see an opportunity to bring PEA closer to the customer and establish our platform in new labs while expanding the Olink ecosystem. As we continue to grow, we plan to scale our kits business as we believe this offering will enable us to significantly broaden access to our proteomic solutions. We will work to continue to expand our customer base, both within our current markets and in new use-cases, applications, and fields, as well as in new geographic markets.

55

· Aggressively grow our library of validated, high-quality and actionable protein biomarker targets and optimize our content. While our initial library has focused on what we believe to be the most clinically relevant and actionable proteins to maximize the impact we have on the field of proteomics and in 21st century healthcare, our goal is to develop a library that grows beyond 6,000 validated biomarker targets. We plan to continue developing the most relevant content based on biological interest and high-likelihood of clinical applicability in major disease areas, in conjunction with KOLs, and applying machine learning methods to the selection process. We are leveraging our in-house antibody development and increasingly utilizing recombinant antibodies and expanding their use in protein biomarker discovery. We believe our acquisition of Agrisera AB in 2020 will continue to allow us to rapidly increase the number of biomarker targets in our library through our own antibody development capabilities. In addition, we have included some commercially available antibodies from a number of select vendors to build out the library.

· Firmly establish Olink as the proteomics standard by building on, expanding and accelerating our well-established KOL relationships. Our technology was borne out of work by leading scientists in protein research, and we strive to maintain that heritage as we innovate and bring new offerings to market. We plan to continue working with key thought leaders in proteomics to test new concepts, generate more proof points and bring about advancements. We see an opportunity in our KOL relationships to help define the future of proteomics and establish Olink as the proteomics standard.

· Expand and deepen the Olink eco-system by leveraging Olink Insight, our cloud platform, to develop a unique proteomics data source together with our research community. We are pushing transparency initiatives aimed at generating larger, open access datasets based on Olink data and are making these datasets, along with advanced analytical tools, available to the proteomics research community. Our goal is to accomplish this through our cloud platform, Olink Insight, creating the most accessible and comprehensive source of proteomics data and knowledge for the scientific community. We believe this initiative has the potential to solve many of the current challenges within proteomics, such as the complexity and amount of data generated, which we believe will enable the community to perform more efficient data analysis, generate results more quickly and reach actionable conclusions faster. We view our platform as a way to bring our customers, the broader scientific community and Olink closer together in an eco-system where we can accelerate proteomics together.

· Expand our product portfolio to make our offering the broadest and most accessible in proteomics, addressing unmet needs in the research community. We plan to invest heavily to maintain our edge as a technology leader in the proteomics field with an offering that can address our customers’ unmet needs. We are continuing to develop PEA to increase its applicability across platforms, configurations, and use-cases. We listen intently to feedback from our customers, and we aim to optimize workflows for a seamless customer experience.

· Capture the diagnostics opportunity by supporting our customers’ journeys from discovery to clinical decision making. Collectively, our Explore, Target and Focus offerings cover all stages of research. With our reputation for excellence in protein discovery research firmly established, we see significant opportunity to build our presence in clinical development and clinical decision making. The purpose of our Focus offering is to enable our customers to develop customized kit products for protein signatures based on PEA and improve clinical decision making. Over time, we could directly participate in discovery and clinical decision making by collaborating and partnering in the clinical end-markets, and in some instances, by investing and developing our own products for proprietary clinical applications.

· Scale up the Olink organization for the future. We believe that our strong purpose-driven culture and talented team of professionals are key pillars to our success. From January 1, 2021, through December 31, 2021, 202 new employees joined Olink. We intend to continue to accelerate investment through 2022 and over the coming years, including investing heavily in our infrastructure and aiming to grow employee headcount to over 700 by 2025, while maintaining industry-leading employee satisfaction. We plan to continue investing in the development of our employees and promoting our culture of customer service and support through innovation, quality, rigor and transparency, as well as fostering our shared vision to enable understanding of real-time human biology.

56

· Accelerate our reach and rate of adoption through new business models, partnerships and by deepening successful customer relationships. We regularly reevaluate Olink’s role in the proteomics value chain in order to apply the most appropriate business and commercial models to advance our market position. We believe we have the ability and expertise to enter into strategic partnerships and acquisitions across the proteomics value spectrum, and our product offering is easily adaptable to a variety of commercial models and scientific collaborations that allow us to scale our efforts and accelerate proteomics research. We regularly look for opportunities to engage in strategic partnerships with leading global companies to continue expanding Olink’s role in advancing proteomics.

Our Technology

We believe our proprietary and patented PEA technology has the characteristics necessary for broad application in proteomics at large scale in discovery and in more targeted ways in clinical trials and diagnostic applications. Compared to many other technologies, PEA can enable faster, better-informed decisions in research by enabling detection and quantification of protein biomarkers in high-multiplex and high-throughput with an assay performance that does not compromise on data quality.

Our Market Opportunity

We estimate that our addressable market is $35 billion, and this market can be broadly classified into research and diagnostics categories based on the applications of our products and the types of customers we serve. We estimate the research opportunity, our core market today, is $19 billion and define this opportunity as the addressable protein biomarker discovery research spend by biopharmaceutical companies and academia, consisting of a high-plex segment and low and mid-plex segment. We estimate the diagnostics opportunity is $16 billion, consisting of selected, relevant diagnostic applications for IVD and LDT. The Total Addressable Market (TAM) estimates were developed by us in connection with support from a third party market research and management consulting firm, and additional market research acquired from a third party market research firm.

Currently, the main driver of demand for our products and services is the research community’s unmet need for methods to better facilitate prediction of drug response and disease risk and outcomes. To address these needs, there will be a need to move beyond just genomics by adding proteins to develop multi-omics signatures. Our ultimate goal is to enable our customers to take protein signatures from discovery to clinical decision making in the current decade. We anticipate that the significant and growing investment required for this will come from both academia and biopharmaceutical companies, each currently representing 50% of research spend. In the future, to realize the potential for 21st century healthcare, we expect biopharmaceutical companies to direct a larger share of their research budgets towards proteomics and multi-omics applications. Accordingly, we expect biopharmaceutical companies to make up a larger market share in the future and drive a higher share of the market growth as they search for clinical multi-omics applications to enable the ability to predict drug responders and disease outcomes. With our ability to support customers throughout this entire journey on one technology platform, we believe we are in the best position to become the protein enabler of multi-omics in this market.

The Research Opportunity

We estimate the research opportunity is $19 billion, representing a significant growth opportunity for us as we believe we have just begun scratching the surface of our full potential. The research opportunity is defined as the estimated technology spend in the life science tools market for genomics and proteomics technologies that we can address with our existing and anticipated products. Each technology segment (such as multiplex immunoassays, mass spectrometry or NGS) has been segmented based on region, customer segment and use-case (i.e. the purpose for using the technology) before determining the share of spend addressable by us. PEA is a relatively young technology that we believe we can grow by converting users of other proteomics technologies to PEA and increasingly participating in the genomics markets where proteomics can add additional insights and potentially provide a better scientific answer. We characterize the research opportunity in two segments: high-plex and low- and mid-plex. High-plex refers to the high-throughput and large scale proteomics use-cases where customers are analyzing up to many thousands of proteins in up to many thousands of samples in the same studies. Low- and mid-plex refers to more targeted research. For example, in mid-plex, customers are typically analyzing hundreds to thousands of proteins in up to many thousands of samples, such as in clinical trials. In low-plex, customers

57

have typically identified a number of proteins of interest, often referred to as a protein signature, of five to ten proteins that they would like to focus on.

We expect the high-plex segment to evolve through large-scale screening projects, including the emerging field of population proteomics where researchers build on genomics research from the past decade by adding proteins. Technological innovation has considerably reduced the cost of gene sequencing, accelerating its use and driving an increase in the identification of possible genetic targets and biomarkers for disease diagnosis and treatment. Since our inception, we have observed a consistent trend towards higher plex. As we deliver higher plex at a lower cost per data point and with “clinical” quality, we have expanded our market by adding more content to our offering. We expect to continue building on this trend and, since early 2021, we have started to externalize Explore through NGS-based kit products to existing and new customers who are end-users of the estimated installed base of the more than 5,750 addressable Illumina systems. NGS is a technology platform that we expect will continue its high-growth trajectory, and we estimate that the installed base of addressable Illumina systems will grow to approximately 9,000 by 2025, driven by Illumina’s continued innovations, which drive down the cost of sequencing, and new NGS applications such as PEA. We believe that multi-omics will be an important growth driver of the NGS market as a whole and our ability to enable multi-omics with proteins on multiple NGS platforms will represent an especially attractive growth opportunity for us. In addition, we believe our ability to access this existing infrastructure and participate in the rapidly growing NGS landscape will contribute to the accelerated adoption of our products.

The low- and mid-plex segment consists of more targeted protein biomarker discovery research, extending through all phases of clinical studies. This is where we have built our business, and in 2021 we took the next step towards making our Target and Focus products more accessible to approximately 4,000 addressable proteomics labs with the order start of our purpose-built qPCR-based detection system for PEA, Olink Signature Q100. The instrument was launched in June 2021 and began shipping to customers during the fall of 2021. We estimate that the number of addressable proteomics labs will grow to approximately 5,000 by 2025. Even in the low and mid-plex segment, we expect the trend towards higher plex to continue in this market segment, driving an increase in focused research that will, on average, result in a higher number of protein biomarker targets being studied, which we believe plays into the benefits of PEA. The unmet needs of this market center on improving specificity and increasing sensitivity with lower sample consumption in higher plex. We believe that our new qPCR system will allow us to effectively target existing proteomics labs.

The Diagnostics Opportunity

We estimate the diagnostics opportunity at $16 billion, consisting of selected, relevant diagnostic applications for IVD and LDT. The diagnostics opportunity is defined as the end-market value of the diagnostics biomarker markets, including LDTs, that we can address with our existing or anticipated products. The market was segmented by the biomarkers or methodologies applied in diagnostics by disease area (such as cardiovascular diseases or laboratory immunoassays) before determining the share of spend addressable by us. Our goal is to enable biopharmaceutical companies and IVD and LDT providers by providing access to high-quality multiplexed proteomics diagnostics products that can be applied in diagnostic settings. The first diagnostic protein signature for monitoring and disease progression in Multiple Sclerosis (MS) based on PEA is being made available by Octave Biosciences in the diagnostics market. Test access is being offered as a service through their Clinical Laboratory Improvement Amendments (CLIA) certified lab based on custom developed kit products delivered by Olink. The end-market pricing is expected to be determined by reimbursement, such as from insurance companies. We believe that PEA can play a meaningful role in clinical decision making in five major disease areas: immunology, oncology, neurology, cardiovascular and metabolic diseases. We also believe PEA can be valuable in markets where proteins already play a role in the product offering and can also be highly relevant to current solutions for genetic testing and other application areas. We anticipate that we will increasingly participate in this market by enabling our customers to transition to clinical decision making with PEA and by collaborating with customers to develop and commercialize proprietary clinical applications

Our Products and Services

Our PEA technology is available to our customers in three product lines: Explore, Target and Focus, enabling the detection and quantification of thousands of protein biomarker targets in different configurations, with different workflows depending

58

on the type of research conducted. Figure 3 below is an overview of the current product portfolio of available products and comparison of key differences. The products are available as kit products or as a service through our Analysis Service labs.

Figure 3. Olink portfolio of products at a glance with relevant specifications.

The Explore kit offering was launched in early 2021 while a few early access customers received their Explore kit products in 2020. A full Explore kit includes 3,072 biomarker targets divided across eight Explore 384 products, each one available for purchase independently. Each kit product also includes the three controls (the immuno control, the extension control and detection control), the required sample prep reagents, the primer plate used for the PCR amplification and the external controls (the negative control, the plate control and the sample control). The Target 96 and Target 48 kit products have a similar composition, but are slightly different as they are smaller kits and are for qPCR workflow.

We develop a Validation Data Package for each Olink product that we make available to both customers and general visitors to our website. The reports contain a detailed dataset showing the performance for each protein biomarker target in the product across each performance criteria in the validation framework. These reports provide transparency to customers, which we think is an important part of our value proposition, and further reinforce the trust we have developed. For the

59

Target products the reports can be downloaded, while for the Explore products the reports, given their size and complexity, availability will be online only. Figure 4 below illustrates the contents of a typical Validation Data Package.

Figure 4. Overview of the Validation Data Packages developed for each Olink product.

Olink Explore

In June 2020, we launched Olink Explore as a service through our Analysis Service labs utilizing NGS readout for PEA. Since early 2021, Explore has been made available to customers worldwide as distributed kit products. The product line was developed for the high-plex market segment to meet our customers’ need for large scale proteomics with high-throughput and high-multiplex. Explore has received a strong reception since its launch. For example, Olink, Massachusetts General Hospital (MGH) and the Broad Institute in Boston used PEA in one of the largest longitudinal COVID-19 studies, where they analyzed 1,472 protein biomarker targets in approximately 400 patients.

The current offering consists of multiple Explore 384 products each designed to be particularly relevant for cardiovascular and metabolic diseases, oncology, neurology or inflammation, and which can be run in any configuration of four on Illumina’s NovaSeq system or as individual Explore 384 runs on Illumina’s NextSeq systems. This allows the customer to detect and quantify up to approximately 3,000 protein biomarker targets in one run.

With Explore, we have enabled a 4-fold increase in multiplexing (from 96-plex to 384-plex) and a 32-fold increase in the number of assays per run (from 92 to approximately 3,000) and a 34-fold increase in throughput, all while only requiring approximately 6 µL of serum and plasma per sample to cover the full library when running Explore on a NovaSeq. Notably, the higher plex and higher throughput of Explore have had no impact on the specificity PEA achieves and the validation data supports a 99.8% specificity across all assays in our library of, at the time of development.

To illustrate the throughput capacity of Explore on NovaSeq, we can imagine a population proteomics study of 500,000 unique samples in 384-plex using Explore 384 Inflammation. We estimate that we would be able to process such a project in approximately two months in our newly established high-throughput Analysis Service lab in Uppsala, Sweden.

60

Olink Target

We launched our Olink Target product line at our inception in 2016, and it has been the pillar of our business to date. It initially utilized qPCR readout on Fluidigm’s Biomark HD system and, starting in 2021 we took the next step towards making our Target and Focus products more accessible with the commercialization of our purpose- built qPCR-based detection system for PEA, Olink Signature Q100. With Target we service the low- and mid-plex segment and address its need for more targeted discovery research at various levels of plex, often targeting certain specific disease areas. We have, therefore, designed each of our 15 Target 96 products to be particularly relevant to specific disease areas. Historically, a customer would run anywhere from one to 13 products in parallel to cover up to 1,161 protein biomarker targets per sample in one experiment. We have one additional product specifically developed for mouse applications and the purpose-built immuno-oncology product with overlapping protein biomarker targets.

In October 2020, we launched our first Target 48 Cytokine product with absolute quantification in 48-plex. Target 48 was specifically developed for careful monitoring of the immune system and downstream applications in clinical trials, where the understanding of protein concentrations at the individual level is more important than understanding the differences in protein concentrations for larger groups. The Target 48 Cytokine was the first product of its kind, and we plan to launch more Target products with absolute quantification in 2021, and over the next few years.

Olink Focus

Our Olink Focus product line consists of custom developed solutions for customers that have identified a small number of proteins of interest, or a protein signature, to focus on. The customer can choose up to 21 protein biomarker targets from our full library and apply relative or absolute quantification, and we will then develop and validate the product for them. Focus is typically used for very targeted research, often late- stage clinical trials, and when the customer sees a path towards clinical applications.

We developed our first Focus product in 2017 with a protein signature used for patient stratification of women with different stages of ovarian cancer. The customer worked with Olink from early discovery through verification and validation of replication cohorts.

Olink Signature

In June 2021 we launched Olink Signature Q100, our own qPCR readout platform, with shipping beginning during the fall of 2021. The system is purpose built for PEA and we believe it will make our kit products more widely accessible in the market. As qPCR has proven to be a highly suitable platform for PEA, we believe we have incorporated the best of the technology. The Olink Signature Q100 is a cost efficient, ultra-light and nimble benchtop system with a modern design and equivalent or better performance properties than Fluidigm’s Biomark HD system. Olink Signature Q100 is the readout platform used for our Target and Focus product lines, both for external installations and in our Analysis Service labs.

Olink Analysis Service

We operate service labs out of Uppsala, Sweden, and Waltham, Massachusetts, and offer our services through a third-party service provider in China. We have highly skilled Analysis Service staff and data scientists who will support the customers in the entire process. Our typical turnaround time, from sample in to data out, is four to six weeks. The Analysis Service offering includes:

● Study design and consultation;

● Sample preparation and assay execution; and

● Data processing and QC.

61

As a complement to our standard Analysis Service offering, we offer more advanced bioinformatics services. Depending on customer needs, our data science team can support customers with customized statistical analysis. Our bioinformatics offering includes:

● Access to a data science team specialized in working with NPX data;

● Customizable solutions to support customer needs; and

● Fast analysis of data.

Software and Data Analysis: NPX Manager and Olink Insight

Figure 5. Overview of NPX Manager workflow and functionality.

Olink NPX Manager is purpose-built software designed for customers who run Olink panels in their own facilities, and is required to generate data in Olink’s proprietary NPX format. This tool enables users to import data, validate data quality and normalize for subsequent statistical analysis. The workflow, from import of .csv files from the Fluidigm Biomark Data Collection software, to export of normalized and quality controlled NPX data, is outlined in Figure 6 below.

The software includes a range of data visualization options that provide an overview of complex data sets, enabling the efficient assessment of data quality and rapid identification of potential issues. See Figure 6 below for a sample heat map, one of the visualizations available in the software. The software can also be used to export a certificate of analysis for each study providing an overview of the performance of the assay, based on Olink’s built-in controls, as well the samples run.

Olink has extensive coverage of the plasma proteome and can deliver high-quality data for approximately 3,000 unique protein biomarker targets. Hence, when performing data analysis, the amount of data can be overwhelming. To support our customers in the process, we have developed a cloud platform, Olink Insight, developed for data visualization and statistical analysis of NPX data. The application, based on our data visualization tool, Shiny, and Olink’s R package, is openly accessible to our customers to make data analysis more efficient, reach results quicker and come to actionable conclusions faster. By uploading the NPX data generated from the PEA analysis to Olink Insight, the customer can quickly get a first overview of the results and identify protein patterns and signatures in the data that can easily be exported to reports and imported into publications. We believe that the ease of analyzing, and interpreting NPX data is an important point of differentiation, especially in larger population proteomics studies. Olink Insight includes analyses such as heat maps, cluster analysis, basic statistical analysis (e.g. t-test or Anova) and group comparisons to make interpretation of complex data sets

62

more easy and comprehensive. These are some of the initial features currently available. Going forward, we plan to invest significantly in the development of this platform.

Figure 6. Examples of Olink Insight functionality to date: Heat map showing samples (rows) and Olink protein assays (columns) for identification of patterns in patient samples (upper chart) and Volcano plot comparing two patient groups (e.g. untreated vs. treated) showing proteins significantly different between the tested groups (lower chart).

One part of our plan and vision for Olink Insight is to make proteomics big data easy, accessible and actionable, which requires open access, transparent, high-quality protein biomarker data. We are therefore initiating efforts using Olink Insight as the platform when working together with KOLs and customers to drive important industry initiatives such as:

● The proteome map and pathway analysis tool. Many researchers start their projects with specific pathways in mind and look for technologies with content that allows them to better understand those pathways. To help our customers in this process we are developing a proteome map based on the Reactome, a comprehensive database of biological pathways, where we then overlay Olink’s complete protein library. This allows researchers to explore pathways and understand how Olink’s products can help them answer their scientific questions. An example of a journey along a pathway is the immune system (Lvl. 0), Cytokine signaling in immune system (Lvl. 1), signaling by interleukins (Lvl. 2), Interleukin-12 family signaling (Lvl. 3), Interleukin-12 signaling (Lvl. 4), and JAK/STAT signaling after Interleukin-12

63

stimulation (Lvl. 5). When we overlay Olink’s protein library of approximately 3,000 protein biomarker targets we cover 100% of all major pathways (Lvl. 0) with at least 5 proteins and 81% of all the most peripheral parts of a pathway (Lvl. 5) with at least 1 protein. As part of Olink Insight we plan to make this accessible as an interactive tool where researchers can either follow a pathway to understand which proteins matter to that specific pathway or start with an identified protein and signature or a specific protein to understand which pathways are involved in that biological process. As we continue to grow our library, we plan to continue to increase the density of the proteome map in Olink Insight.

● Database for normal range of proteins. Despite a long history of proteomics research, there is still the need for a reference database for concentration of circulating proteins in “healthy control groups,” i.e., what is the “normal” concentration of protein x, y or z across gender, age group, and ethnicity, among others. Under this initiative, Olink, together with our collaborators and customers, will develop and publish NPX values for all proteins in our library.

● A Proteome Disease Atlas. Application of all of the Olink library across the 100 most common diseases, with results subsequently developed and published on our website. By having open access to this data, researchers will be able to identify differences in protein expression between various diseases, i.e., which biological processes and protein pathways are activated, among others.

Grounded on Olink’s underlying philosophy of collaborative work, Olink Insight serves as a forum for our users and the scientific community to discuss, share information, download data and results as well as to find collaborators and enable our customers to perform data analysis more efficiently, reaching results quicker, and coming to actionable conclusions faster.

To further accelerate the proteomics research, we plan to continue to expand Olink Insight with more tools and functionalities to drive the adoption of validated proteomics and establish NPX as the proteomics standard.

Research and Development

We seek to improve our proprietary products and services to develop a broad and accessible proteomics product portfolio and intend to allocate an increasing level of investment to R&D over the coming years with a significantly broader scope than in past years. We are focused on lowering barriers for adoption across a number of detection platforms and improving our scalable offering for downstream clinical applications.

PEA’s unique capability of creating a DNA barcode representing the targeted protein biomarker in a sample allows for agnostic read-out across various qPCR and NGS platforms, as well as arrays. We evaluate and select which platforms to enable for amplification and detection of the DNA barcodes. To date, we have used the Biomark HD system from Fluidigm, Olink's Signature Q100 system, the NovaSeq 6000 from Illumina and, most recently since early 2021, the NextSeq 550 and 2000 from Illumina, and are exploring new opportunities based on factors including use-case, application area, installed base, throughput and cost etc. In terms of multiplex scalability, we currently offer products in 24, 48, 96 and 384 plex independently or in various combinations to cover a larger part of our library in the same experiment. We intend to continue to increase our multiplexing capabilities over time and we regularly evaluate market opportunities in the low-, mid- and high- plex markets and may seek to develop products to target any market segment or unmet need. Applying our in-house developed and validated proprietary oligo framework and conjugation chemistry, we can rapidly and efficiently build new products in various multiplexing formats based on emerging market needs or amplification/detection opportunities.

We are also focused on rapidly expanding our library of validated, high-quality protein assays driving growth in the discovery space. Our library growth is driven by several factors including input from KOLs from key disease and application areas, customer feedback, and new publications of biomarkers. To enable rapid growth of the library and increased control over our supply chain, we acquired Agrisera in early 2020 which has allowed us to accelerate the pace of development of new protein biomarker targets and will help us to continue to grow the library in the future.

Scientific Affairs

A key part of our strategy has been to work closely with thought leaders and KOLs to drive the focus and content of our library, product development, validation strategies and data analyses.

64

We see a strong trend in our market to collaborate and share data to enable the understanding of real-time human biology and accelerate the field. Based on that trend and the technological advances we have made, we have been selected to work with various consortia across our industry. Examples of these include:

· SCALLOP. The SCALLOP consortium is a collaborative framework across biopharmaceutical companies and academia for discovery and follow-up of genetic associations, with proteins exclusively measured on the Olink platform. Each SCALLOP member works on human study collections from the general population, clinical trials or patients with certain diseases such as coronary artery disease, rheumatoid arthritis, bipolar disease, heart failure, dementias or metabolic syndrome. The aim of the SCALLOP consortium is to identify novel molecular connections and protein biomarkers that are causal in diseases to identify novel drug development targets (illustrated in Figure 7). To date, 25 Principal Investigators (PIs) from 20 research institutions have joined the effort, which now comprises a summary level data set on genetic variations to protein level associations for almost 65,000 patients or controls. PIs of studies using Olink proteomics and genome-wide genotyping data are eligible to participate in the consortium.

Figure 7. Overview of SCALLOP’s ambition

· The Pharma Proteomics Project. The Olink Explore platform will be used to measure circulating concentrations of thousands of proteins in approximately 63,000 individuals from the UK Biobank, one of the world’s largest genetic resources. This project is funded by a consortium of thirteen biopharmaceutical companies. In the second half of 2021, Olink delivered 56,000 samples to the UK Biobank, and has been conducting the expansion phase of this project on the Explore 3072 Platform. This is enabling the availability of millions of protein measurements in a matter of months, with the ultimate goals of enabling better understanding of disease processes and supporting innovative drug development.

Notably, the study will also include a focused effort on COVID-19 where approximately 1,500 samples from participants who tested positive for COVID-19 and approximately 1,500 samples from participants who tested negative for COVID-19 will be analyzed.

· Foundation of the National Institute of Health. Olink has been selected as partner in a consortia consisting of biopharmaceutical companies and academic researchers with the ultimate goal of identifying biomarkers for diagnosis, prognosis and progression of Parkinson’s disease.

· COLLIBRI. The consortium consists of biopharmaceutical companies with current or development- stage drugs for Inflammatory Bowel Disease (IBD), and prominent clinical researchers treating patients with IBD. By applying genomic and proteomic approaches, the goal of the consortium is to identify novel drug target candidates and biomarkers to predict drug response and disease outcome in order to improve drug development efforts and patient outcomes.

We also work in close concert with leading researchers across many fields to promote the importance and significance of high-quality large scaled proteomics. Examples include:

· COVID. We conducted a study with Massachusetts General Hospital and the Broad Institute analyzing data from 384 participants, 306 of whom tested positive for COVID-19 and 78 of whom tested negative for COVID-19. We supported the discovery of a protein signature predictive of disease outcome and able to facilitate the stratification of more severe

65

patients (death or intubation) at the time of entry to the emergency care unit. Further detail regarding this study is illustrated in Figure 8 below.

Figure 8. Results of COVID-19 case study.

· Melanoma. We conducted a study with Massachusetts General Hospital in which we performed plasma proteomic analysis of over 700 proteins at three serial timepoints (day 0, six weeks and six months) on 174 metastatic melanoma patients treated with immune checkpoint blockade (ICB). We supported the identification of predictive protein biomarkers’ responses to ICB in these patients. Further detail regarding this study is illustrated in Figure 9 below.

Figure 9. Results of immunotherapy case study.

· Ovarian cancer. We supported the discovery of protein signature for ovarian cancer with higher specificity and sensitivity compared to today’s diagnostic method (CA-125) and replicated in a second verification cohort.

· Inflammatory skin disease research. We have worked with leading KOLs on inflammatory skin diseases since our inception. Dermatological diseases such as psoriasis, eczema, and alopecia are of great medical and socioeconomic significance, and are contributing to the nonfatal disease burden in global health care. These diseases are often chronic and can have major physical and emotional impacts on sufferers, significantly reducing their quality of life. While such conditions may be classified as “skin diseases” their underlying pathophysiology is complex, involving systemic inflammation and autoimmune processes. Exemplifying this complexity, diseases such as psoriasis are thought to be associated with increased cardiovascular risk, including myocardial infarction and stroke. Consequently, dermatological conditions represent both a challenge when it comes to penetrating their underlying biology and developing new and better therapies, and also an opportunity to gain insights into a wider range of mechanistically related diseases. We believe protein biomarkers have the potential to play an important role in the field of inflammatory skin diseases and can contribute to these goals by improving our biological understanding and helping us to develop more effective,

66

targeted treatments for patients in the future. Our PEA technology has successfully been applied in studies aiming to interrogate systemic inflammation of moderate and severe disease by evaluating skin and blood abnormalities, in children and in adults, and for monitoring efficacy, safety and pharmacokinetics of drugs for inflammatory skin diseases. By applying broad proteomics analysis using our PEA technology, researchers have also been able to characterize skin proteomic signatures and its relationship with the blood proteome and genome to increase the understanding of the pathology of these complex diseases.

· The wellness study. To achieve the goal of precision medicine, not only do different molecular profiles need to be understood in disease populations, but they must also be understood in the context of healthy populations. This especially applies to the stability of molecular profiles among healthy individuals over time, as this will clarify what qualifies as a “normal range” of clinical parameters in health and disease research. We supported a large Swedish initiative with leading KOLs at Karolinska Institute and Royal Institute of Technology on a large wellness study. Longitudinal analysis of blood profiles from healthy individuals helps us understand how they vary between individuals as well as within an individual over time. Comprehensive studies using our PEA technology on a longitudinal wellness cohort with healthy individuals have been conducted with analysis of blood molecular profiles based on proteomics, transcriptomics, lipidomics, metabolomics and autoantibodies. Results show high variation between individuals across different molecular readouts, while the intra-individual baseline variation is low. The analysis demonstrated that each individual had a unique and stable plasma protein profile throughout the study period and that many individuals also showed distinct profiles with regards to the other omics datasets, with strong underlying connections between the blood proteome and the clinical chemistry parameters. Results from proteogenomic studies also using our PEA technology have shown that many proteins detected in blood are determined at birth by genetics, which is important for efforts aimed at understanding the relationship between plasma proteome profiles and human biology and disease. In conclusion, the results support that health should be viewed at the level of the individual, rather than being more generalized. Moreover, the stability of the proteomics data emphasizes its potential to empower routine lab tests by providing more biologically relevant insights when interpreting data in both translational and clinical settings. Researchers conclude that the path forward lies in developing a comprehensive longitudinal molecular patient profile.

· Octave Bioscience. Octave selected protein biomarkers for assessing disease activity and progression of MS through rigorous Feasibility, Discovery, Development and Validation stages, screening >1,400 proteins in more than 1,500 patients from multiple cohorts. For each individual protein, the following parameters were characterized: accuracy, precision, robustness, sensitivity, MS reference ranges, interference, diurnal variability, cross-reactivity and stability of reagents and serum samples. The final analytically and clinically validated protein panel meets Octave’s stringent analytical performance specifications and measures the serum concentrations of up to 21 proteins associated with biological pathways involved in MS pathophysiology. The custom panel built on Olink’s PEA platform allows rapid, accurate measurement of absolute protein concentrations in blood serum and have been demonstrated to reliably detect disease activity of MS. Test access is being offered as a service through Octave's Clinical Laboratory Improvement Amendments (CLIA) certified lab.

Commercial

Olink was founded in 2016. Since our inception, we have served a customer base of more than 750 customer accounts in over 40 countries worldwide and we have supported 30 of the world’s largest 40 biopharmaceutical companies by 2020 revenue, including all the largest 20, and many of the most prestigious academic institutions, where many of these customers have carefully vetted and validated the technology before adopting Olink as part of their drug development programs. This vetting and validation process includes, for example, running Olink side-by-side with other proteomics technologies with samples that have been depleted for certain or all proteins, spike-ins of other proteins in certain concentrations, running samples in duplicates or triplicates, and then comparing results to evaluate which platform reports the highest quality data for the purposes of the research questions. The utility and actionability of our platform have been demonstrated by our strong and growing adoption by a community of researchers within academia, government, and the biopharmaceutical and biotechnology industries. Our customers primarily include academic, government, biopharmaceutical, biotechnology and other institutions focused on life science research. We sell our products and services globally primarily through our own global direct sales force organized across our three market regions: Americas, EMEA and APAC. As of December 31, 2021, we had 416 employees of which the commercial team consists of more than 150 individuals. The commercial team operates out of our Uppsala, Sweden headquarters and locally in other European

67

markets such as the UK and France. We also have secondary headquarters in Waltham, Massachusetts and a growing footprint across Singapore, China and Japan. Expanding our commercial team and strengthening our sales and marketing capabilities are top priorities for us as a company and we expect to allocate significant investment to these parts of the organization in the next few years. We have taken significant steps forward in 2021, adding 202 new employees from January 1, 2021 through December 31, 2021, with respect to our capabilities, including investing heavily in our infrastructure and aiming to grow total employee headcount to over 700 by 2025. Figure 10 is an illustration of our commercial model and how it has evolved over time. We believe that the combined accomplishments of our commercial team since inception have positioned Olink for continued growth as we believe that they contribute to a positive feedback loop.

Figure 10. Illustration of Olink’s commercial model and maturation since inception.

Our commercial strategy is focused on driving the adoption of our platform in the research community and expanding our customer base. At the same time, we believe our existing customer relationships are becoming more strategic in nature and that we therefore will be able drive an increasing adoption of our platform with our existing customers. This will require an emphasis on external installations within academic and biopharmaceutical companies’ core facilities, as well as CROs, as well as expanding our portfolio of relevant products and services. In addition to our three product lines Explore, Target, and Focus, we started shipping Olink Signature Q100 in the fall of 2021, a purpose-built qPCR readout platform optimized for our Target and Focus products. We believe Olink Signature Q100 is making our Target and Focus products much more accessible to approximately 4,000 addressable proteomics labs, which combined with the more than 5,750 addressable Illumina systems that we will be able to access with Explore, will make it easier for customers to adopt our platform, allowing us to scale at a faster rate. Although our strategic focus will be on external installations, we plan to continue to offer our

68

services and invest in our Analysis Service labs. We operate Analysis Service labs in Uppsala, Sweden and Waltham, Massachusetts, from which we support our customers from sample into data out with services including study design and consultation, sample prep, assay execution, data processing, and quality control. In addition, we offer Analysis Service through a third-party service provider in China.

Our commercial and business development teams are consistently developing structures and commercial models designed to lower the barriers of adoption for our customers. In most countries, working with academic or governmental institutions requires us to participate in a tender process or obtain grant applications. These processes require us to support the customer with the necessary documentation, both for our kit products and Analysis Service offerings.

Our global direct sales and marketing efforts are targeted at the PIs, research scientists, department heads, research laboratory directors and core facility directors at leading academic institutions, biopharmaceutical companies and publicly and privately-funded research institutions that control the buying decision. Most importantly, we work closely with many of the most influential KOLs across multiple disease areas and they are our strongest supporters and promoters. These close relationships facilitate the testing of new concepts, generation of more proof points, and the increase in groundbreaking scientific research in proteomics based on PEA, which is then often used as the basis for our marketing activities.

In addition to fostering close relationships within the proteomics scientific community, we increase awareness of our products among our target customers through direct sales calls, trade shows, seminars and webinars, academic conferences, web presence, social media and other forms of internet marketing. We also provide education and training resources, both online and in person.

Manufacturing and Supply Chain

Our manufacturing and supply chain operations are responsible for sourcing the antibodies and other reagents we use in our kit products, as well as the instrumentation required to operate our high-throughput Analysis Service labs.

Most of the antibodies we use in our kit products are sourced from carefully evaluated and approved third- party suppliers. With the acquisition of Agrisera AB, we have taken steps to transition our library towards more in-house developed antibodies. We produce and source our antibodies internally through our facility based out of Umeå, Sweden. These manufacturing operations include: in-house breeding of rabbits, immunization of antigens, and generation of antibodies by affinity purification. As our technology relies on matched pairs of antibodies, we require high-quality antibodies to develop and manufacture our products. The more antibodies required to bind to a protein for identification and read-out, the more difficult it will be to develop such assays. However, we do not anticipate that many, if any, proteins will require a third antibody for identification and detection and therefore do not consider this a constraint for growing our library or our product development and supply chain going forward.

We obtain some of the components of our kit products from third-party suppliers. While some of these components are sourced from a single supplier, we have qualified second sources for most, but not all, of our critical components and reagents. The loss of any of these suppliers could potentially harm Olink. We seek to mitigate disruption in the supply of a critical component by seeking alternative suppliers and maintaining buffer inventory.

For further discussion of the risks relating to our third-party suppliers, see the section titled “Risk Factors - Risks Related to Our Dependence on Third Parties.”

The reagents used for our kit products or our own Analysis Service labs are manufactured and assembled in Uppsala, Sweden. These manufacturing operations include: reagent formulation, assay formulation, vial- and primer plate filling, kit assembly and packaging as well as analytical and functional quality control testing.

The instrumentation required to operate our Analysis Service labs is sourced directly from the equipment where we have long-standing relationships.

69

In June of 2021 we launched our Olink Signature platform, a purpose-built qPCR-based readout platform optimized for running our current and future Target and Focus products, with shipments beginning in the fall of 2021. The instrument is manufactured in Singapore by our OEM-partner.

Seasonal buying patterns of our customers

Customers make significant purchases of our products and services during the fourth quarter of the calendar year, leading to significant concentration of our revenue during this period; historically in excess of 40% of total yearly revenues. This concentration of selling and fulfillment activity can lead to volatility in our reported financial results in the event that revenue recognition of a significant amount of customer orders is pushed into the following year.

Competition

The life science tools space is highly dynamic, with emerging technologies consistently challenging the market position of the more established solutions. In particular, the proteomics market can be characterized as competitive, comprising both well-established legacy technologies and emerging earlier-stage technologies, and with nascent market segments where we do not have an established competition yet.

Intellectual property, market adoption, market perception, customer and KOL relationships, and product quality and performance are essential qualities that differentiate competitors in this market. We classify our current and potential competitors in our three market segments, high-plex, mid-plex and low-plex, where we think their value propositions are most relevant. Established companies with relevant protein detection and quantification technologies include Quanterix Corporation (low-plex), Meso Scale Diagnostics LLC (low- and mid-plex), Luminex Corporation (low- and mid-plex), and SomaLogic, Inc. (high-plex), as well as established proteomics technologies, such as ELISA (low-plex) and mass spectrometry (primarily high-plex), offered by multiple well-known tools providers. In addition, products offered or potentially offered by a number of earlier-stage companies, such as Seer, Inc., Nautilus Biotechnology, Inc., Quantum-Si Incorporated, are also part of the competitive landscape and we believe their emerging technologies are primarily targeting the high-plex segment.

Our commercial opportunity could be reduced if our competitors develop and commercialize products or services that offer better performance or are more convenient and cost-effective to use than our products or services. As a result, a key priority is to continue to invest in driving the technological evolution of PEA as well as to continue to invest in lowering barriers of adoption in the proteomics market in order to accelerate our market position. Equally important, we plan to continue investing in the proteomics scientific community to further develop successful customer stories that demonstrate the value PEA brings to the field of proteomics. We believe we are substantially differentiated from our competitors when considering multiple competitive factors that in combination substantially benefit our customers, including:

● Performance properties, such as specificity, sensitivity, and precision;

● Actionability and clinical utility of the research the technologies enable;

● Scalability by having the ability to support customers from discovery to clinical decision making;

● Accessibility and ease-of-use of underlying detection platforms in the market;

● Data quality and analysis;

● Cost of necessary instrumentation and consumables; and

● Customer service and support.

70

Intellectual Property

Our success depends in part on our ability to obtain and maintain intellectual property protection for our products and technology. We utilize a variety of intellectual property protection strategies, including patents, trademarks, trade secrets and other methods of protecting proprietary information.

As of December 31, 2021, worldwide we owned or in-licensed 41 issued or allowed patents across eight patent families (of which 22 patents are national validations of granted European patents, corresponding to six granted European patents each validated in three or four European countries) and seven pending patent applications across four patent families (of which one application is still in the priority year). The patent portfolio broadly covers three themes; essential concepts of the overall PEA technology, granted in the US and worldwide, and expiring from 2032 to 2034; how our kit products are designed and manufactured, pending and granted in the US and worldwide, and expiring from 2031 to 2036; and sample preparation and workflow, pending as four PCT-applications and estimating expiry in 2041, and one priority application scheduled for PCT filing in 2021, and estimated expiry in 2041.

We also license additional patents on a non-exclusive and/or territory restricted basis. Patent rights generally have a term of twenty years from the date in which they were filed. We own registered trademarks on OLINK, PROSEEK, , , and product related brand names in the United States and worldwide.

We intend to pursue additional intellectual property protection to the extent we believe it would be beneficial and cost-effective. We cannot provide any assurance that any of our current or future patent applications will result in the issuance of patents, or that any of our current or future issued patents will effectively protect any of our products or technology from infringement or prevent others from commercializing infringing products or technology.

For further discussion of the risks relating to intellectual property, see the section titled “Risk Factors - Risks Related to Intellectual Property”.

Government Regulation

Our focus is on the discovery of antibodies that our partners use to improve the speed and success of their drug discovery efforts; however, we ourselves are not currently involved in drug discovery, nor do we manufacture any pharmaceutical or biological products, or conduct any clinical trials. As such, while we are subject to a number of regulations, such as those governing our laboratory facilities as well as regulations that apply to businesses in the private sector generally, we are not subject to many of the types of regulations that ordinarily apply to companies in the life sciences, biotechnology and pharmaceutical sectors and industries. However, we believe that the long-term success of our business depends, in part, on our partners’ ability to successfully develop and sell products using the antibodies that we discover. The regulations that govern our pharmaceutical and biotechnology partners are those we therefore believe have the most significant impact on our business.

Government authorities in the United States, at the federal, state and local level, and in the European Union and other countries and jurisdictions, extensively regulate, among other things, the research, development, testing, manufacturing, quality control, approval, labeling, packaging, storage, record-keeping, promotion, advertising, distribution, post-approval monitoring and reporting, marketing and export and import of pharmaceutical products, including biological products, such as those that our partners develop. The processes for obtaining marketing approvals in the United States and in foreign countries and jurisdictions, along with subsequent compliance with applicable statutes and regulations and other regulatory authorities, require the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources.

Our partners are and will be subject to a variety of regulations in applicable jurisdictions governing, among other things, clinical studies and any commercial sales and distribution of their products. Regardless of whether our partners obtain Food and Drug Administration (FDA) or European Union (EU) approval for a product, they must obtain the requisite approvals from regulatory authorities in other countries prior to the commencement of clinical studies or marketing of the product in those countries. The requirements and process governing the conduct of clinical studies, product licensing, coverage, pricing and reimbursement vary from country to country.

71

FDA

In the United States, medical devices are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA, under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FDC Act), and its implementing regulations, and other federal and state statutes and regulations. The laws and regulations govern, among other things, medical device development, testing, labeling, storage, premarket clearance or approval, advertising and promotion and product sales and distribution. To be commercially distributed in the United States, medical devices must receive from the FDA prior to marketing, unless subject to an exemption, either approval of a premarket approval (PMA) (for most Class III devices), clearance of a 510(k) premarket notification or classification pursuant to a de novo submission.

IVDs are types of medical devices that can be used in the diagnosis or detection of diseases, conditions or infections, including, without limitation, the presence of certain chemicals, genetic information or other biomarkers. Predictive, prognostic and screening tests, such as carrier screening tests, can also be IVDs. A subset of IVDs is known as analyte-specific reagents (ASRs). ASRs consist of single reagents, and are intended for use in a diagnostic application for the identification and quantification of an individual chemical substance in biological specimens. ASRs are medical devices, but most are exempt from 510(k) review. As medical devices, ASRs have to comply with some Quality System Regulation (QSR) provisions and other device requirements, such as establishment registration, device listing and medical device reporting.

The FDC Act classifies medical devices into one of three categories based on the risks associated with the device and the level of control necessary to provide reasonable assurance of safety and effectiveness. Class I devices are deemed to be low risk and are subject to the fewest regulatory controls. Many Class I devices are exempt from FDA premarket review requirements. Class II devices, including some software products to the extent that they qualify as devices, are deemed to be moderate risk, and generally require clearance through the premarket notification, or 510(k) clearance, process in order to be commercially distributed.

Class III devices are generally the highest risk devices and are subject to the highest level of regulatory control to provide reasonable assurance of the devices’ safety and effectiveness. Class III devices typically require approval of a PMA by the FDA before they are marketed. A clinical study is almost always required to support a PMA application and is sometimes required for 510(k) clearance. All clinical studies of investigational devices must be conducted in compliance with any applicable FDA and Institutional Review Board requirements. Devices that are exempt from FDA premarket review requirements must nonetheless comply with general post-market controls as described below, unless the FDA has chosen to exercise enforcement discretion and not regulate them.

510(k) clearance pathway. To obtain 510(k) clearance, a manufacturer must submit a premarket notification demonstrating to the FDA’s satisfaction that the proposed device is substantially equivalent to a previously 510(k)-cleared device or a device that was in commercial distribution before May 28, 1976 for which the FDA has not yet called for submission of PMA applications. The previously cleared device is known as a predicate. The FDA’s 510(k) clearance pathway usually takes from three to 12 months, but it can take longer, particularly for a novel type of product.

PMA pathway. The PMA pathway requires proof of the safety and effectiveness of the device to the FDA’s satisfaction. The PMA pathway is costly, lengthy and uncertain. A PMA application must provide extensive preclinical and clinical trial data as well as information about the device and its components regarding, among other things, device design, manufacturing and labeling. As part of its PMA review process, the FDA will typically inspect the manufacturer’s facilities for compliance with QSR requirements, which impose elaborate testing, control, documentation and other quality assurance procedures. The PMA review process typically takes one to three years but can take longer.

De novo pathway. If no predicate device can be identified, a device is automatically classified as a Class III device, requiring a PMA application. However, the FDA can reclassify, or use “de novo classification,” for a device for which there was no predicate device if the device is low or moderate risk. The FDA will identify “special controls” that the manufacturer must implement, which often include labeling and other restrictions. Subsequent applicants can rely on the de novo product as a predicate for a 510(k) clearance. The de novo route is less burdensome than the PMA process. A device company can ask the FDA at the outset if the de novo route is available and submit the application as one requesting de novo classification. The de novo route has been used for many IVD products.

72

Post-market general controls. After a device, including a device exempt from FDA premarket review, is placed on the market, numerous regulatory requirements apply. These include the QSR, labeling regulations, registration and listing, the Medical Device Reporting regulation (which requires that manufacturers report to the FDA if their device may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if it were to recur) and the Reports of Corrections and Removals regulation (which requires manufacturers to report recalls and field actions to the FDA if initiated to reduce a risk to health posed by the device or to remedy a violation of the FDC Act).

The FDA enforces these requirements by inspection and market surveillance. If the FDA finds a violation, it can institute a wide variety of enforcement actions, ranging from an untitled or public warning letter to more severe sanctions such as fines, injunctions and civil penalties; recall or seizure of products; operating restrictions and partial suspension or total shutdown of production; refusing requests for 510(k) clearance or PMA approval of new products; withdrawing 510(k) clearance or PMAs already granted; and criminal prosecution.

Research Use Only

An RUO product is one that is not intended for clinical diagnostic use and must be labeled “For Research Use Only. Not for use in diagnostic procedures.” Products that are intended for research use only and are properly labeled as RUO are exempt from compliance with the FDA requirements discussed above, including the approval or clearance and most QSR requirements. A product labeled RUO but intended to be used diagnostically may be viewed by the FDA as adulterated and misbranded under the FDC Act and is subject to FDA enforcement activities. The FDA may consider the totality of the circumstances surrounding distribution and use of an RUO product, including how the product is marketed, when determining its intended use. In November 2013, the FDA issued a guidance document entitled “Distribution of In Vitro Diagnostic Products Labeled for Research Use Only or Investigational Use Only” (RUO Guidance) which highlights the FDA’s interpretation that distribution of RUO products with any labeling, advertising or promotion that suggests that clinical laboratories can validate the test through their own procedures and subsequently offer it for clinical diagnostic use as a laboratory developed test is in conflict with RUO status. The RUO Guidance further articulates the FDA’s position that any assistance offered in performing clinical validation or verification, or similar specialized technical support, to clinical laboratories, conflicts with RUO status.

Laboratory-developed tests (LDTs)

LDTs have generally been considered to be tests that are designed, developed, validated and used within a single laboratory. The FDA takes the position that it has the authority to regulate such tests as medical devices under the FDC Act. The FDA has historically exercised enforcement discretion and has not required clearance or approval of LDTs prior to marketing. In addition, the New York Clinical Laboratory Evaluation Program separately approves certain LDTs offered to New York State patients.

On October 3, 2014, the FDA issued two draft guidance documents regarding oversight of LDTs. These draft guidance documents proposed more active review of LDTs. The draft guidance documents have been the subject of considerable controversy, and in November 2016, the FDA announced that it would not be finalizing the 2014 draft guidance documents. On January 13, 2017, the FDA issued a discussion paper which laid out elements of a possible revised future LDT regulatory framework, but did not establish any regulatory requirements.

The FDA’s efforts to regulate LDTs have prompted the drafting of legislation governing diagnostic products and services that sought to substantially revamp the regulation of both LDTs and in vitro diagnostics, or IVDs. Congress may act to provide further direction to the FDA on the regulation of LDTs.

Further, certain additional healthcare regulations may apply if we expand into new product lines or services, such as federal and state fraud and abuse, transparency and health information privacy and security laws and state clinical laboratory requirements, among others.

73

Privacy Laws

We also are or may become subject to data protection and privacy laws and regulations in the jurisdictions in which we are established, have partners, or sell or market our services. Processing of personal data, including health related information, is increasingly subject to legislation and regulations in numerous jurisdictions around the world, including the EU’s General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR), Canada’s Personal Information Protection and Electronic Documents Act (PIPEDA) and the analogous provincial laws, and the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA) in the United States, among many others. Our regulatory obligations in foreign jurisdictions could harm the use or cost of our solution in international locations as data protection and privacy laws and regulations around the world continue to evolve.

In Europe we are subject to the GDPR (Regulation (EU) 2016/679) and related applicable data protection and privacy laws of the member states of the European Economic Area and the United Kingdom (UK), in relation to our processing and other use of personal data (i.e. data relating to an identifiable living individual) as part of our provision of services to customers and in connection with the administration and operation of our business. The GDPR is wide-ranging in scope and imposes numerous additional requirements on companies that process personal data, including imposing special requirements in respect of the processing of health and other sensitive data. The GDPR imposes accountability obligations requiring data controllers and processors to maintain a record of their data processing and implement policies and procedures as part of its mandated privacy governance framework. It also requires data controllers to be transparent and disclose to data subjects how their personal data will be used; establishes rights for individuals with respect to their personal data, including rights of access and deletion in certain circumstances; imposes limitations on retention of personal data; establishes mandatory data breach notification requirements; and sets higher standards for data controllers to demonstrate that they have obtained valid consent for certain data processing activities.

EU Member States may introduce further conditions, including limitations which could limit our ability to collect, use and share personal data (including health and medical information), or could cause our compliance costs to increase. In addition, the GDPR imposes strict rules on the transfer of personal data out of the EU/UK to third countries deemed to lack adequate privacy protections (including the U.S.), unless an appropriate safeguard specified by the GDPR is implemented, such as the Standard Contractual Clauses (SCCs) approved by the European Commission, or a derogation applies. The Court of Justice of the European Union (CJEU) recently deemed that the SCCs are valid. However, the CJEU ruled that transfers made pursuant to the SCCs and other alternative transfer mechanisms need to be analyzed on a case-by- case basis to ensure EU standards of data protection are met in the jurisdiction where the data importer is based, and there continue to be concerns about whether the SCCs and other mechanisms will face additional challenges. European regulators have issued recent guidance following the CJEU ruling that imposes significant new diligence requirements on transferring data outside the EEA, including under an approved transfer mechanism. This guidance requires an “essential equivalency” assessment of the laws of the destination country. If essentially equivalent protections are not available in the destination country, the exporting entity must then assess if supplemental measures can be put in place that, in combination with the chosen transfer mechanism, would address the deficiency in the laws and ensure that essentially equivalent protection can be given to the data. Complying with this guidance will be expensive and time consuming and may ultimately prevent us from transferring personal data outside the EEA, which would cause significant business disruption. Until the legal uncertainties regarding how to legally continue transfers pursuant to the SCCs and other mechanisms are settled, we will continue to face uncertainty as to whether our efforts to comply with our obligations under the GDPR will be sufficient. This and other future developments regarding the flow of data across borders could increase the complexity of transferring personal data across borders in some markets and may lead to governmental enforcement actions, litigation, fines and penalties or adverse publicity, which could have an adverse effect on our reputation and business. The GDPR creates sanctions for breach of data protection with potential fines that are significant: up to the greater of €20 million or 4% of total global annual turnover. The authorities have shown a willingness to impose significant fines and issue orders preventing the processing of personal data on non- compliant businesses. Moreover, individuals can claim damages resulting from infringement of the GDPR and other European data protection laws. The GDPR also introduces the right for non-profit organizations to bring claims on behalf of data subjects. In addition to the foregoing, a breach of the GDPR or other applicable privacy and data protection laws and regulations could result in regulatory investigations, reputational damage, orders change our use of data, enforcement notices, or potential civil claims including class action type litigation.

In addition, as of January 1, 2021, the GDPR was brought into UK law as the ‘UK GDPR’, but there may be further developments about the regulation of particular issues with which we will be required to comply.

74

The risk of our being found in violation of these laws is increased by the fact that many of them have not been fully interpreted by applicable regulatory authorities or the courts, and their provisions are open to a variety of interpretations. Efforts to ensure that our business arrangements with third parties will comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations will involve substantial costs. Any action against us for violation of these laws, even if we successfully defend against it, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business. The shifting compliance environment and the need to build and maintain robust and expandable systems to comply with multiple jurisdictions with different compliance and/or reporting requirements increases the possibility that a healthcare company may run afoul of one or more of the requirements.

Compliance with data protection laws and regulations could require us to take on more onerous obligations in our contracts, restrict our ability to collect, use and disclose data, or in some cases, impact our ability to operate in certain jurisdictions. Failure by us or our collaborators and third-party providers to comply with data protection laws and regulations could result in government enforcement actions (which could include civil or criminal penalties), private litigation and/or adverse publicity and could negatively affect our operating results and business. Claims that we have violated individuals’ privacy rights, failed to comply with data protection laws or breached our contractual obligations, even if we are not found liable, could be expensive and time-consuming to defend, could result in adverse publicity and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Additional Regulation

In addition to the foregoing, supranational, national, state and federal U.S. and European laws regarding environmental protection and hazardous substances affect our business. These and other laws govern our use, handling and disposal of various biological, chemical and radioactive substances used in, and wastes generated by, our operations. If our operations result in contamination of the environment or expose individuals to hazardous substances, we could be liable for damages and governmental fines. We believe that we are in material compliance with applicable environmental laws and that continued compliance therewith will not have a material adverse effect on our business. We cannot predict, however, how changes in these laws may affect our future operations.

Anti-Corruption Laws

We are subject to the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended (FCPA), the U.S. domestic bribery statute contained in 18 U.S.C. § 201, the U.S. Travel Act, the USA PATRIOT Act, and other state and national anti-bribery and anti-money laundering laws in countries in which we conduct activities, such as the UK Bribery Act 2010 and the UK Proceeds of Crime Act 2002, collectively, Anti-Corruption Laws.

Among other matters, such Anti-Corruption Laws prohibit corporations and individuals from directly or indirectly paying, offering to pay or authorizing the payment of money or anything of value to any foreign government official, government staff member, political party or political candidate, or certain other persons, in order to obtain, retain or direct business, regulatory approvals or some other advantage in an improper manner. Such Anti-Corruption Laws may also include commercial bribery and other prohibitions that make it illegal for our employees and contractors to give or receive money or anything of value in an improper manner, regardless of whether a foreign official is involved. We may also be held liable for the acts of our third party agents under the FCPA, the UK Bribery Act 2010 and other Anti-Corruption Laws. In the healthcare sector, anti-corruption risks can also arise in the context of improper interactions with doctors, KOLs and other healthcare professionals who work for state-affiliated hospitals, research institutions or other organizations or in relation to healthcare providers.

75

C. Organizational Structure

Below is a list of the significant subsidiaries of Olink, including our ownership percentage, its year of formation and its jurisdiction. These subsidiaries were established to allow us to conduct commercial and clinical operations and expand our operations globally.

			Country of	Share of
			registration	common shares
			and operation	owned by the
		Year of		Successor (%)
Name	Principle Activities	formation		2021		2020
Knilo BidCo AB	Holding Company/ Management services	2018	Sweden	100	%	100	%
Olink Proteomics Holding AB	Holding Company	2016	Sweden	100	%	100	%
Olink Proteomics AB	Sales, production, and research & development	2015	Sweden	100	%	100	%
Agrisera AB	Production, and research & development	1985	Sweden	100	%	100	%
Olink Proteomics Inc.	Marketing coordination and sales services	2015	USA	100	%	100	%
Olink Proteomics Ltd	Marketing coordination and sales services	2015	UK	100	%	100	%
Olink Proteomics B.V	Marketing coordination and sales services	2016	Netherlands	100	%	100	%
Olink Proteomics GmbH .	Marketing coordination and sales services	2018	Germany	100	%	100	%
Olink Proteomics KK	Marketing coordination and sales services	2019	Japan	100	%	100	%
Olink Biotech (Shanghai) Co., Ltd	Marketing coordination and sales services	2020	China	100	%	100	%

D. Property, Plants and Equipment

Our corporate headquarters, research and development facilities and manufacturing distribution centers and our largest Analysis Service lab are located in Uppsala, Sweden, where we lease approximately 58,000 square feet of space under leases expiring around December 31, 2023. We also lease approximately 80,000 square feet of office and laboratory space for our new headquarters in Uppsala, Sweden and expect to take occupancy in 2023. This lease expires on March 31, 2033. We lease approximately 21,482 square feet of office and laboratory space in Waltham, Massachusetts, with 10,544 square feet of expansion, for a total of 32,026 square feet. This lease expires on May 31, 2029. In Shanghai, China we lease approximately 3,950 square feet, pursuant to a lease expiring on November 10, 2022.

We do not own any real property and believe that our current facilities are sufficient to meet our ongoing needs and that, if we require additional space, we will be able to obtain additional facilities on commercially reasonable terms.

ITEM 4A. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

There were no written comments from the staff of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission which remained unresolved before the end of the fiscal year to which the Annual Report relates.

ITEM 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

The following “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” should be read together with the information in our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report. The following discussion is based on our financial

76

information prepared in accordance with the International Financial Reporting Standards, or IFRS, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or IASB, which may differ in material respects from generally accepted accounting principles in other jurisdictions, including U.S. GAAP. The following discussion includes forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including but not limited to those described in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Annual Report. Please also see “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

Overview

Our purpose is to enable and accelerate the field of proteomics by providing a platform of products and services, developed with key opinion leaders (KOLs), that are deployed across major biopharmaceutical companies and leading clinical and academic institutions, to deepen the understanding of real-time human biology and drive 21st century healthcare through actionable and impactful science.

Our dedication to customer satisfaction and quality has enabled us to expand our existing customer base from inception in 2016. Revenues from our original customer accounts that we obtained in 2016 have grown at an average annual growth rate of 24%. These original customer accounts we've had since 2016 represented approximately 21% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2021.

Our customers primarily include academic, government, biopharmaceutical, biotechnology and other institutions focused on life science research. Our revenue is principally generated from two segments, Kit and Service. Kit revenues refer to the sale of our panels directly to customers that run the kit and analysis in their own labs. During the year ended December 31, 2021 and year ended December 31, 2020, sales to academic institutions and core labs represented approximately 44% and 59% of our revenues, respectively. Sales to biopharmaceutical companies represented the remaining 56% and 41% of our revenues, respectively. We operate a global direct sales model across all our regions (Americas, EMEA and China & Rest of World) and customer segments. As of December 31, 2021, our commercial team was comprised of more than 150 employees, with an emphasis on the Americas region. Sales within the Americas accounted for approximately 45% of revenues during the year ended December 31, 2021 and approximately 51% of our revenues during the year ended December 31, 2020.

77

A. Operating Results

Financial Operations Overview

The following table summarizes our results of operations for the periods presented:

	Year ended		Year ended
Amounts in thousands of US Dollars	December 31, 2021		December 31, 2020
Revenue	$	94,973	$	54,067
Cost of goods sold		(36,764)		(17,456)
Gross profit		58,209		36,611
Selling expenses		(33,668)		(12,722)
Administrative expenses		(47,495)		(20,102)
Research and development expenses		(22,141)		(9,632)
Other operating income		443		475
Operating loss		(44,652)		(5,370)
Interest income/(expense)		(2,048)		(6,631)
Foreign exchange gain/(loss)		1,874		5,455
Other financial income/(expense)		(1,719)		(713)
Loss before tax		(46,545)		(7,259)
Income tax		8,206		479
Net loss for the period (Attributable to shareholders of the Company)	$	(38,339)	$	(6,780)
Basic and diluted loss per share		(0.43)		(1.10)
Other comprehensive income/(loss):
Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss:
Exchange differences from translation of foreign operations		(37,659)		36,761
Other comprehensive income/(loss) for the, period, net of tax		(37,659)		36,761
Total comprehensive loss for the period, net of tax		(75,998)		29,981
Total comprehensive loss for the period (Attributable to owners of the Company)		(75,998)		29,981

Year Ended December 31, 2021 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2020

Revenue

We principally derived our revenues from the sale of our biomarker panels, either as a kit-product or by providing analysis and ancillary services for customers that prefer outsourced proteomics analysis. Overall, 2021 revenue for the year ended December 31, 2021 was $95.0 million compared to $54.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 This increase of $40.9 million, or 75.7%, was mainly due to the launch of the Olink Explore.

Cost of goods sold

Cost of goods sold primarily consists of manufacturing costs incurred in the production process including personnel and related costs; costs of component materials; depreciation; manufacturing overhead; packaging and delivery costs and allocated costs including facilities and information technology. In addition, cost of goods sold includes royalty costs for licensed technologies included in our products, provisions for slow-moving and obsolete inventory and personnel.

Cost of goods sold for the year ended December 31, 2021 was $36.8 million compared to $17.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase of $19.3 million, or 110.6%, was due to higher sales volumes and an increase in hiring.

78

Gross Profit/Gross Profit Percentage

Gross profit is calculated as revenue less cost of goods sold. Gross profit percentage is gross profit expressed as a percentage of revenue. We expect our future gross profit and gross profit percentages to fluctuate from period to period. Future gross profit and gross profit percentages will depend on a variety of factors, including: market conditions that may impact our pricing; sales mix changes among kit, instruments and services; product mix changes between established products and new products; excess and obsolete inventories; royalties; and our cost structure for manufacturing operations relative to volume.

As we seek to increase our production and distribution platform, we may incur incremental costs that potentially will reduce the gross profit percentage in certain periods.

Gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2021 was $58.2 million compared to $36.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase of $21.6 million, or 59.0%, was due to year over year revenue growth. The fact that the gross profit percentage decreased from 67.7% to 61.3%, a decrease in gross profit percentage of 6.4%, is primarily explained by the 56,000 samples processed for the UKBB that was strategically priced as well as an increase in personnel cost and depreciation driven by the increase of our lab capacity.

Operating Expenses

Selling Expenses

Selling expense primarily consists of costs related to the selling and marketing of our products, including sales incentives and advertising expenses and costs associated with our global commercial team. Selling expenses include costs associated with the commercial team; recruiting services; administrative services; public relations and communication activities; marketing programs and trade show appearances; travel; customer service costs; and allocated costs, including facilities and information technology; and fees for third-party providers of administrative services, including press relations and communication services; security, reception, and recruiting.

Selling expenses for the year ended December 31, 2021 was $33.7 million, or 35.5% of our total revenue, compared to $12.7 million, or 23.5% of our total revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2020. This increase of $20.9 million, or 164.6%, was primarily driven by higher employee benefits expense, consisting of wages, salaries, social security and pension costs to employees in selling functions. This has been driven by our ongoing effort to build out our global commercial capabilities.

Administrative Expenses

Administrative expenses include costs associated with our finance, accounting, legal, human resources, communications, and administrative personnel; facility-related costs; and intellectual property fees for the registration and maintenance of our patents. We anticipate that our administrative expenses will increase in the future as we grow our support functions in line with our planned growth. We also anticipate increased expenses associated with being a public company in the United States, including costs related to audit, legal, regulatory and tax-related services associated with maintaining compliance with U.S. exchange listing and SEC requirements, director and officer insurance premiums, and investor relations costs. In particular, we antecipate to incur additional accounting expenses to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in the United States that will require us to test the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting.

Administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2021 totaled $47.5 million, or 50.0% of our total revenue, compared to $20.1 million, or 37.2% of our total revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase of $27.4 million, or 136.3%, was primarily driven by increased expenses in connection with our initial public offering and higher employee benefits expense, consisting of wages, salaries, social security and pension costs to employees in administrative functions.

79

Research and Development Expenses

Research and Development expenses associated with our research and development functions, primarily located in Uppsala, Sweden include costs of employee benefit expenses of our R&D personnel; R&D facility-related costs; recruitment, administrative services and allocated costs including facilities and information technology; and intellectual property fees for the registration and maintenance of our patents.

We deploy a substantial portion of our resources on developing new products and solutions. Our research and development efforts are focused on identifying and developing new biomarker expressions through our Affinity program, improving the performance in existing products and developing new product lines and features.

We plan to continue to invest significantly in our research and development efforts, including hiring additional employees, to enhance existing products and develop new products. Our Affinity program is focused on expanding our library of proteins beyond approximately 3,000 in 2021. The expansion of our library of proteins was further enabled by the acquisition of Agrisera in 2020; that vertically integrated our supply chain and enabled in house antibody production.

Research and Development expenses for the year ended December 31, 2021 totaled $22.1 million, or 23.3% of our total revenue, compared to $9.6 million, or 17.8% of our total revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase of $12.5 million, or 129.9%, was driven by $5.0 million higher employee benefits expenses, consisting of wages, salaries, social security, and pension costs to employees in research and development functions, as well as an increase of $2.5 million in external R&D expenses related to the procurement of antibodies. The majority of the external spend within our R&D function was focused on the development of new assays and expansion of our library of protein biomarkers.

Financial Income (Expense)

Interest income relates primarily to interest income received from cash at bank. Our cash at bank has been deposited in cash accounts and therefore generates only a modest amount of interest income. Interest expense relates primarily to interest expense on our outstanding debt and borrowings as well as interest on outstanding leases. As of December 31, 2021, the external debt and borrowings are repaid.

We also incur foreign exchange gains and losses, mainly related to revaluation of bank balances and loan facilities denominated in foreign currencies, which amounts are recorded as foreign exchange gain/(loss).

Other financial income/(expense) refers mainly to fees related to loan arrangements and credit facilities.

Our net financial income/(expense) for the year ended December 31, 2021 was $(1.9) million, compared to $(1.9) million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The year ended December 31, 2021 had lower interest expenses and lower foreign currency gains which is largely due the absence of outstanding loan facilities denominated in foreign currency since they were repaid during the first quarter of 2021.

Income Taxes

Our tax credit or expense consists of income taxes, with Swedish income taxed at the Swedish tax rate and taxation for other jurisdictions calculated at the rates prevailing in each respective jurisdiction. Income taxes also include the impact of temporary differences which is primarily due to the acquisition accounting for the intangible assets.

Income tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2021 was $8.2 million compared to a benefit of $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The statutory Swedish tax rate was 21.4% during 2020 and was reduced to 20.6% on January 1, 2021.

80

Segment Information

We report results under two segments: Kit and Service, as further discussed in the Segment Information sections below within Components of Results of Operations and Results of Operations. All other operating segments have been aggregated and are included within the Corporate / Unallocated heading

Kit Revenues

Kit revenues represented 28.2% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to 27.3% for the year ended December 31, 2020 and grew 82% year over year primarily as a result of the December 2020 launch of our Explore kits. We generated an adjusted gross profit percentage of 86.4% on Kit revenues for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to 84.3% for the year ended December 31, 2020.

Service Revenues

Historically, services have been the main source of our revenue and a key driver of our financial performance. Service revenues represented 63.4% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to 63.6% for the year ended December31, 2020 and grew 75% year over year primarily as a result of a strong momentum in demand for the Explore product. We generated an adjusted gross profit percentage of 57.3% on Service revenues during the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to 68.9% during the year ended December 31, 2020. The decrease in adjusted gross profit percentage of 11.6% is primarily explained by the 56,000 samples processed for the UKBB as well as an increase in personnel costs driven by the increase of our lab capacity.

Year Ended December 31, 2020 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2019

For a discussion of our consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019, see the section “MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS” in our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-257842) filed with the SEC on July 12, 2021.

Non-IFRS Reconciliations

We present the following non-IFRS financial measures because they are used by our management to evaluate our operating performance and formulate business plans. We also believe that the use of these non-IFRS measures facilitates investors’ assessment of our operating performance. We caution readers that amounts presented in accordance with our definitions of Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Gross Profit and Adjusted Gross Profit Percentage may not be the same as similar measures used by other companies. Not all companies and Wall Street analysts calculate the non-IFRS measures we use in the same manner. We compensate for these limitations by reconciling each of these non-IFRS measures to the nearest IFRS performance measure, which should be considered when evaluating our performance. We encourage you to review our financial information in its entirety and not rely on a single financial measure.

Adjusted EBITDA

We use the non-IFRS measure of Adjusted EBITDA, which we define as profit for the year before accounting for finance income, finance costs, tax, management adjustments, share based compensation expenses, depreciation, and amortization of acquisition intangibles. Management adjustments generally consist of certain cash and non-cash items that we believe are not reflective of the normal course of our business. We identify and determine items to be unique based on their nature and incidence or by their significance. As a result, the composition of these items may vary from year to year.

We present Adjusted EBITDA because we believe this measure can provide useful information to investors and analysts regarding the operational results of the business, as EBITDA is a fairly common metric with which market participants are familiar.

81

A reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to operating loss, the most directly comparable IFRS measure, is set forth below:

	Year ended	Year ended
Amounts in thousands of U.S. Dollars	December 31, 2021	December 31, 2020
Operating Loss	(44,652)	(5,370)
Add:
Amortization	11,089	9,872
Depreciation	4,713	2,668
EBITDA	(28,849)	(7,170)
Management Adjustments	7,777	3,852
Share based compensation expenses	2,524	—
Adjusted EBITDA	(18,548)	11,022

Management adjustments for the year ended December 31, 2021 amounted to $7.8 million of costs associated with the secondary public offering. Management adjustments for the year ended December 31, 2020 amounted to $3.9 million in total of costs associated with the Olink Acquisition as well as costs related to the preparation ahead of our initial public offering. The costs associated with the Olink Acquisition are attributable specifically to third-party administrative expenses, which include legal, banking, and accounting fees related to organizational optimization after the Olink Acquisition. Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2021 also includes an add back of $2.5 million of share based compensation expenses associated with our 2021 Incentive Award Plan. There was no such equivalent plan in 2020 since Olink was not yet a public company in 2020.

Adjusted Gross Profit, including Adjusted Gross Profit Percentage

We use the non-IFRS measure of Adjusted Gross Profit, including Adjusted Gross Profit Percentage. We define Adjusted Gross Profit as revenue less cost of goods sold, which is then adjusted to remove the impact of depreciation and the impact of material transactions or events that we believe are not indicative of our core operating performance, such as share based compensation expenses and the inventory fair value step up associated with the purchase accounting process that is recorded within cost of goods sold, which may or may not be recurring in nature.

We believe that Adjusted Gross Profit, including Adjusted Gross Profit Percentage, provides important information to management and to investors regarding our core profit margin on sales. These are primary profit or loss measures we use to make resource allocation decisions and evaluate segment performance. Adjusted gross profit assists management in comparing the segment performance on a consistent basis for purposes of business decision-making by removing the impact of certain items we believe do not directly reflect our core operations and, therefore, are not included in measuring segment performance.

Reconciliations of Adjusted Gross Profit to gross profit, the most directly comparable IFRS measure, are set forth below:

	Year ended		Year ended
Amounts in thousands of U.S. Dollars, unless otherwise stated	December 31, 2021		December 31, 2020
Revenue	94,973		54,067
Cost of goods sold	(36,764)		(17,456)
Gross Profit	58,209		36,611
Gross Profit %	61.3	%	67.7	%
Less:
Inventory fair value step up	—		266
Depreciation charges	2,992		1,540
Share based compensation expenses	100		—
Adjusted Gross Profit	61,302		38,417
Adjusted Gross Profit %	64.5	%	71.1	%

82

Adjusted gross profit percentage for the year ended December 31, 2021 was 64.5% compared to an adjusted gross profit percentage of 71.1% for year ended December 31, 2020. Adjusted gross profit for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 consists of $3.0 million and $1.5 million, respectively, related to depreciation charges.

Impact of Covid

The COVID-19 pandemic has adversely affected, and we expect will continue to adversely affect, elements of our business. COVID-19 has primarily disrupted the customer end of the supply chain, with our customers’ labs operating at reduced capacity for extended portions of our growth rate for 2020, in particular as customers have had issues accessing their labs. We have not seen any material cancellations in our pipeline; however, there have been delays as customers are pushing projects into the future. We are continuing to closely monitor how the pandemic and related response measures are affecting our business. Our production and manufacturing facilities are located in Uppsala, Sweden and Watertown, Massachusetts and we have not to date experienced any material disruptions to our production or supply of goods. We increased our inventory level in 2020 and 2021 in order to operate with a higher level of inventory than we have done historically. Although we have seen a reduction in demand due to the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, we have not observed any significant changes in our underlying customer base, and we have been and will continue to serve our customers, even at reduced levels, until their activities return to normal. The gradual recovery of revenue we have seen compared with previous levels reflects the underlying factors affecting demand, including the easing of lockdown restrictions and the partial or full reopening of academic and biopharmaceutical research laboratories around the world. At December 31, 2021 we concluded there was no evidence of material changes to recoverability risk of business assets, including deferred tax assets and trade receivables.

B. Liquidity and Capital Resources

Since our inception, until March 7, 2019, we have financed our operations primarily through internally generated cash flows and we did not rely on any material external financing arrangements during this period.

At December 31, 2020, we had $8.7 million in cash at bank and a $137.6 million loan facility, of which $74.1 million was undrawn. The loan facility had been primarily used to finance the Olink Acquisition.

On March 29, 2021, we completed our initial public offering of 13,235,294 ADSs, representing 13,235,294 common shares, at an initial public offering price of $20.00 per share. The net proceeds from the offering were $245.4 million, after deducting the underwriting discounts. On March 30, 2021, we repaid $65.6 million of outstanding loan facilities plus accrued interest

83

of $1.9 million using the net proceeds from the offering. As of December 31, 2021, we had $118.1 million in cash at bank and no outstanding loan balances.

	Interest		As of December 31,
Amounts in thousands of U.S.Dollars	Rate	Maturity	2021
Current interest-bearing loans and borrowings
Lease Liabilities	6.25% - 11%	2022	$	2,952
Total current interest-bearing loans and Borrowings				2,952
Non-current interest-bearing loans and Borrowings
Lease Liabilities	6.25% - 11%	2022 – 2030		5,427
Facilities
Total non-current interest-bearing loans and borrowings				5,427
Total interest-bearing loans and borrowings			$	8,379

				As of December 31,
	Interest Rate		Maturity	2020
Current interest-bearing loans and borrowings
Lease Liabilities	6.25% - 11%		2021	$	2,146
Total current interest-bearing loans and Borrowings					2,146
Non-current interest-bearing loans and Borrowings
Lease Liabilities	6.25% - 11%		2021 - 2030		2,290
Facilities	11	%	2025		61,675
Total non-current interest-bearing loans and borrowings					63,965
Total interest-bearing loans and borrowings				$	66,111

Loan from Shareholders and Other Interest-Bearing Loans

The loan from shareholders and the other interest-bearing loan were converted into equity on May 25, 2020. These loans had been previously payable on demand as repayment timing was not specified in the loan agreement. Accrued interest was capitalized annually on the last calendar day of each year. The conversion was made without any premium or penalty.

Loan Facilities

During the year ended December 31, 2019 we entered into a loan facility in the amount of $110 million with Bridgepoint Credit and DNB AB (Publ) as part of the financing of the Olink Acquisition (Facilities). Under the terms of the Facilities the Successor had access to a Capex/Acquisition Facility, a term Facility B, a Recap Facility and a Revolving Facility. The facilities had a leverage covenant towards the creditors that measures a rolling 12-month EBITDA in relation to net debt at the end of each quarter. The interest rate was equal to a bank reference rate, or the EURIBOR, STIBOR, or LIBOR plus a margin ranging from 3.0% to 6.25% dependent upon the facility and denomination of the borrowings and leverage. There was a commitment fee equal to 35% of the margin on any unused facility.

During the year ended December 31, 2020 we amended our debt structure under the existing loan facility with Bridgepoint Credit and DNB AB (Publ), increasing the total commitment under the facilities to $137.6 million. The effective date of the amended agreement was December 23, 2020.

A total of $63.5 million has been drawn down under the term Facility B, adjusted for transaction costs of $1.8 million. The loans were raised in USD and EUR to match revenue streams in USD and EUR. The interest will be capitalized annually to form part of the Facility B loans and will thereafter bear interest together with the rest of the loan. The remaining undrawn credit under the facilities is $74.1 million. Under the terms of the Facilities, we have pledged the assets, including patents and other intellectual property, of our subsidiary, Olink Proteomics Inc. The book value of the pledged assets was $6.9 million as of December 31, 2020.

84

On March 30, 2021, we repaid $65.6 million of outstanding loan facilities plus accrued interest of $1.9 million using the net proceeds from the offering. As of December 31, 2021, we had $118.1 million in cash at bank and no outstanding loan balances.

Cash Flows

The table below summarizes our statement of cash flows for the periods presented:

	Year ended
	December		December
Amounts in thousands of U.S. Dollars	31, 2021		31, 2020
Cash flow / (used) in operating activities	$	(53,687)	$	(6,789)
Cash flow (used) in investing activities		(14,960)		(15,842)
Cash flow provided by financing activities		179,062		25,595
Net cash flow during the financial year	$	110,415	$	2,964

Cash used in Operating Activities

Cash flow used in operating activities was $(53.7) for the year ended December 31, 2021 and $(6.8) for the year ended December 31, 2020. The negative cash flow from operating activities in 2021 is primarily explained by two components. One is loss before tax, adjusted with non-cash items, of $(25.8). The other is changes in working capital of $(23.4) due to inventory build up and higher accounts receivables both related to increased sales. In 2020, the negative cash flow from operating activities is explained by net result before tax, adjusted for non-cash items, of $7.2, a $(3.9) change in net working capital and interest and tax payment of $(4.7) and $(5.3) respectively.Cash used in Investing Activities

Cash used in investing activities was $(15.0) million during the year ended December 31, 2021, representing a decrease in cash used of $(0.9) million, or (5.6)%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2020. This decrease resulted from increased investments in property, plant, and equipment of $7.0 million in year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the year ended December 31, 2020 which was offset by decreased purchase of intangible assets of $(3.5) million and decreased acquisitions of subsidiaries of $(4.6) million in the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the year ended December 31, 2020.

Cash provided by Financing Activities

Cash provided by financing activities was $179.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2021, representing an increase in cash provided of $153.5 million, or 599.6%. This increase primarily resulted from cash received from the issuance of new shares which amounted to $264.7 million the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to $19.2 the year ended December 31, 2020. This increase was partially offset by cash outflow from share issue costs of $(19.5) million in the year ended December 31, 2021. Repayment of interest-bearing loans and borrowings amounted to $(65.6) million the year ended December 31, 2021. There was no repayment of interest-bearing loans and borrowings in the year ended December 31, 2020.

Operating and Capital Expenditure Requirements

Since our inception in 2016, we have incurred operating losses from time to time. Our net loss was $38.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to a net loss of $6.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. We expect to incur significant expenses as well as operating losses during a period going forward as we continue our research and development efforts and expand our protein biomarker library. In addition, we plan to further expand our commercial team globally.

Although it is difficult to predict future liquidity requirements, we believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents as of December 31, 2021 will be sufficient to cover the planned funding need until the business is funded through a positive cash flow.

85

Contractual Obligations

The following table discloses aggregate information about our material undiscounted contractual obligations and the periods in which payments are due as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020. Future events could cause actual payments and timing of payments to differ from the contractual cash flows set forth below.

			Less						More
As per December 31, 2021			than						than
Amounts in thousands of U.S. Dollars	Total		1 year		1 - 3 years		3 - 5 years		5 years
Lease Liabilities	$	8,379	$	2,952	$	3,124	$	2,262	$	40
Advance invoiced customers		5,477		5,477		—		—		—
Accounts payable		8,668		8,668		—		—		—

			Less						More
As per December 31, 2020			than						than
Amounts in thousands of U.S. Dollars	Total		1 year		1 - 3 years		3 - 5 years		5 years
Loan facilities	$	98,332		—		—	$	98,332		—
Lease Liabilities		5,394		2,428		2,629		108		229
Advance invoiced customers		7,367		7,367		—		—		—
Accounts payable		6,658		6,658		—		—		—

Loan facilities

During the period ended December 31, 2019, we entered into loan facilities in the amount of $110.0 million with Bridgepoint Credit and DNB AB (Publ) as part of the financing of the Olink Acquisition (Facilities). During 2020, we amended the existing loan facility, increasing the total commitment under the facilities to $137.6 million. As of December 31, 2021, we do not have outstanding loans.

Loan from shareholders

There are no repayment terms for this loan, and accrued interest is capitalized annually on the last calendar day of each year. We may at any time without any premium or penalty, prepay any outstanding amount. Under the terms of this loan we have pledged the assets, including patents and other intellectual property, of our subsidiary, Olink Proteomics Inc. This loan was converted into equity in May 2020. See “- Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

Lease liabilities

Leases consist of real estate leases for our offices located in Uppsala, Umeå and Stockholm in Sweden, Watertown and Waltham in Massachusetts, and Shanghai, China. Additionally, from time to time we enter into lease agreements for scientific equipment that contain a purchase option.

Advance invoiced customers

Represents cash receipts from customers which will be recognized as revenue upon completion of the related performance obligations.

Accounts Payable

Accounts payable represents amounts owed to vendors for purchases made in the ordinary course of business.

C. Research and Development, Patents and Licenses

For a description of our research and development programs and activities, see “Item 4.B. Information on the Company - Business Overview”. For a description of the amount spent during each of the last three fiscal years on company-sponsored

86

research and development activities, as well as the four components of research and development expenses, see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects-A. Operating Results-Results of Operations.”

D. Trend Information

Other than as disclosed elsewhere in this annual report, we are not aware of any trend, uncertainty, demand, commitment or event that is reasonably likely to have a material effect on our net revenues and income from continuing operations, profitability, liquidity, capital resources, or would cause reported financial information not necessarily to be indicative of future operation results or financial condition.

During the year ended December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

E.Critical Accounting Estimates

Not applicable.

ITEM 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

A. Directors and Senior Management

The following table sets forth the name and position of each of our executive officers and directors, as well as their respective ages as of December 31, 2021.

Name	Age	Position(s)
Executive Officers:
Jon Heimer	54	Chief Executive Officer and Director
Oskar Hjelm	37	Chief Financial Officer
Rickard El Tarzi	36	Chief Strategy Officer
Ida Grundberg, PhD	39	Chief Scientific Officer
Carl Raimond	51	Chief Commercial Officer
Fredrik Netzel	53	Chief Operating Officer
Johanna Isander	39	Chief People Officer
Linda Ramirez-Eaves, Esq.	50	General Counsel
Directors:
Jon Hindar	65	Chairman of the Board of Directors
Solange Bullukian	57	Director
Johan Lund, PhD	64	Director
Tina S. Nova, PhD	67	Director
Nicolas Roelofs, PhD	64	Director
Gustavo Salem	58	Director
Tommi Unkuri	41	Director

The following is a brief summary of the business experience of each of the individuals above:

Executive Officers

Jon Heimer has served as the chairman of our subsidiary, Olink Proteomics AB since 2014 and Chief Executive Officer of Olink Proteomics AB since January 2016, and has served as a member of our Board of Directors since December 2020. Prior to joining us, from April 2011 until December 2015, Mr. Heimer was a partner at Nexttobe AB, a family office/investment company focused on the Swedish biotechnology industry. Mr. Heimer has served as chairman of the board of directors of Q-linea AB, and for multiple privately-held biotechnology companies, including Bioimics AB and Lumina Adhesives AB. Mr. Heimer is a serial entrepreneur, was one of the key persons in successful Q-Med starting off in the 1990s and has spent a large part of his professional career working from the United States in various investments and growth companies within the biotech space.

87

Oskar Hjelm has served as our Chief Financial Officer since March 2020. Prior to joining us, from September 2017 until February 2020, Mr. Hjelm worked at Alvarez & Marsal Sweden AB within their Transaction Advisory Group providing support to European and Nordic private equity funds. From August 2016 until August 2017, Mr. Hjelm was a director at KPMG AB. From January 2016 until August 2016, Mr. Hjelm was an investment controller at Nordic Capital. From July 2008 until December 2015, Mr. Hjelm held various roles at KPMG AB and KPMG LLP (United Kingdom). Mr. Hjelm received his Master of Science in business and economics from Linköpings University.

Rickard El Tarzi has served as our Chief Strategy Officer since February 2020 and served as a member of our Board of Directors from March 2019 to February 2020. Prior to joining us, from January 2017 until February 2020, Mr. El Tarzi served as an investment director on the investment team of Summa Equity AB. From April 2012 until April 2016, Mr. El Tarzi worked at McKinsey & Company advising investor and corporate clients across Europe and the United States on strategy and mergers and acquisitions. Mr. El Tarzi received his Bachelor of Science in logistics and transport management and his Master of Science in management from University of Gothenburg School of Business, Economics, and Law.

Ida Grundberg, PhD has served as our Chief Scientific Officer since September 2019. Prior to joining us, from September 2011 until September 2019, Dr. Grundberg served in various roles at our subsidiary, Olink Proteomics AB, including Senior Scientist, Project Manager, Business Development Manager, Head of Business Development for North America, and Vice President of Sales and Marketing for North America. Dr. Grundberg received her Bachelor of Science from Umeå University, her Master of Science in molecular biology from Umeå University, and her PhD in molecular medicine from Uppsala University.

Carl Raimond has served as our Chief Commercial Officer since October 2020, and previously served as our Senior Vice President of Sales from August 2020 until October 2020. Prior to joining us, from January 2015 until February 2020, Mr. Raimond served in various executive commercial leadership roles at PerkinElmer, Inc. including Vice President and General Manager of Americas Sales and Service and Global Vice President and General Manager of Sales and Service for the Discovery and Analytical Solutions Division. From June 2010 until January 2015, Mr. Raimond served as the Vice President and General Manager of the Americas Life Science Sales & Field Operations of Agilent Technologies, Inc. Mr. Raimond received his Bachelor of Arts in zoology from State University of New York College at Oswego, and his Master of Science in biology from State University of New York College at Brockport.

Fredrik Netzel has served as our Chief Operating Officer since September 2019. Prior to joining us, from April 2019 until September 2019, Mr. Netzel served as Senior Director of Operations at Advantice Health, LLC. From January 2011 until March 2019, Mr. Netzel served as Senior Director of Operations at Moberg Pharma AB, a pharmaceutical company focused on OTC products and from January 2000 until December 2010, Mr. Netzel served as Director Manufacturing at Q-Med AB, a medical device company. Mr. Netzel has worked internationally, managing CMO/3PL relationships in the U.S., Canada, and EU. In addition, he has developed operations for several growth companies within the life sciences industry.

Johanna Isander has served as our Chief People Officer since April 2021. Prior to joining us, from February 2017 until April 2021, Ms. Isander worked at Cint Group as its Chief HR Officer supporting the global organization. From June 2014 until February 2017, Ms. Isander was an HR Director and a Senior HR Director at Nasdaq working with the Market Technology and Technology organizations. From February 2013 until June 2014, Ms. Isander was a HR Consultant at Oracle. From February 2008 until February 2013, Ms. Isander held various HR roles at Alexander Forbes Financial Services Ltd, SunGard Financial Systems and UniCredit Bank AG in London, United Kingdom. Ms. Isander received her Bachelor of Science in Human Resources Management from Lund University.

Linda Ramirez-Eaves, Esq. has served as our General Counsel since February 2019. Prior to joining us, from December 2018 to February 2019, Ms. Ramirez-Eaves served as Senior Corporate Counsel for Seagate Technologies, and from September 2015 until December 2018, Ms. Ramirez-Eaves served as Senior Counsel of SomaLogic, Inc. From December 2014 until September 2015, Ms. Ramirez-Eaves served as Senior Legal Counsel at Ciber Global, LLC. Ms. Ramirez-Eaves received her Bachelor of Science in Journalism and Mass Communications from the University of Colorado at Boulder, and her Juris Doctorate from the University of Colorado at Boulder School of Law. Ms. Ramirez-Eaves has been a Certified Information Privacy Professional/Europe since 2018.

88

Directors

Jon Hindar has served as chairman of our Board of Directors since January 2021. Mr. Hindar has served as a Principal of Summa Equity AB since January 2017. From 2015 until 2017, Mr. Hindar served as chairman of the board of directors of Argentum Fondsinvesteringer AS, Hav Line AS and LGJ Invest AS. From March 2012 until June 2016, Mr. Hindar served as Chief Executive Officer of Cermaq Group AS. Mr. Hindar has served as chairman of the board of directors of Arendals Fossekompani ASA since June 2020, and also serves on the boards of multiple privately-held companies, including Milarex AS, Klaveness Marine Holding AS, LGJ Invest AS, HyTest Group, and Argentum Fondsinvesteringer AS. Mr. Hindar received his Master of Science and Engineering in chemistry from the Norwegian University of Science and Technology, and completed the Programme for Executive Development at IMD, Lausanne. We believe Mr. Hindar is qualified to serve on our Board of Directors because of his scientific knowledge, extensive business and operations experience, including in leadership roles, and his experience working with companies in similar technologies and markets.

Solange Bullukian has served as a member of our Board of Directors since January 2021. Ms. Bullukian is the Managing Principal of Scale2Growth which she founded in November 2017. Ms. Bullukian served as the Chief Financial Officer of Twist Bioscience Corporation. Previously, Ms. Bullukian has served as Chief Accounting Officer and prior to that as Chief Financial Officer of the Life Sciences Group at Agilent Technologies Inc. Ms. Bullukian is an Independent Director and Audit Committee Chair at Lumicks and has previously served on the Board of Directors of the European IRG Foundation for Agilent Technologies. Ms. Bullukian received her Master of Science in Management from the HEC (Ecole des Hautes Etudes Commerciales) School of Management in Paris, France. We believe Ms. Bullukian is qualified to serve on our Board of Directors because of her experience, qualifications, attributes and skills, including her experience in the emerging growth and life sciences markets and her service as a director of other companies.

Johan Lund, PhD has served as a member of our Board of Directors since December 2020. He has served as the co-founder and Chief Executive Officer of KyNexis Medicine Development AB since August 2018. Since June 2018, Dr. Lund has also served as a consultant for MBS Pharma, which he founded. Prior to that, from March 2016 until May 2017, Dr. Lund served as Vice President and Head of the Immunology and Inflammation Therapeutic Center of Excellence of Celgene Corporation. From April 2015 until March 2016, Dr. Lund was Managing Partner at J. Lund and Associates, LLC, and from May 2015 until March 2016, Dr. Lund was a Senior Advisor for the Karolinska Institutet, advising on innovation and business creation as part of the European Institute for Innovation and Technology (EIT) Health Consortium. From August 2012 until March 2015, Dr. Lund served as Senior Vice President and Chief Scientific Officer of the Immunoscience Research Unit of Pfizer Inc. Dr. Lund has served as chairman of the board of directors for Aqilion AB since June 2018, and is a member of the board of directors of several privately-held companies, including Genagon Therapeutics AB and NEOGAP AB (formerly Tcer AB). Dr. Lund received his Med.Kand. degree and his Doctor of Medical Science degree from Karolinska Institutet. Dr. Lund also holds a diploma in Managing Medical Product Innovation from the Scandinavian International Management Institute in Copenhagen. We believe Dr. Lund is qualified to serve on our Board of Directors because of his extensive medical and scientific knowledge and his extensive operating experience in the biotechnology industry.

Tina S. Nova, PhD has served as a member of our Board of Directors since January 2021. Dr. Nova has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Decipher BioSciences, Inc. since August 2018. From September 2015 to July 2019, Dr. Nova served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Molecular Stethoscope, Inc. From July 2014 to August 2015, Dr. Nova served as Senior Vice President and General Manager of Illumina, Inc. Dr. Nova has served on the board of directors, and as the chairman of the board of directors, of Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and on the board of directors of Veracyte, Inc. Dr. Nova received her Bachelor of Science in biological sciences from the University of California, Irvine and her PhD in biochemistry from the University of California, Riverside. We believe that Dr. Nova is qualified to serve on our Board of Directors because of her extensive experience in the life sciences industry, including her service as a director of other life sciences companies, and her in-depth scientific knowledge. Dr. Nova will be retiring from the Board of Directors on April 7, 2022, and will not stand for re-election for another term at the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders.

Nicolas Roelofs, PhD has served as a member of our Board of Directors since December 2020. Dr. Roelofs has served as a Principal of Summa Equity AB since July 2019. Dr. Roelofs has also served as Industrial Advisor of Nordic Capital since 2014. Dr. Roelofs serves as chairman of the board of directors of multiple privately-held companies, including Sengenics Corporation Pte Ltd., One BioMed Pte Ltd., ScaleBio Ltd., and Boreal Genomics Inc. Dr. Roelofs also serves as a member of the board of directors of multiple privately-held companies, including HyTest Ltd., The Binding Site Group Ltd.,

89

InSilixa, Inc., and LGC Group. He also serves as an advisory board member of 908 Devices Inc. Dr. Roelofs previously served as the President of the Life Sciences Group at Agilent Technologies, Group Operations Officer for the Life Sciences Division of Bio-Rad Inc., and Chief Operating Officer of Stratagene Inc. Dr. Roelofs received his Bachelor of Science in chemistry, biology, and German from Simpson College, his Master of Science in organic chemistry from Iowa State University, and his doctorate in organic chemistry from University of Nevada, Reno. We believe that Dr. Roelofs is qualified to serve on our Board of Directors because of his experience, qualifications, attributes and skills, including his scientific knowledge, extensive experience in the life sciences and healthcare markets, and his service as a director of other companies.

Gustavo Salem has served as a member of our Board of Directors since December 2020. Mr. Salem has served as a Principal of Summa Equity AB since March 2020. Since its inception in January 2019, Mr. Salem has served as the co-founder and managing partner of Eureka Life Science LLC, which provides business strategy and commercialization support for innovative companies across the life sciences and diagnostics markets. From October 2016 through January 2019, Mr. Salem served as President of IDEX Health and Science and Group President of IDEX Corporation. From March 2015 until October 2016, Mr. Salem served as President of IDEX Health and Science, LLC and, from April 2014 until February 2015, served as President and Chief Executive Officer of SISCAPA Assay Technologies, Inc. Mr. Salem has served as the chairman of the board of directors of Liderança Group Inc. since August 2019 and also serves as a member of the board of directors of multiple privately-held companies, including SISCAPA Assay Technologies, Inc., IROA Technologies LLC and Sengenics Corporation Pte Ltd. Mr. Salem received his Bachelor of Arts in physiological psychology from University of California, Berkeley and was a Master of Science candidate in psychobiology at University of California, Irvine. We believe Mr. Salem is qualified to serve on our Board of Directors because of his experience, qualifications, attributes and skills, including his extensive experience in leadership and management roles at biotech and life sciences companies.

Tommi Unkuri has served as a member of our Board of Directors since March 2019. Mr. Unkuri has served as a Partner of Summa Equity AB since May 2016. From November 2015 until May 2016, Mr. Unkuri was a Partner at Fidelio Capital AB, and from April 2007 until December 2015, Mr. Unkuri worked with investments at Nordic Capital AB. Mr. Unkuri currently serves as a member of the board of directors of multiple privately- held companies, including Sengenics Corporation Pte Ltd., LOGEX Group and HyTest Ltd. Mr. Unkuri received his Master of Science from the Stockholm School of Economics. We believe Mr. Unkuri is qualified to serve on our Board of Directors because of his experience, qualifications, attributes and skills, including his financial expertise, investment experience, and his current and previous service as a director of other companies in the healthcare industry.

B. Compensation

Executive Officer and Non-Executive Director Compensation

Our Chief Executive Officer and non-executive directors received the following compensation, accrued or paid, for the year ended December 31, 2021 (in USD):

	Base Pay	Variable/Bonus Pay	Pension Cost	Other Compensation	Total
Name and Title or Position	(US$)	(US$)	(US$)	(US$)	(US$)
Chief Executive Officer and Director
Jon Heimer	431,760*	216,019	59,900	—	707,679
Non-Executive Directors
Jon Hindar	87,500	—	—	—	87,500
Solange Bullukian	60,000	—	—	—	60,000
Johan Lund, PhD	47,500	—	—	—	47,500
Tina S. Nova, PhD	50,000	—	—	—	50,000
Nicolas Roelofs, PhD	50,000	—	—	—	50,000
Gustavo Salem	55,000	—	—	9,000	64,000
Tommi Unkuri	47,500	—	—	—	47,500

* Includes compensation for service as Chief Executive Officer; Mr. Heimer does not receive compensation for his service as a Director.

90

During and for the year ended December 31, 2021, the aggregate compensation accrued or paid to our other executive officers as a group (seven individuals) was base pay of US $1,513,225, variable/bonus pay of US $571,077 and pension cost of US $237,015. Our executive officers also had amounts paid to provide healthcare benefits.

Our executive officers, including our Chief Executive Officer, participate in our performance based cash bonus incentive plan, which uses a balanced weighting of multiple performance measures and metrics to determine incentive payouts to our executive officers. The plan provides for annual cash incentive awards based on overall Company performance and individual performance and contribution. Our Board of Directors sets the performance objectives for the Company under the annual cash incentive plan.

For share-based compensation information for the year ended December 31, 2021 for our executive officers and non-executive directors, see "2021 Incentive Award Plan" below and "Note 20- Stock-based Compensation" in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements contained herein.

2021 Incentive Award Plan

On March 16, 2021, our shareholders approved and made effective our 2021 Incentive Award Plan (2021 Plan). The principal purpose of the 2021 Plan is to attract, retain and motivate selected employees, consultants and directors through the granting of share-based compensation awards and cash-based performance bonus awards. The material terms of the 2021 Plan are summarized below.

Under the 2021 Plan, 1,085,900 Shares were initially available for issuance pursuant to a variety of stock- based compensation awards, including stock options, stock appreciation rights, or SARs, restricted stock unit awards, performance bonus awards, performance stock unit awards, dividend equivalents, other stock- based awards, and other cash-based awards; provided, however, that no more than 1,085,900 Shares may be issued upon the exercise of incentive stock options. “Shares” means, as determined by the administrator, (i) common shares or (ii) an equivalent number of American Depositary Shares or American Depositary Receipts, provided, however, it is understood that in order to facilitate the delivery and settlement of an award, an award may be settled by delivering warrants, entitling the holder to the immediate subscription of one common share against the (at the time) quota value of such common share, and which shall be immediately converted into common shares.

The following counting provisions are in effect for the shares available under the 2021 Plan:

● to the extent that an award terminates, expires or lapses for any reason or an award is settled in cash without the delivery of Shares, any Shares subject to the award at such time will be available for future grants under the 2021 Plan;

● to the extent Shares are tendered or withheld to satisfy the grant, exercise price or tax withholding obligation with respect to any award under the 2021 Plan, such tendered or withheld Shares will be available for future grants under the 2021 Plan, provided it is permitted under applicable law;

● to the extent Shares subject to stock appreciation rights are not issued in connection with the settlement of stock appreciation rights on exercise thereof, such Shares will be available for future grants under the 2021 Plan;

● any Shares that are subject to awards that may only be settled in cash will not be counted against the Shares available for issuance under the 2021 Plan; and

● to the extent permitted by applicable law or any exchange rule, Shares issued in assumption of, or in substitution for, any outstanding awards of any entity acquired in any form of combination by us or any of our subsidiaries will not be counted against the Shares available for issuance under the 2021 Plan.

91

For share-based compensation information for the year ended December 31, 2021 for our executive officers and non-executive directors, see "Note 20- Stock-based Compensation" in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements contained herein.

C. Board practices

Introduction

Our Board of Directors performs its duties in accordance with the rules of procedure of the board of directors and the Swedish Companies Act. The rules of procedure are reviewed and adopted by the Board of Directors annually. Our Board of Directors, including the chairman, is elected by our shareholders at the annual general meeting to serve until the end of the next annual general meeting, with the possibility of re-election, or until their earlier removal or resignation. In addition, our employees may, pursuant to statutory rules regarding the representation of employees on the Board of Directors, elect employee representatives to the Board of Directors. Currently the Board of Directors has no employee representatives. The majority of our Board members are considered to be independent under the independence standards of Nasdaq.

Corporate governance

We are a “foreign private issuer,” as defined by the SEC. As a result, in accordance with Nasdaq listing requirements, we may rely on home country governance requirements and certain exemptions thereunder rather than complying with Nasdaq corporate governance standards. While we voluntarily follow most Nasdaq corporate governance rules, we may choose to take advantage of the following limited exemptions:

● exemption from filing quarterly reports on Form 10-Q containing unaudited financial and other specified information or current reports on Form 8-K upon the occurrence of specified significant events;

● exemption from Section 16 rules requiring insiders to file public reports of their securities ownership and trading activities and providing for liability for insiders who profit from trades in a short period of time;

● exemption from the Nasdaq requirement necessitating disclosure of any waivers of the Code of Conduct for directors and executive officers;

● exemption from the requirement to obtain shareholder approval for certain issuances of securities, including shareholder approval of share option plans;

● exemption from the requirement that our audit committee have review and oversight responsibilities over all “related party transactions,” as defined in Item 7.B of Form 20-F;

● exemption from the requirement that our board of directors have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and

● exemption from the requirement to have independent director oversight of director nominations.

Furthermore, Nasdaq Rule 5615(a)(3) provides that a foreign private issuer may rely on home country corporate governance practices in lieu of certain of the rules in the Nasdaq Rule 5600 Series and Rule 5250(d). We follow Swedish corporate governance practices in lieu of Nasdaq corporate governance requirements as follows:

● We do not follow Nasdaq Rule 5620(e) regarding quorum requirements applicable to meetings of shareholders. Such quorum requirements are not required under Swedish law. The Swedish Companies Act (SFS 2005:551) and our articles of association provide alternative quorum requirements that are generally applicable to meetings of shareholders.

92

● We do not follow Nasdaq Rule 5605(b)(2), which requires that independent directors regularly meet in executive sessions where only independent directors are present. Our independent directors may choose to meet in executive sessions at their discretion.

● We do not follow Nasdaq Rule 5605(d) regarding the composition of the remuneration committee.

● We do not follow Nasdaq Rule 5605(e) regarding the composition of the nominating committee

Although we may rely on certain home country corporate governance practices, we must comply with Nasdaq’s Notification of Noncompliance requirement (Nasdaq Rule 5625) and the Voting Rights requirement (Nasdaq Rule 5640). Further, we must have an audit committee that satisfies Nasdaq Rule 5605(c)(3), which addresses audit committee responsibilities and authority and requires that the audit committee consist of members who meet the independence requirements of Nasdaq Rule 5605(c)(2)(A)(ii). Because we are a foreign private issuer, our directors and executive officers are not subject to short-swing profit and insider trading reporting obligations under Section 16 of the Exchange Act. They are, however, subject to the obligations to report changes in securities ownership under Section 13 of the Exchange Act and related SEC rules.

We intend to continue to take all actions necessary for us to maintain compliance as a foreign private issuer under the applicable corporate governance requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the rules adopted by the SEC and Nasdaq listing rules.

Accordingly, our shareholders do not and in the future will not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of Nasdaq. For an overview of our corporate governance principles, see the section titled “Item 10. Additional Information - Memorandum and Articles of Association - Differences in Corporate Law.

In addition to being a foreign private issuer, we are also a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance rules of Nasdaq, as Knilo InvestCo AB, which is owned by several funds controlled by Summa Equity AB, controls a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common shares. As a “controlled company,” certain exemptions under the Nasdaq listing standards free us from the obligation to comply with certain Nasdaq corporate governance requirements, including the requirements:

● that a majority of our board of directors consist of “independent directors,” as defined under Nasdaq rules;

● that our board of directors have a remuneration committee that is comprised entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and

● that our board of directors have a nominating and corporate governance committee that is comprised entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities.

Accordingly, stockholders do not and in the future will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance rules of Nasdaq. These exemptions do not modify the independence requirements for our audit committee, and we expect to satisfy the member independence requirement for the audit committee prior to the end of the transition periods provided under Nasdaq listing standards and SEC rules and regulations for companies who have completed their initial public offering.

Composition of Our Board of Directors

Our board of directors is comprised of eight members. Under the rules and regulations of Nasdaq, a director will qualify as “independent” if our board of directors affirmatively determines that he or she has no material relationship with us (either directly or as a partner, shareholder or officer of an organization that has a relationship with us). Our board of directors has determined that, of our eight directors, no director, other than Jon Heimer and Tommi Unkuri, has a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out his or her responsibilities as a director and that each of these directors is “independent” as that term is defined under Nasdaq rules.

93

Our board of directors performs its duties in accordance with the rules of procedure of the board of directors. The rules of procedure are reviewed and adopted by the board of directors annually. Our board of directors, including the chairman, is elected by our shareholders at the annual shareholders’ meeting up until the end of the next annual shareholders’ meeting, with the possibility of re-election. In addition, our employees may, pursuant to statutory rules regarding the representation of employees on the board of directors, elect employee representatives to the board of directors. Currently the board of directors has no employee representatives.

Committees of Our Board of Directors

Audit Committee

Our audit committee consists of Solange Bullukian, Tina Nova, and Nicolas Roelofs, who are responsible for overseeing our accounting and financial reporting processes. Solange Bullukian serves as chairman of the audit committee. The audit committee consists exclusively of members of our board who are financially literate, and Solange Bullukian is considered an “audit committee financial expert” as defined by applicable SEC rules and has the requisite financial sophistication as defined under the applicable Nasdaq rules and regulations. Under Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act, we are permitted to phase in our compliance with independent audit committee requirements set forth in Nasdaq Rule 5606(c) and Rule 10A-3 as follows: (1) one independent member at the time of listing, (2) a majority of independent members within 90 days of listing and (3) all independent members within one year of listing. Our board of directors has determined that each of Solange Bullukian and Tina Nova satisfy the “independence” requirements set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act, and we are currently relying on the independence phase-in with respect to the membership of Nicolas Roelofs on the audit committee. In accordance with such phase-in, Mr. Roelofs' term on the audit committee will end on March 25, 2022. In order to maintain audit committee membership at three members as required by Nasdaq rules and to maintain continuity of our audit committee, the Board of Directors has determined that it is in the best interests of the Company that Mr. Roelof continue serving on the audit committee until our Annual General Meeting to be held on April 7, 2022.The audit committee is governed by a charter that complies with Nasdaq rules.

The audit committee’s responsibilities include, among others:

● monitoring our financial reporting;

● monitoring the efficiency of our internal controls, internal audit activities and risk management;

● keeping informed of the auditing of the annual report and the consolidated accounts;

● reviewing and monitoring the impartiality and independence of our auditors and paying close attention to whether our auditors are providing other services besides audit services for us; and

● assisting in the preparation of proposals for our shareholders’ meeting’s election of auditors

Remuneration Committee

Our remuneration committee consists of Gustavo Salem, Johan Lund, Tommi Unkuri, and Jon Hindar. Gustavo Salem serves as chairman of the remuneration committee. The remuneration committee’s responsibilities include, among others:

● identifying, reviewing and proposing policies relevant to the compensation and benefits of our executive officers;

● evaluating each executive officer’s performance in light of such policies and reporting to the board; and

● overseeing and administering our employee share option scheme or equity incentive plans in operation from time to time.

94

D. Employees

As of December 31, 2021, we had 416 employees, including a recently increased commercial team of approximately 150 individuals and an R&D team of approximately 89 individuals. The majority of our employees operate out of our Uppsala, Sweden headquarters. We also have secondary headquarters in Waltham, Massachusetts and a growing footprint across Singapore, China and Japan. We intend to continue to accelerate investment over the coming years, including investing heavily in our infrastructure and growing employee headcount to over 700 by 2025, while maintaining industry-leading employee satisfaction. We plan to continue investing in the development of our employees and promoting our culture of customer service and support through innovation, quality, rigor and transparency, as well as fostering our shared vision to enable understanding of real-time human biology.

E. Share Ownership

The share ownership information with respect to executive officers and the Board of Directors is presented in Item 6(B) above and Item 7 below.

ITEM 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

A. Major Shareholders

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common shares as of December 31, 2021 for:

● each beneficial owner of 5% or more of our outstanding common shares;

● each of our directors and executive officers; and

● all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC. These rules generally attribute beneficial ownership of securities to persons who possess sole or shared voting power or investment power with respect to those securities and include common shares that can be acquired within 60 days of December 31, 2021. Percentage ownership calculations for shares beneficially owned are based on 119,007,062 common shares outstanding as of December 31, 2021 and include common shares held in the form of ADSs.

Except as otherwise indicated, shares reflected in the table are common shares and all persons listed below have sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares beneficially owned by them, subject to applicable community property laws. The information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose.

95

Except as otherwise indicated in the table below, addresses of the directors, executive officers and named beneficial owners are c/o Olink Holding AB (publ), Uppsala Science Park, SE-751 83, Uppsala, Sweden.

						Shares beneficially owned at 31 December
				Beneficial shares vesting in 60		2021 including shares vesting within 60
	Shares beneficially owned at 31 December 2021			days		days
Name of Beneficial Owner	Shares	%		RSUs	Options	Shares	%
5% or Greater Shareholders:
Summa Equity AB(1)	77,366,054	65.01	%	—	—	77,366,054	64.9	%
Fidelity Management & Research Company LLC	11,900,619	10.00	%	—	—	11,900,619	9.98	%
T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.	9,420,850	7.92	%	—	—	9,420,850	7.90	%
Executive Officers and Directors:
Jon Heimer(2)	4,053,287	3.40	%	8,438	11,591	4,073,315	3.41	%
Oskar Hjelm	208,951	*		3,000	3,091	215,042	0.18	%
Rickard El Tarzi(3)	354,070	*		1,900	1,958	357,928	0.30	%
Ida Grundberg, PhD	651,544	*		1,500	1,545	654,589	0.55	%
Carl Raimond	313,249	*		3,500	3,606	320,355	0.27	%
Fredrik Netzel	40,845	*		2,000	2,061	44,906	0.04	%
Linda Ramirez-Eaves, Esq	10,433	*		3,000	3,091	16,524	0.01	%
Jon Hindar(4)	153,034	*		—	26,788	179,822	0.15	%
Solange Glaize	—	—		—	8,757	8,757	0.01	%
Johan Lund, PhD	40,845	*		—	8,757	49,602	0.04	%
Tina S. Nova, PhD	—	—		—	8,757	8,757	0.01	%
Nicolas Roelofs, PhD	153,034	*		—	8,757	161,791	0.14	%
Gustavo Salem	153,034	*		—	8,757	161,791	0.14	%
Tommi Unkuri	—	—		—	—	—	0.00	%
Johanna Isander	—	*		3,680	1,545	5,226	0.00	%
All current directors and executive officers as a group	6,132,326	5.20	%	—	—	6,132,326	5.14	%
Other Selling Shareholders				—	—		0.00	%
SciLun AB(5)	572,337	*		1,295	—	573,632	0.48	%
Teotuva AB(6)	359,375	*		1,500	2,143	363,018	0.30	%
Bill Campbell(7)	144,247	*		1,547	—	145,794	0.12	%
Mattias Jansson(8)	7,625	*		1,130	—	8,755	0.01	%

* Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent.

1. Consists of (i) 85,193,860 common shares held directly by Knilo InvestCo AB and (ii) 88,449 common shares held by Knilo ManCo AB. As the holder of the majority of the votes of Knilo ManCo AB, Knilo InvestCo AB may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Knilo ManCo AB. For the avoidance of doubt, Knilo InvestCo AB expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of any pecuniary interest it may have therein. Prior to completion of the offering, Knilo InvestCo AB will transfer the shares to be sold in this offering to certain of its affiliates (under the same ultimate control as Knilo InvestCo AB). Summa Equity AB, indirectly through intermediary funds and coinvestment entities, is the sole shareholder of Knilo InvestCo AB. Summa Equity AB has also been designated as the sole manager of such intermediary funds and co- investment entities. Summa Equity AB is authorized by the Swedish Financial Supervision Authority (the SFSA) to conduct business under the Alternative Investment Fund Managers Directive (2011/61/EU) (as enacted in Sweden) and is thereby under the supervision of the SFSA. The voting and dispositive decisions of Summa Equity AB are made by its board of directors, the members of which are Reynir

96

Indahl, Eva Broms, Camilla Melander Gustafsson and Mirja Lehmler-Brown. The address of each of Summa Equity AB, the intermediary funds and coinvestment entities and the individuals mentioned herein is c/o Summa Equity AB, David Bagares gata 3, 111 38 Stockholm. We are currently controlled by Summa Equity AB. There are no arrangements, known to the Company, the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change in control of the Company.

2. Consists of common shares held indirectly (through an endowment insurance) by Jon Heimer Invest AB. Voting and investment decisions with respect to common shares held by Jon Heimer Invest AB are made by Jon Heimer.

3. Consists of common shares held indirectly (through an endowment insurance) by Heistbaron Togwaggle AB. Voting and investment decisions with respect to common shares held by Heistbaron Togwaggle AB are made by Rickard El Tarzi.

4. Consists of common shares held by Petrus Holding AS. Voting and investment decisions with respect to common shares held by Petrus Holding AS are made by Jon Hindar.

5. Consists of common shares held indirectly (through an endowment insurance) by SciLun AB. Voting and investment decisions with respect to common shares held by SciLun AB are made by Martin Lundberg. Mr. Lundberg is a current employee of the Company.

6. Consists of common shares held indirectly (through an endowment insurance) by Teotuva AB. Voting and investment decisions with respect to common shares held by Teotuva AB are made by Erika Assarsson. Ms. Assarsson is a current employee of the Company.

7. Mr. Campbell is a current employee of the Company.

8. Mr. Jansson is a current employee of the Company.

B. Related party transactions

Within this section, we have calculated the U.S. dollar amounts using the historical exchange rate as of the date of each transaction. Other than compensation arrangements described in “Management” elsewhere in this Annual Report, since January 1, 2018, we have engaged in the following transactions with our executive officers, directors or holders of more than 5% of our share capital, including their affiliates, which we refer to as our related parties.

Agreements with Our Executive Officers and Directors

We have entered into employment agreements with certain of our executive officers. These agreements contain customary provisions and representations, including confidentiality, non-competition, non- solicitation and inventions assignment undertakings by the executive officers and non-executive directors. The enforceability of the non-competition provisions may be limited under applicable law.

Agreements with Shareholders

In connection with our initial public offering in March 2021, we entered into a Registration Rights Agreement and Amended and Restated Shareholders’ Agreement with certain holders of our common shares, which provide for certain rights, including rights of first refusal and co-sale and drag along rights and registration rights. See ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION for additional information.

Consulting Arrangement

In August 2019, Olink Proteomics AB entered into a consulting agreement, or the Consulting Agreement, with Gustavo Salem, a member of our board, pursuant to which Olink Proteomics AB agreed to pay a base rate of $7,500 per month for the Term (as defined therein) of the Consulting Agreement, unless a different fee plan is set forth in a Project Plan (as

97

defined therein) or additional Services (as defined therein) are agreed upon, beginning on the Effective Date (as defined therein). The base rate was subsequently amended to

$6,000 per month in April 2020. During the years ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2020, Olink Proteomics AB paid Mr. Salem $58,500 and $78,000, respectively, pursuant to the Consulting Agreement. This agreement was terminated on May 31, 2021 and no payments were made during 2021

Management Services Agreement

Summa Equity AB has been providing management services to Knilo BidCo AB (f/k/a Goldcup 18087 AB) since March 2019 to the management and business operations of Knilo BidCo AB and us (and other companies in the Group) pursuant to a management services agreement, or the Summa MSA. Under the Summa MSA, the service recipients have agreed to pay Summa Equity AB a fee for its services as agreed between the parties from time to time (including a transaction fee payable by us equal to 1% of the primary proceeds we received in connection with our initial public offering). The Summa MSA may be terminated upon three months’ notice, by either party. During the years ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2020, Knilo BidCo AB made payments to Summa Equity AB of $166,000 and $36,735, respectively, in connection with the Summa MSA. The Summa MSA was terminated in connection with our initial public offering, upon which we paid Summa Equity AB a lump sum amount equal to approximately $2.4million.

Shareholder Loan Agreement

In March 2019, Knilo HoldCo AB (f/k/a Goldcup 18086 AB) entered into a shareholder loan agreement, with Knilo InvestCo AB (f/k/a Goldcup 18085 AB), or the Knilo InvestCo Loan Agreement, pursuant to which Knilo InvestCo AB extended a loan to Knilo HoldCo AB equal to approximately $38.5 million. There were no repayment terms for this loan and accrued interest, at the rate of 8% per annum, was capitalized annually on the last calendar day of each year. As of December 31, 2019 the outstanding balance on shareholder loan was approximately $41.1 million. Knilo HoldCo AB could at any time without any premium or penalty, prepay any outstanding amount. Pursuant to the terms of the Knilo InvestCo Loan Agreement, the outstanding amounts held by Knilo InvestCo AB converted to 6,763,245 shares of common shares and 27,052,980 shares of preferred B-1 shares of Knilo HoldCo AB in May 2020. As of the date of issuing this report, no amounts are outstanding under the Knilo InvestoCo Loan Agreement.

Private Placement of Securities

To Knilo Investco AB (f/k/a Goldcup 18085 AB), our controlling shareholder, (i) on October 21, 2020, we issued 574,117 common shares and 2,296,468 Preferred B-1 shares pursuant to a private placement for gross proceeds of SEK 47,851,000, (ii) on May 29, 2020, we issued 8,627,457 common shares and 34,509,828 Preferred B-1 shares pursuant to a private placement for gross proceeds of SEK 529,320,460, (iii) on November 1, 2019, we issued 640,874 common shares and 2,563,496 Preferred B-1 shares pursuant to a private placement for gross proceeds of SEK 32,043,700, (iv) on April 10, 2019, we issued 1 Preferred A share pursuant to a private placement for SEK 1, and (v) on March 7, 2019, we issued 38,259,613 common shares and 153,238,456 Preferred B-1 shares pursuant to a private placement for gross proceeds of SEK 1,914,980,690.

On February 5, 2020, we issued 240,000 common shares to Heistbaron Togwaggle AB, an entity owned by Rickard El Tarzi, our executive officer, pursuant to a private placement for gross proceeds of SEK 2,400,000.

On February 28, 2020, we issued 46,361 common shares and 185,444 Preferred B-1 shares to Knilo ManCo AB pursuant to a private placement for gross proceeds of SEK 2,999,556.70.

On January 15, 2020, we issued 140,000 common shares to Oskar Hjelm, our executive officer, pursuant to a private placement for gross proceeds of SEK 1,400,000.

On October 25, 2019, pursuant to a private placement, we issued 415,883 common shares to Ida Grundberg, our executive officer, for gross proceeds of SEK 4,158,830.

98

On June 10, 2019, pursuant to a private placement, we issued 93,670 common shares to Gustavo Salem, our director, for gross proceeds of SEK 936,700 and 93,670 common shares to Nicolas Roelofs, our director, for gross proceeds of SEK 936,700.

Related Party Transactions Policy

In connection with our initial public offering, we adopted a Related Party Transaction Policy requiring that all related party transactions required to be disclosed by a foreign private issuer pursuant to the Exchange Act be approved by the audit committee or another independent body of our board of directors.

C. Interests of Experts and Counsel

Not applicable.

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

A. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

Refer to Item 18. Financial Statements herein for our Consolidated Financial Statements and report of our independent registered public accounting firm, Öhrlings PricewaterhouseCoopers AB, Stockholm, Sweden (PCAOB No. 1419).

A.7 Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may be involved in various claims and legal proceedings relating to claims arising out of our operations. We are not involved in any legal or arbitration proceedings, including those relating to bankruptcy, receivership or similar proceedings and those involving any third party, which may have, or have had in the recent past, significant effects on our financial position or profitability. The company is not involved in any governmental proceedings pending or known by us to be contemplated, which may have, or have had in the recent past, significant effects on our financial position or profitability.

A.8 Dividend Distribution Policy

We have never paid cash dividends to our shareholders. We intend to retain future earnings for use in our business and do not anticipate paying cash dividends on our ordinary shares in the foreseeable future. Any future dividend policy will be determined by the Board of Directors and will be based upon various factors, including our results of operations, financial condition, current and anticipated cash needs, future prospects, contractual restrictions and other factors as the Board of Directors may deem relevant. There is no assurance that dividends will ever be paid. See "Risk Factors" and “Special Note Regarding Forward Looking Statements” contained herein.

B. Significant Changes

No significant changes occurred since the date of the annual financial statements

ITEM 9. THE OFFER AND LISTING

A. Offer and Listing Details

Our American Depositary Shares ("ADSs") have been listed on The Nasdaq Global Market under the trading ticker symbol “OLK” since March 25, 2021.

B. Plan of Distribution

Not applicable.

99

C. Markets

As noted above, the ADSs have been listed on The Nasdaq Global Market under the trading ticker symbol “OLK” since March 25, 2021. Prior to our initial public offering of ADSs in March 2021, there was no public market for our ADSs and common shares.

D. Selling Shareholders

Not applicable.

E. Dilution

Not applicable.

F. Expenses of the Issue

Not applicable.

ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

A. Share Capital

Not applicable.

B. Memorandum and Articles of Association

General

We were founded as a private limited company under the laws of Sweden on December 13, 2018 under the name Goldcup 18086 AB and registered with the Swedish Companies Registration Office on January 4, 2019. Our current company name Olink Holding AB (publ) was registered with the Swedish Companies Registration Office on January 27, 2021.

We have ten wholly owned subsidiaries, located in Sweden, the United States, the United Kingdom, the Netherlands, Germany, Japan and China. The Swedish subsidiaries are Knilo BidCo AB, Olink Proteomics Holding AB, Olink Proteomics AB and Agrisera Aktiebolag, the U.S. subsidiary is Olink Proteomics Inc., the U.K. subsidiary is Olink Proteomics Limited, the Dutch subsidiary is Olink Proteomics B.V., the German subsidiary is Olink Proteomics GmbH, the Japanese subsidiary is Olink KK and the Chinese subsidiary is Olink Biotech (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.

Our registered office is located at Uppsala Science Park, SE-751 83, Uppsala, Sweden, and our telephone number is +46 (0) 18 - 444 39 70. Our website address is www.olink.com. We have included our website address in this Annual Report solely as an inactive textual reference. The information contained on or accessible through our website is not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report.

Object of the Company

Our object is set forth in Section 3 of our articles of association and is to directly and indirectly develop, manufacture, market and sell biotech products and services, and to conduct other related business.

Powers of the Directors

Our Board of Directors has the responsibility for our organization and the oversight of the management of our affairs. Furthermore, our Board of Directors supervises the performance of our chief executive officer and his or her actions. Our

100

Board of Directors may exercise all powers that are not required under the Swedish Companies Act or under our articles of association to be exercised or taken by our shareholders.

Number of Directors

Our articles of association provide that our Board of Directors shall consist of three to nine members and no more than three deputy board members. Our Board of Directors currently has eight members and one deputy board member

Rights Attached to Shares

All of the common shares have equal rights to our assets and earnings, and are entitled to one vote at the shareholders’ meeting. At the shareholders’ meeting, every shareholder may vote to the full extent of their shares held or represented, without limitation. Each common share entitles the shareholder to the same preferential rights related to issues of shares, warrants and convertible debentures relative to the number of shares they own and will have equal rights to dividends and any surplus capital upon liquidation.

Shareholders’ rights will only be changed in accordance with the procedures set out in the Swedish Companies Act. Transfers of shares will not be subject to any restrictions.

Preemptive Rights

Under the Swedish Companies Act, shareholders of any class of shares will generally have a preemptive right to subscribe for shares and other equity related securities issued of any class in proportion to their shareholdings. Shareholders will have preferential rights to subscribe for new shares in proportion to the number of shares they own. If an offering is not fully subscribed for based on subscription rights, shares may be allocated to subscribers without subscription rights. The preemptive right to subscribe does not apply in respect of shares issued paid for with non-cash consideration or of shares issued pursuant to convertible debentures or warrants previously issued by the Company.

The preemptive right to subscribe for new shares may be set aside. A share issue with deviation from the shareholders’ preemptive rights may be resolved either by the shareholders at a shareholders’ meeting, or by the board of directors if the board resolution is preceded by an authorization therefor from the shareholders’ meeting. A resolution to issue shares with deviation from the shareholders’ preemptive rights and a resolution to authorize the Board of Directors to do the same must be passed by two-thirds of both the votes cast and the shares represented at the shareholders’ meeting resolving on the share issue or the authorization of the Board of Directors.

Voting at Shareholder Meetings

Under the Swedish Companies Act, shareholders entered into the shareholders’ register as of the record date are entitled to vote at a shareholder meeting (in person or by appointing a proxyholder). In accordance with our articles of association, shareholders must give notice of their intention to attend the shareholders’ meeting in accordance with the instructions of, and no later than the date specified in, the notice.

Shareholders who have their shares registered through a nominee and wish to exercise their voting rights at a shareholders’ meeting must request to be temporarily registered as a shareholder and entered into the shareholders’ register at the record date. The rights described herein do not apply to holders of ADSs. See Exhibit 2.5 filed to this Form 20-F for further discussion of ADSs.

Shareholder Meetings

The meeting of shareholders is our highest decision-making body and serves as an opportunity for our shareholders to make decisions regarding our affairs. Shareholders who are registered in the share register held by Euroclear Sweden AB six banking days, excluding Saturdays, Sundays, Midsummer Eve, Christmas Eve, New Year’s Eve and holidays in accordance with the Swedish Public Holiday law (Sw. Lag (1989:253) om allmänna helgdagar) and nominees may continue to register voting rights up and until the fourth banking day, before the meeting and have notified us no later than the date

101

specified in the notice described below have the right to participate at our shareholders’ meetings, either in person or by a proxyholder. All shareholders will have the same participation and voting rights at shareholders’ meetings. At the annual shareholders’ meeting, inter alia, members of the board of directors are elected, and a vote is held on whether each individual board member and the chief executive officer will be discharged from any potential liabilities for the previous fiscal year. Auditors are elected as well. Decisions are made concerning adoption of annual reports, allocation of earnings, fees for the board of directors and the auditors, and other essential matters that require a decision by the meeting. Most decisions require a simple majority but the Swedish Companies Act dictates other thresholds in certain instances. Shareholders will have the right to ask questions to our Board of Directors and management at shareholders’ meetings which pertain to the business of the Company and also have an issue brought forward at the meeting. In order for us to include the issue in the notice of the annual shareholders’ meeting, a request for an issue discussion must be received by us normally seven weeks before the meeting. Any request for the discussion of an issue at the annual shareholders’ meeting shall be made to the Board of Directors. The Board shall convene an extraordinary shareholders’ meeting, if shareholders who together represent at least 10% of all shares in the company so demand in writing to discuss or resolve on a specific issue or if our auditor so demands.

Notices

The Swedish Companies Act requirements for notice are described below in “- Differences in Corporate Law - Notices.”

Subject to our articles of association, we must publish the full notice of a shareholders’ meeting by way of press release, on our website and in the Swedish Official Gazette, and must also publish in the Svenska Dagbladet, a daily Swedish newspaper, that such notice has been published. The notice of the annual shareholders’ meeting and a notice including a proposal to amend the articles of association of any extraordinary shareholders’ meeting must be published no sooner than six weeks and no later than four weeks before the date of the meeting. The notice must include an agenda listing each item that shall be voted upon at the meeting and a summary of each proposal that is not of minor significance for us. The notice of any other extraordinary shareholders’ meetings will be published no sooner than six weeks and no later than two weeks before the date of the meeting.

Record Date

Under the Swedish Companies Act, in order for a shareholder to participate in a shareholders’ meeting, the shareholder must have its shares registered in its own name in the share register on the sixth banking day, with the possibility for nominee registered shareholders to register voting rights up and until the fourth banking day, as described above prior to the date of the shareholders’ meeting. In accordance with section 6 of our articles of association, shareholders must give notice of their intention to attend the shareholders’ meeting no later than the date specified in the notice.

Amendments to the Articles of Associations

Under the Swedish Companies Act, an amendment of our articles of association requires a resolution passed at a shareholders’ meeting. The number of votes required for a valid resolution depends on the type of amendment; however, any amendment must be approved by not less than two-thirds of the votes cast and represented at the meeting. The Board of Directors is not allowed to make amendments to the articles of association absent shareholder approval.

Federal Forum Provision in the Articles of Association

Our articles of association provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum and without any infringement on Swedish forum provisions and without applying Chapter 7, Section 54 of the Swedish Companies Act (2005:551), the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York shall be the sole and exclusive forum for resolving any complaint filed in the United States asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act (Federal Forum Provision). In addition, our articles of association provide that any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in our shares of capital stock will be deemed to have notice of and consented to the Federal Forum Provision; provided, however, that our shareholders cannot and will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder.

102

We recognize that the Federal Forum Provision may impose additional litigation costs on shareholders in pursuing any such claims, particularly if the shareholders do not reside in or near the State of New York. Additionally, the Federal Forum Provision may limit our shareholders’ ability to bring a claim in a United States judicial forum that they find favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees, which may discourage the filing of lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and employees, even though an action, if successful, might benefit our shareholders. In addition, while the Delaware Supreme Court ruled in March 2020 that federal forum selection provisions purporting to require claims under the Securities Act be brought in federal court are “facially valid” under Delaware law, there is uncertainty as to whether other United States or Swedish courts will enforce our Federal Forum Provision. If the Federal Forum Provision is found to be unenforceable, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters. The Federal Forum Provision may also impose additional litigation costs on shareholders who assert that the provision is not enforceable or invalid. The United States District Court for the Southern District of New York may also reach different judgments or results than would other courts, including courts where a shareholder considering a United States based action may be located or would otherwise choose to bring the action, and such judgments may be more or less favorable to us than our shareholders.

Provisions Restricting Change of Control of Our Company

Neither our articles of association nor the Swedish Companies Act contains any restrictions on change of control.

Differences in Corporate Law

The applicable provisions of the Swedish Companies Act differ from laws applicable to U.S. corporations and their shareholders. Set forth below is a summary of certain differences between the provisions of, inter alia, the Swedish Companies Act applicable to us and the Delaware General Corporation Law relating to shareholders’ rights and protections. We are not subject to Delaware law but are presenting this description for comparative purposes. This summary is not intended to be a complete discussion of the respective rights and it is qualified in its entirety by reference to Delaware law and Swedish law.

Number of Directors

Sweden. Under the Swedish Companies Act, a public limited company shall have a board of directors consisting of at least three directors of which one should be chairman. Not less than one-half of the directors shall be resident within the European Economic Area (unless otherwise approved by the Swedish Companies Registration Office). The actual number of Board members shall be determined by a shareholders’ meeting, within the limits set out in the company’s articles of association. In addition, under certain circumstances employee representatives are entitled to be represented on the Board of Directors.

Delaware. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation must have at least one director and the number of directors shall be fixed by or in the manner provided in the bylaws. The Delaware General Corporation Law does not address director independence, though Delaware courts have provided general guidance as to determining independence, including that the determination must be both an objective and a subjective assessment the board of directors without an election at a shareholders’ meeting according to the Swedish Board Representation Act (Private Sector Employees) (Sw. lag (1987:1245) om styrelserepresentation för de privatanställda).

Removal of Directors

Sweden. Under the Swedish Companies Act, directors appointed at a shareholders’ meeting may be removed by a resolution adopted at a shareholders’ meeting, upon the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the votes cast.

Delaware. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, directors may be removed from office, with or without cause, by a majority stockholder vote, though in the case of a corporation whose board is classified, stockholders may effect such removal only for cause.

103

Vacancies on the Board of Directors

Sweden. Under the Swedish Companies Act, if a director’s tenure should terminate prematurely, the election of a new director may be deferred until the time of the next annual shareholders’ meeting, providing there are enough remaining directors to constitute a quorum.

Delaware. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, vacancies on a corporation’s board of directors, including those caused by an increase in the number of directors, may be filled by a majority of the remaining directors.

Annual Shareholders’ Meeting

Sweden. Under the Swedish Companies Act, within six months of the end of each fiscal year, the shareholders shall hold an annual shareholders’ meeting at which the board of directors shall present the annual report and auditor’s report and, for a parent company which is obliged to prepare group accounts, the group accounts and the auditor’s report for the group. Shareholder meetings shall be held in the city stated in the articles of association. The minutes of a shareholders’ meeting must be made available to the shareholders at the office of the company no later than two weeks after the meeting and a copy of the minutes shall be sent to those shareholders who so request and who state their postal address.

Delaware. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, the annual meeting of stockholders shall be held at such place, on such date and at such time as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors or as provided in the certificate of incorporation or by the bylaws. If a company fails to hold an annual meeting or fails to take action by written consent to elect directors in lieu of an annual meeting for a period of 30 days after the date designated for the annual meeting, or if no date was designated, 13 months after either the last annual meeting or the last action by written consent to elect directors in lieu of an annual meeting, whichever is later, the Delaware Court of Chancery may summarily order a meeting to be held upon the application of any stockholder or director. The Delaware General Corporation Law does not require minutes of stockholders’ meetings to be made public.

Special Meeting

Sweden. Under the Swedish Companies Act, the board of directors shall convene an extraordinary shareholders’ meeting if a shareholder minority representing at least ten percent of the company’s shares or the auditor of the company so demands, and the board of directors may convene an extraordinary shareholders’ meeting

Delaware. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, special meetings of the stockholders may be called by the board of directors or by such person or persons as may be authorized by the certificate of incorporation or by the bylaws. whenever it believes reason exists to hold an extraordinary shareholders’ meeting prior to the next annual shareholders’ meeting.

Notices

Sweden. Under the Swedish Companies Act, a shareholders’ meeting must be preceded by a notice. The notice of the annual shareholders’ meeting of shareholders and a notice including a proposal to amend the articles of association of any meeting of shareholders must be issued no sooner than six weeks and no later than four weeks before the date of the meeting. In general, notice of other extraordinary shareholders’ meetings must be issued no sooner than six weeks and no later than two weeks before the date of the meeting. Public companies must always notify shareholders of a shareholders’ meeting by an announcement in the Swedish Official Gazette, and by advertisement in at least one Swedish nationwide newspaper specified in the articles of association, and by making the notice available on the company’s website.

Delaware. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or bylaws, written notice of any meeting of the stockholders must be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting not less than ten nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting and shall specify the place, date, hour, and purpose or purposes of the meeting.

104

Preemptive Rights

Sweden. Under the Swedish Companies Act, shareholders of any class of shares have a preemptive right to subscribe for shares issued of any class in proportion to their shareholdings. The preemptive right to subscribe does not apply in respect of shares issued for non-cash consideration or of shares issued pursuant to convertible debentures or warrants previously issued by the company. The preemptive right to subscribe for new shares may also be set aside by a resolution passed by two thirds of the votes cast and shares represented at the shareholders’ meeting resolving upon the issue.

Delaware. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, unless otherwise provided in a corporation’s certificate of incorporation, a stockholder does not, by operation of law, possess preemptive rights to subscribe to additional issuances of the corporation’s stock.

Shareholder Vote on Certain Transactions

Sweden. In matters which do not relate to elections and are not otherwise governed by the Swedish Companies Act or the articles of association, resolutions shall be adopted at the shareholders’ meeting by a simple majority of the votes cast. In the event of a tied vote, the chairman of the shareholders meeting shall have the casting vote. For matters concerning securities of the company, such as new share issuances, and other transactions such as mergers, and a change from a public to a private company (or vice-versa), the articles of association may only prescribe thresholds which are higher than those provided in the Swedish Companies Act.

Unless otherwise prescribed in the articles of association, the person who receives the most votes in an election shall be deemed elected. In general, a resolution involving the alteration of the articles of association shall be valid only when supported by shareholders holding not less than two-thirds of both the votes cast and the shares represented at the shareholders’ meeting. The Swedish Companies Act lays out numerous exceptions for which a higher threshold applies, including restrictions on certain rights of shareholders, limits on the number of shares shareholders may vote at the shareholders’ meeting, directed share issues to directors, employees and other closely related parties, and changes in the legal relationship between shares.

Delaware. Generally, under Delaware law, unless the certificate of incorporation provides for the vote of a larger portion of the stock, completion of a merger, consolidation, sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of a corporation’s assets or dissolution requires: (i) the approval of the board of directors; and (ii) approval by the vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding stock or, if the certificate of incorporation provides for more or less than one vote per share, a majority of the votes of the outstanding stock of a corporation entitled to vote on the matter.

Registration Rights Agreement

This summary may not contain all of the information about the registration rights agreement that is important to you. We urge you to read carefully the registration rights agreement in its entirety as it is the legal document governing the registration rights.

In connection with the closing of our initial public offering, we entered into a registration rights agreement with certain of our existing shareholders (for purposes of this section, the Existing Shareholders). Under this agreement, the following persons are entitled to registration rights: Knilo InvestCo AB or any of its assignees or successors (collectively, Knilo InvestCo) and the Existing Shareholders (together with Knilo InvestCo, for purposes of this section, the Holders). The summary of the material provisions of the registration rights agreement below and elsewhere in this Annual Report is qualified in its entirety by reference to the registration rights agreement, a copy of which is filed as Exhibit 2.3 to this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

Demand registration rights. At any time following the later of 180 days after our initial public offering and the expiration of the lock-up period following our initial public offering or earlier if the underwriters waive certain lock-up restrictions, we will be required to file registration statements in respect of registrable securities held by Knilo InvestCo if Knilo InvestCo so requests as follows:

105

· Long-Form registration. We will be required to effect an unlimited number of registrations for Knilo InvestCo on Form F-1 or Form S-1 at the request of Knilo InvestCo for all or any portion of its registrable securities (Long-Form Registration).

· Short-Form registration. After we become eligible under applicable securities laws to file a registration statement on Form F-3 or Form S-3, as applicable, which will not be until at least 12 months after the date of this Annual Report, we will be required to effect an unlimited number of registrations at the request of Knilo InvestCo on Form F-3 or Form S-3 of all or any portion of its registrable securities (Short-Form Registration, and together with a Long-Form Registration, a Demand Registration).

With respect to the above registrations, we will be required to, within three business days, give notice of a demand from Knilo InvestCo to the other Holders that will be entitled to registration rights and include their shares in the registration if they so request. If no request for inclusion from a Holder is received within three business days after we deliver a notice of such Demand Registration, such Holder shall have no further right to participate in such Demand Registration. A Holder who is, or who is controlled by any person who is, an employee of us or our subsidiaries may participate in a Demand Registration within the 12-month period immediately following the completion of our initial public offering, only if and to the extent the aggregate of (i) the registrable securities such Holder will include in such Demand Registration and (ii) the common shares such Holder has sold, transferred, assigned, distributed or otherwise conveyed prior to such Demand Registration does not exceed the 20% of the total common shares held by such Holder immediately prior to the completion of this offering (including any common shares such Holder sold in this offering, if any) (and where Knilo InvestCo will have the full and absolute discretion to determine the extent by which any cutbacks are required and which Holders will be affected), unless otherwise agreed by Knilo InvestCo.

In the event that the managing underwriter advises in good faith that the number of securities requested to be included in a Demand Registration for an underwritten offering exceeds the number that can be sold in the market in an orderly fashion, in the case of a Demand Registration, the shares to be included shall be allocated as follows: (i) in the event that Knilo InvestCo, directly or indirectly, holds more than 20% of the common shares then outstanding, first, pro rata among participating Holders in the underwritten offering, including Knilo InvestCo, on the basis of the percentage of the registrable securities owned by such Holders, and second, the securities sought to be registered by us for our own account; or (ii) in the event Knilo InvestCo, directly or indirectly, holds 20% or less of the common shares then outstanding, first, any registrable securities for which inclusion in such Demand Registration was requested by Knilo InvestCo, second, pro-rata among the participating Holders (other than Knilo InvestCo) on the basis of the percentage of the registrable securities owned by such Holders, and third, the securities sought to be registered by us for own account.

Frequency of Registrations. We will not be required to effect any Demand Registration requested during the 90-day period following the date of an underwritten offering initiated by us (other than pursuant to a registration statement on Form F-4, S-4 or S-8 or a Piggy-Back Underwritten Offering). There is no limit to the number of such registrations that Knilo InvestCo may request. We will be required to keep a Demand Registration effective for the lesser of 180 days and the time required to complete the distribution of all securities in the manner contemplated in connection with the Demand Registration. In addition, we will be able to delay effecting a Demand Registration or suspend the use of a registration statement or cease to permit the use of the Annual Report included in a Demand Registration’s registration statement in certain instances with approval of our board of directors for a “valid business reason” (as defined in the registration rights agreement) twice in any 12-month period on each occasion for a period not to exceed 90 days and for periods not to exceed 120 days in the aggregate during any 12-month period.

Piggy-back registration rights. The Holders also have the right to request the inclusion of their registrable securities in any registration statements filed by us in the future for the purposes of a public offering, subject to specified exceptions (each such offering, a Piggy-Back Underwritten Offering). A Holder may participate in a Piggy-Back Underwritten Offering only if Knilo InvestCo will participate in the same offering. In the event that the Knilo InvestCo withdraws from a Piggy-Back Underwritten Offering, all the other participating Holders will be deemed to have been withdrawn from such offering. A Holder who is, or who is controlled by any person who is, an employee of us or our subsidiaries may participate in a Piggy-Back Underwritten Offering within the 12-month period immediately following the completion of this offering, only if and to the extent the aggregate of (i) the registrable securities such Holder will include in such Piggy-Back Underwritten Offering and (ii) the common shares such Holder has sold, transferred, assigned, distributed or otherwise conveyed prior to such

106

Piggy-Back Underwritten Offering does not exceed the 20% of the total common shares held by such Holder immediately prior to the completion of this offering (including any common shares such Holder sold in this offering, if any) (and where Knilo InvestCo will have the full and absolute discretion to determine the extent by which any cutbacks are required and which Holders will be affected), unless otherwise agreed by the Knilo InvestCo. In the event that the managing underwriter advises in good faith that the number of shares proposed to be included exceeds the number which can be sold in the market in an orderly fashion, the shares to be included in the registration statement shall be allocated as follows: (i) in the event that Knilo InvestCo, directly or indirectly, holds more than 20% of the common shares then outstanding, first, the securities we propose to issue and sell for our own account, and second, the registrable securities requested to be included in such registration, pro rata among the participating Holders of such registrable securities on the basis of the number of registrable shares owned by each participating Holders; or (ii) in the event that Knilo InvestCo, directly or indirectly, holds 20% or less of the common shares then outstanding, first, the securities we propose to issue and sell for our own account, second, any registrable securities for which inclusion in such piggy-back registration was requested by Knilo InvestCo, and third, pro-rata among the participating Holders (other than Knilo InvestCo) on the basis of the percentage of the registrable securities owned by such participating Holders.

Termination. All registration rights granted to any Holder will terminate when no registrable securities are outstanding.

Expenses. We will pay all expenses in carrying out the above registrations, including the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the Holders participating in a registration as a group.

Shareholders Agreement

The summary of the material provisions of the shareholder agreement below and elsewhere in this Annual Report is qualified in its entirety by reference to the shareholder agreement, a copy of which is filed as Exhibit 2.4 to this Annual Report on Form 20-F. This summary may not contain all of the information about the shareholder agreement that is important to you. We urge you to read carefully the shareholder agreement in its entirety.

In connection with the closing of our initial public offering, we entered into a shareholder agreement with certain of our existing minority shareholders (and where relevant, their ultimate owners) (for purposes of this section, the Minority Holders) and Knilo InvestCo AB (or any of its assignees or successors) (collectively, Knilo InvestCo), under which each Minority Holder agreed to certain transfer restrictions on their shares, warrants, convertible debentures and other equity, equity-related or similar instruments of any kind (including ADSs) and any other instruments that can be converted into or given a right to subscribe or purchase any of the aforementioned instruments, and in relation to the instruments issued by us, that are not listed on a stock exchange (collectively, “equity instruments” for purposes of this section) and grant Knilo InvestCo the right to acquire their equity instruments in the event that such Minority Holder ceases to be a director, officer or employee of us (or our subsidiaries) during a certain period.

Transfer restrictions. Subject to certain permitted sales (including under the registration rights agreement), the Minority Holders (and their ultimate owners, as relevant) will not sell or otherwise dispose their equity instruments for a period of up to 12 months after the completion of our initial public offering without the prior written consent of Knilo InvestCo.

Call options. Certain of the Minority Holders will be required to offer their equity instruments for sale to Knilo InvestCo for a consideration equal to the lower of the acquisition cost and the fair market value of the relevant equity instruments if the relevant Minority Holder ceases to be a director, officer or employee of us (or our subsidiaries) during a certain period of time (generally up to 12 months after the completion of our initial public offering).

Drag-along and tag-along. The Minority Holders are subject to drag-along obligations and tag-along rights on a pro rata basis with Knilo InvestCo in the case of a sale of equity instruments representing more than 50% of the votes of all equity instruments.

Power of attorney. The Minority Holders will appoint each of Knilo InvestCo (and its representatives) and the Minority Holders’ representative to vote at general meetings of our shareholders.

107

Termination. The shareholder agreement will terminate in relation to a Minority Holder upon such Minority Holder ceasing to hold equity instruments in us. The shareholder agreement will terminate in relation to all parties upon (i) written notice of termination by Knilo InvestCo or (ii) Knilo InvestCo (or its affiliates) ceasing to hold an interest in us.

Stock Exchange Listing

Our ADSs are listed on The Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “OLK”.

Transfer Agent and Registrar of Shares

Our share register is maintained by Euroclear Sweden AB. The share register reflects only record owners of our common shares. Holders of the ADSs will not be treated as our shareholders and their names will therefore not be entered in our share register. The depositary, the custodian or their nominees will be the holder of the common shares underlying the ADSs. Holders of the ADSs have a right to receive the common shares underlying their ADSs subject to the terms and conditions of the deposit agreement. For discussion on the ADSs and ADS holder rights, see Exhibit 2.5 filed to this Form 20-F for further discussion of ADSs.

C. Material Contracts

Except as otherwise disclosed in this Annual Report (including the exhibits thereto), we are not currently, and have not been in the last two years, party to any material contract, other than contracts entered into in the ordinary course of our business.

D. Exchange Controls

There are currently no legal restrictions in Sweden on international capital movements and foreign exchange transactions, except in limited embargo circumstances relating to certain areas, entities or persons as a result of applicable resolutions adopted by the United Nations and the European Union. Restrictions currently exist with respect to, among others, Belarus, the Democratic Republic of Congo, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Iran, Iraq, Lebanon, Libya, North Korea, Somalia, South Sudan, Sudan, Syria, Tunisia and Zimbabwe. .

E. Taxation

The following summary contains a description of material Swedish and U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common shares or ADSs. This summary should not be considered a comprehensive description of all the tax considerations that may be relevant to the decision to acquire common shares or ADSs.

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations for U.S. Holders

The following is a description of certain material U.S. federal income tax considerations for U.S. Holders (defined below) with respect to their ownership and disposition of our common shares or ADSs. It is not a comprehensive description of all tax considerations that may be relevant to a particular person’s decision to acquire common shares or ADSs. This discussion applies only to a U.S. Holder that holds our common shares or ADSs as a capital asset for tax purposes (generally, property held for investment). In addition, it does not describe all of the tax consequences that may be relevant in light of a U.S. Holder’s particular circumstances, including state and local tax consequences, estate and gift tax consequences, alternative minimum tax consequences, special tax accounting rules under Section 451(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), the potential application of the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income, the base erosion and anti-abuse tax under Section 59A of the Code, and tax consequences applicable to U.S. Holders subject to special rules, such as:

● banks, insurance companies, and certain other financial institutions;

● certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

108

● dealers or traders in securities who use a mark-to-market method of tax accounting;

● persons holding common shares or ADSs as part of a hedging transaction, “straddle,” wash sale, conversion transaction or integrated transaction or persons entering into a constructive sale with respect to common shares or ADSs;

● persons whose “functional currency” for U.S. federal income tax purposes is not the U.S. dollar;

● brokers, dealers or traders in securities, commodities or currencies;

● tax-exempt entities or government organizations;

● a tax qualified retirement plan or other tax deferred account;

● persons holding common Shares or ADSs through entities or arrangements classified as partnerships or other pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

● regulated investment companies or real estate investment trusts;

● persons who acquired our common shares or ADSs pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation;

● persons that are resident or ordinarily resident in a jurisdiction outside the United States;

● persons holding our common shares or ADSs in connection with a trade or business, permanent establishment, or fixed base outside the United States; and

● persons who own (directly, constructively or through attribution) 10% or more (by vote or value) of our outstanding common shares or ADSs.

If an entity that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds common shares or ADSs, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partnerships holding common shares or ADSs and partners in such partnerships are encouraged to consult their tax advisors as to the particular U.S. federal income tax consequences of holding and disposing of common shares or ADSs.

The discussion is based on the Code, administrative pronouncements, judicial decisions, final, temporary and proposed Treasury Regulations, and the Convention Between the Government of the United States and the Government of Sweden for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with Respect to Taxes on Income, signed on September 1, 1994 (the "U.S.-Sweden Tax Treaty"), all as of the date hereof, changes to any of which may affect the tax consequences described herein  -  possibly with retroactive effect

A “U.S. Holder” is a holder who, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is a beneficial owner of common shares or ADSs and is:

(i) an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

(ii) a corporation, or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state therein or the District of Columbia;

(iii) an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

109

(iv) a trust that (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and with respect to which one or more U.S. persons control all substantial decisions or (2) has a valid election to be treated as a U.S. person under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations.

The discussion below assumes that the representations contained in the deposit agreement are true and that the obligations in the deposit agreement and any related agreement will be complied with in accordance with their terms. Generally, a holder of an ADS should be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as holding the common shares represented by the ADS. Consistent therewith, no gain or loss would be recognized upon an exchange of ADSs for common shares. The U.S. Treasury has expressed concerns that intermediaries in the chain of ownership between the holder of an ADS and the issuer of the security underlying the ADS could take actions that are inconsistent with the beneficial ownership of the underlying security. Therefore, actions taken by such intermediaries could affect the tax treatment of holding an ADS, including with respect to the creditability of foreign taxes, if any, and claiming a reduced tax rate, described below, on any dividends received by certain non-corporate holders.

PERSONS CONSIDERING AN INVESTMENT IN COMMON SHARES OR ADSs SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS AS TO THE PARTICULAR TAX CONSEQUENCES APPLICABLE TO THEM RELATING TO THE ACQUISITION, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF THE COMMON SHARES OR ADSs, INCLUDING THE APPLICABILITY OF U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND NON-U.S. TAX LAWS.

PFIC Rules

A non-U.S. corporation will be classified as a passive foreign investment company, or a PFIC for any taxable year in which, after applying certain look-through rules, either:

● at least 75% of its gross income is passive income (such as interest income); or

● at least 50% of its gross assets (determined on the basis of a quarterly average) is attributable to assets that produce passive income or are held for the production of passive income.

Gross income for this purpose generally includes all sales revenue less the cost of goods sold, plus income from investments and from incidental or outside operations or sources. Passive income for this purpose generally includes dividends, interest, royalties, rents and gains from commodities and securities transactions, and gains from assets that produce passive income. Cash is generally treated as an asset that produces passive income. For purposes of the PFIC income test and asset test described above, if the Company owns, directly or indirectly, 25% or more of the total value of the outstanding shares of another corporation, the Company will be treated as if it (a) held a proportionate share of the assets of such other corporation and (b) received directly a proportionate share of the income of such other corporation.

We do not believe we were classified as a PFIC during the taxable year ended December 31, 2021 and, based on the current and expected composition of our income and assets and the value of our assets, we do not expect to be a PFIC for our current taxable year. However, no assurances regarding our PFIC status can be provided for the current taxable year or any past or future taxable years. The determination of whether we are a PFIC is a fact-intensive determination made on an annual basis applying principles and methodologies that in some circumstances are unclear and subject to varying interpretation. Moreover, the value of our assets generally will be determined, in part, by reference to the market price of or common Shares and ADSs from time to time, which may fluctuate considerably. Under the income test, our status as a PFIC depends on the composition of our income which will depend on the transactions we enter into in the future and our corporate structure. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors about the application of the PFIC rules to any of the Company's subsidiaries.

If we are classified as a PFIC in any year with respect to which a U.S. Holder owns the common shares or ADSs, we will continue to be treated as a PFIC with respect to such U.S. Holder in all succeeding years during which the U.S. Holder owns the common shares or ADSs, regardless of whether we continue to meet the tests described above unless we cease to be a PFIC and the U.S. Holder has made a “deemed sale” election under the PFIC rules. If such a deemed sale election is made, a U.S. Holder will be deemed to have sold the common shares or ADSs the U.S. Holder holds at their fair market value and any gain from such deemed sale would be subject to the rules described below. After the deemed sale election,

110

so long as we do not become a PFIC in a subsequent taxable year, the U.S. Holder’s common shares or ADSs with respect to which such election was made will not be treated as shares in a PFIC and the U.S. Holder will not be subject to the rules described below with respect to any “excess distribution” the U.S. Holder receives from us or any gain from an actual sale or other disposition of the common shares or ADSs. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors as to the possibility and consequences of making a deemed sale election if we are and then cease to be a PFIC and such election is available.

For each taxable year we are treated as a PFIC with respect to U.S. Holders, U.S. Holders will be subject to special tax rules with respect to any “excess distribution” such U.S. Holder receives and any gain such U.S. Holder recognizes from a sale or other disposition (including, under certain circumstances, a pledge) of common shares or ADSs, unless (i) such U.S. Holder makes a ““qualified electing fund” election, or QEF Election, with respect to all taxable years during such U.S. Holder’s holding period in which we were a PFIC or (ii) our common shares or ADSs constitute “marketable” securities, and such U.S. Holder makes a mark- to-market election as discussed below. Distributions a U.S. Holder receives in a taxable year that are greater than 125% of the average annual distributions a U.S. Holder received during the shorter of the three preceding taxable years or the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the common shares or ADSs will be treated as an excess distribution. Under these special tax rules:

· the excess distribution or gain will be allocated ratably over a U.S. Holder’s holding period for the common shares or ADSs;

· the amount allocated to the current taxable year of disposition or distribution, and any taxable year prior to the first taxable year in which we became a PFIC, will be treated as ordinary income; and

· the amount allocated to each other year will be subject to the highest tax rate in effect for that year and the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed on the resulting tax attributable to each such year.

The tax liability for amounts allocated to years prior to the year of disposition or “excess distribution” cannot be offset by any net operating losses for such years, and gains (but not losses) realized on the sale of the common shares or ADSs cannot be treated as capital, even if a U.S. Holder holds the common shares or ADSs as capital assets. In addition, if we are a PFIC, a U.S. Holder will generally be subject to similar rules with respect to distributions we receive from, and our dispositions of the stock of, any of our direct or indirect subsidiaries that also are PFICs, as if such distributions were indirectly received by, and/or dispositions were indirectly carried out by, such U.S. Holder. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the PFIC rules to our subsidiaries.

Certain elections exist such as a QEF Election or a mark-to-market election that may alleviate some of the adverse consequences of PFIC status and would result in an alternative treatment of a distribution on, or disposition of, our common shares or ADSs.

If a U.S. Holder makes an effective QEF Election, with respect to a PFIC, it will be taxed currently on its pro rata share of the PFIC’s ordinary earnings and net capital gain (at ordinary income and capital gain rates, respectively) for each taxable year that the entity is a PFIC, even if no distributions were received. Any distributions we make out of our earnings and profits that were previously included in such a U.S. Holder’s income under the QEF Election would not be taxable to such U.S. Holder. Such U.S. Holder’s tax basis in its common shares would be increased by an amount equal to any income included under the QEF Election and decreased by any amount distributed on the common shares that is not included in its income. In addition, a U.S. Holder will recognize capital gain or loss on the disposition of its common shares in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized and its adjusted tax basis in the common shares, each as determined in U.S. dollars. Once made, a QEF Election remains in effect unless invalidated or terminated by the IRS or revoked by the shareholder. A QEF Election can be revoked only with the consent of the IRS. U.S. Holders should assume that a QEF Election will not be available with respect to our common Shares or ADSs.

If a QEF Election is not in effect for the first taxable year in the U.S. Holder’s holding period in which we are a PFIC, a QEF Election generally can only be made if the U.S. Holder elects to make an applicable deemed sale or deemed dividend election on the first day of its taxable year in which the PFIC becomes a QEF pursuant to the QEF Election. The deemed

111

gain or deemed dividend recognized with respect to such an election would be subject to the general tax treatment of PFICs discussed above.

Alternatively, U.S. Holders can avoid the interest charge on excess distributions or gain relating to the common shares or ADSs by making a mark-to-market election with respect to the common shares or ADSs, provided that the common shares or ADSs are “marketable.” Common shares or ADSs will be marketable if they are “regularly traded” on certain U.S. stock exchanges or on a foreign stock exchange that meets certain conditions. For these purposes, the common shares or ADSs will be considered regularly traded during any calendar year during which they are traded, other than in de minimis quantities, on at least 15 days during each calendar quarter. Any trades that have as their principal purpose meeting this requirement will be disregarded. Nasdaq is a qualified exchange for these purposes. Provided the ADSs remain listed on Nasdaq and are regularly traded, and you are a holder of ADSs, we expect that the mark-to-market election would be available to you if we are a PFIC. Each U.S. Holder should consult its tax advisor as to whether a mark-to-market election is available or advisable with respect to the common shares or ADSs.

A U.S. Holder that makes a mark-to-market election must include in ordinary income for each year an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the common shares or ADSs at the close of the taxable year over the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common shares or ADSs. An electing holder may also claim an ordinary loss deduction for the excess, if any, of the U.S. Holder’s adjusted basis in the common shares or ADSs over the fair market value of the common shares or ADSs at the close of the taxable year, but this deduction is allowable only to the extent of any net mark-to-market gains for prior years. Gains from an actual sale or other disposition of the common shares or ADSs will be treated as ordinary income, and any losses incurred on a sale or other disposition of the shares will be treated as an ordinary loss to the extent of any net mark-to-market gains for prior years. Once made, the election cannot be revoked without the consent of the IRS, unless the common shares or ADSs cease to be marketable.

However, a mark-to-market election generally cannot be made for equity interests in any lower-tier PFICs that we own, unless shares of such lower-tier PFIC are themselves “marketable.” As a result, even if a U.S. Holder validly makes a mark-to-market election with respect to our common shares or ADSs, the U.S. Holder may continue to be subject to the PFIC rules (described above) with respect to its indirect interest in any of our investments that are treated as an equity interest in a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors to determine whether the mark-to-market election would be available and if so, what the consequences of the alternative treatments would be in their particular circumstances.

Unless otherwise provided by the U.S. Treasury, each U.S. shareholder of a PFIC is required to file an annual report containing such information as the U.S. Treasury may require. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the requirements of filing such information returns under these rules.

WE STRONGLY URGE YOU TO CONSULT YOUR TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE IMPACT OF OUR PFIC STATUS ON YOUR INVESTMENT IN THE COMMON SHARES OR ADSs AS WELL AS THE APPLICATION OF THE PFIC RULES TO YOUR INVESTMENT IN THE COMMON SHARES OR ADSs.

Taxation of Distributions

Subject to the discussion below under “PFIC rules,” the gross amount of distributions (including the amount of any non-U.S. taxes withheld therefrom) paid on common shares or ADSs, other than certain pro rata distributions of common shares or ADSs, will generally be included in a U.S. Holder's income as dividend income to the extent such distribution is paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). Distributions in excess of the Company's current and accumulated earnings and profits will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of the U.S. Holder's basis in the Shares and thereafter as capital gain. Because we do not calculate our earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles, U.S. Holders should expect that distributions generally will be reported to U.S. Holders as dividends.

Dividends paid to U.S. Holders that are corporations generally will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to U.S. corporations in respect of dividends received from other U.S. corporations. Subject to applicable

112

limitations, dividends paid to certain non-corporate U.S. Holders may be taxable at preferential rates applicable to “qualified dividend income” if we are a “qualified foreign corporation” and certain other requirements are met. However, qualified dividend income treatment will not apply if we are treated as a PFIC for our taxable year in which the dividend is paid or the preceding taxable year.

Dividends will generally be included in a U.S. Holder’s income on the date of the U.S. Holder’s receipt of the dividend. The amount of any dividend income paid in foreign currency will be the U.S. dollar amount calculated by reference to the exchange rate in effect on the date of actual or constructive receipt, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into U.S. dollars. If the dividend is converted into U.S. dollars on the date of receipt, a U.S. Holder should not be required to recognize foreign currency gain or loss in respect of the dividend income. A U.S. Holder may have foreign currency gain or loss if the dividend is converted into U.S. dollars after the date of receipt. Such gain or loss would generally be treated as U.S.- source ordinary income or loss. The amount of any distribution of property other than cash (and other than certain pro rata distributions of common shares or ADSs or rights to acquire common shares or ADSs) will be the fair market value of such property on the date of distribution.

For foreign tax credit limitation purposes, our dividends will generally be treated as foreign source income in the in the passive category income basket. The rules governing foreign tax credits are complex and U.S. Holders should therefore consult their tax advisors regarding the effect of the receipt of dividends for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

Sale or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Shares and ADSs

Subject to the discussion below under “PFIC rules,” gain or loss realized on the sale or other taxable disposition of common shares or ADSs will be capital gain or loss, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder held the common shares or ADSs for more than one year at the time of sale or other taxable disposition. The amount of the gain or loss will equal the difference between the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the common shares or ADSs disposed of and the amount realized on the disposition, in each case as determined in U.S. dollars. This gain or loss will generally be U.S.-source gain or loss for foreign tax credit purposes. Subject to the PFIC rules described below, the long-term capital gains recognized by certain non-corporate U.S. Holders (including individuals) will generally be subject to reduced rates of U.S. federal income tax. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.

If the consideration received by a U.S. Holder is not paid in U.S. dollars, the amount realized will be theU.S. dollar value of the payment received determined by reference to the spot rate of exchange on the date of the sale or other disposition. However, if the common shares or ADSs are treated as traded on an “established securities market” and you are either a cash basis taxpayer or an accrual basis taxpayer that has made a special election (which must be applied consistently from year to year and cannot be changed without the consent of the IRS), you will determine the U.S. dollar value of the amount realized in a non-U.S. dollar currency by translating the amount received at the spot rate of exchange on the settlement date of the sale. If you are an accrual basis taxpayer that is not eligible to or does not elect to determine the amount realized using the spot rate on the settlement date, you will recognize foreign currency gain or loss to the extent of any difference between the U.S. dollar amount realized on the date of sale or disposition and the U.S. dollar value of the currency received at the spot rate on the settlement date. Any currency gain or loss realized on the settlement date or on a subsequent conversion of the non-U.S. currency for a different U.S. dollar amount generally will be U.S. source ordinary income or loss for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors as to the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the receipt of non-U.S. currency.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Payments of dividends and sales proceeds that are made within the United States or through certain U.S.- related financial intermediaries generally are subject to information reporting, and may be subject to backup withholding, unless (i) the U.S. Holder is a corporation or other exempt recipient or (ii) in the case of backup withholding, the U.S. Holder provides a correct taxpayer identification number and certifies that it is not subject to backup withholding on a duly executed IRS Form W-9 or otherwise establishes an exemption.

113

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a U.S. Holder may be credited against the U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle the U.S. Holder to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Information with Respect to Foreign Financial Assets

Certain U.S. Holders who own "specified foreign financial assets" with an aggregate value in excess of $50,000 are generally required to report information relating to the common shares or ADSs, subject to certain exceptions (including an exception for common shares or ADSs held in accounts maintained by certain U.S. financial institutions), by filing IRS Form 8938 (Statement of Specified Foreign Financial Assets) with their federal income tax return. Such U.S. Holders who fail to timely furnish the required information may be subject to a penalty. Additionally, if a U.S. Holder does not file the required information, the statute of limitations with respect to tax returns of the U.S. Holder to which the information relates may not close until three years after such information is filed and may extend to six years in the case of certain omissions. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their reporting obligations with respect to their ownership and disposition of the common shares or ADSs.

Material Swedish Tax Considerations

The following is a summary of certain material Swedish tax issues for holders of common shares or ADSs that are not resident in Sweden for tax purposes. The summary is based on current legislation and is intended to provide general information only. The summary does not cover, inter alia, the special rules regarding tax-free dividends that may be applicable when investors hold common shares or ADSs that are deemed to be held for business purposes (for tax purposes), foreign companies conducting business through a permanent establishment in Sweden, or foreign companies that have been Swedish companies. Each person considering an investment in common shares or ADSs is advised to consult an independent tax advisor as to the tax consequences that could arise from the acquisition, ownership and disposition of the common shares or ADSs.

Taxation of Dividends

For holders not resident in Sweden for tax purposes that receive dividends on common shares or ADSs of a Swedish limited liability company, Swedish withholding tax is normally withheld. The same withholding tax applies to certain other payments made by a Swedish limited liability company, such as payments as a result of redemption of shares and repurchase of shares through an offer directed to all shareholders or all holders of a certain class. The withholding tax rate is 30%. The tax rate is, however, generally reduced under an applicable tax treaty. For example, under the U.S.-Sweden Tax Treaty the tax rate on dividends paid to U.S. holders entitled to the benefits of the U.S.-Sweden Tax Treaty should not exceed 15%. In Sweden, withholding tax deductions are normally carried out by Euroclear Sweden AB or, in respect of nominee-registered shares, by the nominee. The tax treaties Sweden has entered into generally enable the withholding tax deduction to be made in accordance with the tax rate stipulated in the treaty, provided that Euroclear Sweden AB or the nominee, as applicable, has received the required information concerning the tax residency of the investor entitled to the dividend (this applies also under the U.S.-Sweden Tax Treaty). Furthermore, investors entitled to reduced tax rates under applicable tax treaties may claim a refund from the Swedish tax authorities within five calendar years following the year the dividend was distributed if the full withholding tax rate at 30% has been withheld.

Taxation of Capital Gains

Holders not resident in Sweden for tax purposes are normally not liable for capital gains taxation in Sweden upon disposals of common shares or ADSs. Holders of common shares or ADSs may, however, be subject to taxation in their state of residence.

According to a special rule, private individuals not resident in Sweden for tax purposes are, however, subject to Swedish capital gains taxation upon disposals of common shares or ADSs if they have been residents of Sweden due to a habitual abode in Sweden or a stay in Sweden for six consecutive months at any time during the calendar year of disposal or the ten calendar years preceding the year of disposal. In a number of cases though, the applicability of this rule is limited by tax treaties. The applicability of this rule may be limited under the U.S.-Sweden Tax Treaty.

114

F. Dividends and Paying Agents

Not applicable.

G. Statement by Experts

Not applicable.

H. Documents on Display

We are subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act applicable to foreign private issuers. Accordingly, we are required to file reports and other information with the SEC, including annual reports on Form 20-F and reports on Form 6-K. The SEC maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains reports and other information regarding registrants that make electronic filings with the SEC using its EDGAR system. Our filings made with the SEC are available on the SEC’s website. We also make available on the investor relations section of our website, free of charge, our annual reports on Form 20-F and our reports on Form 6-K, including any amendments to these reports, as well as certain other SEC filings, as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. Our website address is www.olink.com. We have included our website address in this Annual Report solely as an inactive textual reference. The information contained on or accessible through our website is not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report.

As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from the rules under the Exchange Act related to the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and our officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we are not required under the Exchange Act to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act.

We will send the depositary a copy of all notices of shareholders meetings and other reports, communications and information that are made generally available to shareholders. The depositary has agreed to mail to all holders of ADSs a notice containing the information (or a summary of the information) contained in any notice of a meeting of our shareholders received by the depositary and will make available to all holders of ADSs such notices and all such other reports and communications received by the depositary.

115

I. Subsidiary Information

The Successor had the following subsidiaries as per December 31, 2021 and 2020:

		Country of	Share of common
Name	Principle Activities	registration and	shares owned by the
		operation	Successor (%)
			2021		2020
Knilo BidCo AB	Holding Company/ Management services	Sweden	100	%	100	%
Olink Proteomics Holding AB	Holding Company	Sweden	100	%	100	%
Olink Proteomics AB	Sales, production, and research & development	Sweden	100	%	100	%
Agrisera AB	Production, and research & development	Sweden	100	%	100	%
Olink Proteomics Inc.	Marketing coordination and sales services	USA	100	%	100	%
Olink Proteomics Ltd	Marketing coordination and sales services	UK	100	%	100	%
Olink Proteomics B.V	Marketing coordination and sales services	Netherlands	100	%	100	%
Olink Proteomics GmbH .	Marketing coordination and sales services	Germany	100	%	100	%
Olink Proteomics KK	Marketing coordination and sales services	Japan	100	%	100	%
Olink Biotech (Shanghai) Co., Ltd	Marketing coordination and sales services	China	100	%	100	%

ITEM 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

The Companies activities are subject to several financial risks: market risk (including exchange rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The Companies strive to minimize potential unfavorable effects from these risks on the Companies’ financial results.

The aim of the Companies’ financial operations is to:

·Ensure that the Companies can meet their financial obligations timely

·Manage financial risks; and,

·Ensure a supply of necessary financing.

The Companies’ risk management is predominantly controlled by senior management. For more details refer to Note 4.1 in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements contained herein.

Market risk - Currency risk (transaction risk)

The Companies operate internationally and are exposed to foreign exchange risk where invoicing is made in a currency other than the functional currency, primarily the U.S. dollar. Mitigation of this risk occurs naturally by partially matching costs in the same foreign currency i.e. in U.S. Dollars and obtaining borrowings, as required, in U.S. dollars. The currency risk is monitored on a regular basis. Neither the Successor nor the Predecessor entered into derivative currency arrangements during Successor and Predecessor periods, respectively.

116

Market risk - Interest-rate risk

Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market interest rates.

As of December 31, 2021, the Successor do not have any debt structure post IPO, hence there are no interest-rate risks within the Companies.

As of December 31, 2020, the Successor amended the existing facilities agreement, converting all outstanding loans with variable interest rates to fixed rates. The future cash flows of the financial instruments will not fluctuate because of changes in market interest rates. The financial instruments were recognized at fair value on the effective date, December 23, 2020. Given the immediate proximity to year end, the financial instruments are deemed to be at fair value as of December 31, 2020. The Successor’s interest-bearing liabilities at fixed rate were mainly denominated U.S. Dollar and EUR.

Interest rate derivative instruments were not used during the Successor and Predecessor periods. The Predecessor was not exposed to interest rate risk.

Credit risk

Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty will not meet its obligations under a financial instrument or customer contract, leading to a financial loss. The Companies are exposed to credit risk from its operating activities (primarily trade receivables) and from its financing activities, including deposits with banks and financial institutions and foreign exchange transactions. Credit risk relates primarily to customer credit limits, which are subject to certain credit rating rules and authorization processes. However, the majority of the Companies customer base tend to be blue chip global companies and therefore such customers usually have strong credit ratings. Successor’s sales are concentrated such that 44% of sales in 2021 and 52% of sales in 2020 are with biopharmaceutical and academia customers based in the U.S. U.S. Dollar denominated trade receivables as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 amounted to $31,640 thousand and $22,683 thousand, respectively.

The maximum default risk for the Companies is equivalent to the net receivables reported in the Consolidated Financial Statements. The Companies have historically almost non-existent credit losses and based on historical data of credit losses together with a forward-looking assessment, the expected credit loss for trade receivables is not material. (see Note 17, ‘Trade receivables’).

The Successor’s cash at bank is held in Investment Grade credit rated banks.

Other financial assets at amortized cost include rental deposits. The credit risk for other financial assets at amortized cost as at December 31, 2021 and 2020 is not material and no credit loss reserve has been recognized.

Liquidity risk

Credit facilities at banks together with cash at bank allows the Successor to meet its liquidity risk obligations as they come due. Subsequent to the change of control that occurred on March 7, 2019, liquidity was maintained through the provision of a loan from the Successor’s parent entity. The shareholder loan was converted to equity during 2020.

ITEM 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

A. Debt Securities

Not applicable.

B. Warrants and Rights

Not applicable.

117

C. Other Securities

Not applicable.

D. American Depositary Shares

(3) and (4)

Fees and Expenses

Persons depositing or withdrawing shares or ADS holders must pay	For
Taxes and other governmental charges the depositary or the custodian has to pay on any ADSs or shares underlying ADSs, such as stock transfer taxes, stamp duty or withholding taxes	Taxes and other governmental charges the depositary or the custodian has to pay on any ADSs or shares underlying ADSs, such as stock transfer taxes, stamp duty or withholding taxes
$.05 (or less) per ADS	Any cash distribution to ADS holders
A fee equivalent to the fee that would be payable if securities distributed to you had been shares and the shares had been deposited for issuance of ADSs	Distribution of securities distributed to holders of deposited securities (including rights) that are distributed by the depositary to ADS holders
$.05 (or less) per ADS per calendar year	Depositary services
Registration or transfer fees	Transfer and registration of shares on our share register to or from the name of the depositary or its agent when you deposit or withdraw shares
Expenses of the depositary	Cable (including SWIFT) and facsimile transmissions (when expressly provided in the deposit agreement) Converting foreign currency to U.S. dollars
Taxes and other governmental charges the depositary or the custodian has to pay on any ADSs or shares underlying ADSs, such as stock transfer taxes, stamp duty or withholding taxes	As necessary
Any charges incurred by the depositary or its agents for servicing the deposited securities	As necessary

The depositary collects its fees for delivery and surrender of ADSs directly from investors depositing shares or surrendering ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal or from intermediaries acting for them. The depositary collects fees for making distributions to investors by deducting those fees from the amounts distributed or by selling a portion of distributable property to pay the fees. The depositary may collect its annual fee for depositary services by deduction from cash distributions or by directly billing investors or by charging the book-entry system accounts of participants acting for them. The depositary may collect any of its fees by deduction from any cash distribution payable (or by selling a portion of securities or other property distributable) to ADS holders that are obligated to pay those fees. The depositary may generally refuse to provide fee-attracting services until its fees for those services are paid.

From time to time, the depositary may make payments to us to reimburse us for costs and expenses generally arising out of establishment and maintenance of the ADS program, waive fees and expenses for services provided to us by the depositary or share revenue from the fees collected from ADS holders. In performing its duties under the deposit agreement, the depositary may use brokers, dealers, foreign currency dealers or other service providers that are owned by or affiliated with the depositary and that may earn or share fees, spreads or commissions.

The depositary may convert currency itself or through any of its affiliates, or the custodian or we may convert currency and pay U.S. dollars to the depositary. Where the depositary converts currency itself or through any of its affiliates, the depositary acts as principal for its own account and not as agent, advisor, broker or fiduciary on behalf of any other person and earns revenue, including, without limitation, transaction spreads, that it will retain for its own account. The revenue is based on,

118

among other things, the difference between the exchange rate assigned to the currency conversion made under the deposit agreement and the rate that the depositary or its affiliate receives when buying or selling foreign currency for its own account. The depositary makes no representation that the exchange rate used or obtained by it or its affiliate in any currency conversion under the deposit agreement will be the most favorable rate that could be obtained at the time or that the method by which that rate will be determined will be the most favorable to ADS holders, subject to the depositary’s obligation to act without negligence or bad faith. The methodology used to determine exchange rates used in currency conversions made by the depositary is available upon request. Where the custodian converts currency, the custodian has no obligation to obtain the most favorable rate that could be obtained at the time or to ensure that the method by which that rate will be determined will be the most favorable to ADS holders, and the depositary makes no representation that the rate is the most favorable rate and will not be liable for any direct or indirect losses associated with the rate. In certain instances, the depositary may receive dividends or other distributions from us in U.S. dollars that represent the proceeds of a conversion of foreign currency or translation from foreign currency at a rate that was obtained or determined by us and, in such cases, the depositary will not engage in, or be responsible for, any foreign currency transactions and neither it nor we make any representation that the rate obtained or determined by us is the most favorable rate and neither it nor we will be liable for any direct or indirect losses associated with the rate.

Payment of Taxes

Stockholders will be responsible for any taxes or other governmental charges payable on your ADSs or on the deposited securities represented by any of your ADSs. The depositary may refuse to register any transfer of your ADSs or allow you to withdraw the deposited securities represented by your ADSs until those taxes or other charges are paid. It may apply payments owed to you or sell deposited securities represented by your ADSs to pay any taxes owed and you will remain liable for any deficiency. If the depositary sells deposited securities, it will, if appropriate, reduce the number of ADSs to reflect the sale and pay to ADS holders any proceeds, or send to ADS holders any property, remaining after it has paid the taxes.

119

PART II

ITEM 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

Not applicable.

ITEM 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

Not applicable.

ITEM 15. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has performed an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of December 31, 2021, as required by Rule 13a-15(b) under the Exchange Act.

As of and for the year ended December 31, 2021, an IT Controls Weakness was identified as described in Item 3.D. Remediation efforts relating to the IT Controls Weakness are still ongoing, and the Company is in the process of adopting several measures expected to improve the internal control over financial reporting, including (i) implementing formal access and change controls to our systems and making changes to the Company´s information technology systems; and (ii) improving governance procedures, including providing internal training in relation to the Company´s information technology policies and procedures. The measures will be completed as soon as practicably possible.

Based on such evaluation, the CEO and CFO concluded that the disclosure controls and procedures were not effective due to a material weakness in internal control over financial reporting.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

This annual report on Form 20-F does not include a report of management’s assessment regarding internal control over financial reporting or an attestation report of the Company’s registered public accounting firm due to a transition period established by rules of the SEC for newly public companies.

Changes in internal control over financial reporting

There have been changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act) for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021 that have materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. The Company has implemented measures by expanding the existing set of entity level controls and defining and establishing documented policies and procedures relating to the Company´s entity level controls.

ITEM 16. [RESERVED]

ITEM 16A. AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

Our audit committee consists of Solange Bullukian, Tina Nova and Nicolas Roelofs. Solange Bullukian is the chair of the Audit Committee. Our Board of Directors has determined that each of Solange Bullukian and Tina Nova satisfy the “independence” requirements set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and the Nasdaq listing standards,  and we are currently relying on the independence phase-in with respect to the membership of Nicolas Roelofs on the audit committee. In accordance with such phase-in, Mr. Roelofs' term on the audit committee will end on March 25, 2022. In order to maintain audit committee membership at three members as required by Nasdaq rules and to maintain continuity of our audit committee, the Board of Directors has determined that it is in the best interests of the Company that Mr. Roelof continue serving on the audit committee until our Annual General Meeting to be held on April 7, 2022. Our Board has

120

determined that Solange Bullukian qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as that term is defined under the Exchange Act.

ITEM 16B. CODE OF ETHICS

We have adopted a Code of Conduct that applies to our directors, chief executive officer and all senior financial officers of our Company, including the chief financial officer, chief accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. The Code of Conduct is publicly available on our website at https://investors.olink.com/corporate-governance/governance-overview. We have included our website address in this Annual Report solely as an inactive textual reference. The information contained on or accessible through our website is not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report.

ITEM 16C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

We retained Öhrlings PricewaterhouseCoopers AB as our independent registered public accounting firm. Set forth below is a summary of the fees paid to Öhrlings PricewaterhouseCoopers AB for services provided in fiscal years 2021 and 2020.

		Fiscal Year		Fiscal Year
Amounts in thousands of U.S. Dollars		2021		2020
Audit fees	$	991	$	384
Audit-related fees		978		—
Other services		4		585
Tax fees		47		14
Total remuneration Öhrlings PricewaterhouseCoopers AB	$	2,020	$	983

Audit-related fees in fiscal year 2021 mainly refers to services in relation to the IPO. Other services in fiscal year 2021 refers to immigration services and Tax fees in fiscal year 2021 mainly refers to services related to corporate income tax and VAT.

Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures

Our Audit Committee has adopted policies and procedures for the pre-approval of all auditing services and the terms thereof and non-audit services other than non-audit services prohibited under Section 10A(g) of the Exchange Act or the applicable rules of the SEC or the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB) to be provided to the Company by the independent auditors. However, the pre-approval requirement is waived with respect to the provision of non-audit services for the Company if the “de minimus” provisions of Section 10A(i)(1)(B) of the Exchange Act are satisfied. All non-audit services in 2021 were pre-approved by the Audit Committee.

ITEM 16D. EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES

See "Item 16A. Audit Committee Financial Expert."

ITEM 16E. PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS

Not applicable.

ITEM 16F. CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT

On March 7, 2022, the Company announced a proposal to appoint Ernst & Young AB ("EY") as external auditor for the financial year ending December 31, 2022, subject to shareholder approval. EY will become the Company’s auditor subject to approval by the shareholders at the Company’s annual general meeting in 2022.

The decision on March 7, 2022, to dismiss Öhrlings PricewaterhouseCoopers AB ("PWC"), the Company's current auditor, followed a recommendation by the Audit Committee based on a formal tender process. PWC will continue as our independent registered public accounting firm until the filing of the Form 20-F.

121

During the Company's fiscal years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and the subsequent interim period through March 7, 2022, there were no disagreements with PWC on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedures, which disagreements, if not resolved to the satisfaction of PWC would have caused it to make reference thereto in their reports on the financial statements for such years.

During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and the subsequent interim period through March 7, 2022, there were “reportable events” as that term is defined in Item 16F(a)(1)(v)(A)-(D) of Form 20-F, as follows: material weaknesses were identified that related to (i) our technology access and change control environment not supporting an efficient or effective internal controls framework, (ii) lack of documented policies and procedures in relation to our entity level controls and (iii) inadequate documentation of procedures and segregation of duties in the record to report process.

The audit reports of PWC on the consolidated financial statements of the Company as of and for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 did not contain any adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion, nor were they qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope, or accounting principles.

The Company requested that PWC furnish it with a letter addressed to the SEC stating whether or not it agrees with the statements related to the four paragraphs above. A copy of such letter, dated March 16, 2022, is filed as Exhibit 15.2 to this Form 20-F.

ITEM 16G. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

We are a “foreign private issuer” as defined by the SEC. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as related rules subsequently implemented by the SEC, requires foreign private issuers to comply with various corporate governance practices. Also as a result of being a foreign private issuer, in accordance with Nasdaq listing requirements, we may rely on home country governance requirements and certain exemptions thereunder rather than complying with all Nasdaq corporate governance standards for domestic issuers. While we voluntarily follow most Nasdaq corporate governance rules, we may choose to take advantage of the following limited exemptions:

● Exemption from filing quarterly reports on Form 10-Q containing unaudited financial and other specified information or current reports on Form 8-K upon the occurrence of specified significant events;

● Exemption from Section 16 rules requiring insiders to file public reports of their securities ownership and trading activities and providing for liability for insiders who profit from trades in a short period of time;

● Exemption from the Nasdaq requirement necessitating disclosure of any waivers of the Code of Conduct for directors and executive officers;

● Exemption from the requirement to obtain shareholder approval for certain issuances of securities, including shareholder approval of share option plans;

● Exemption from the requirement that our audit committee have review and oversight responsibilities over all “related party transactions,” as defined in Item 7.B of Form 20-F;

● Exemption from the requirement that our board of directors have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and

● Exemption from the requirement to have independent director oversight of director nominations.

122

Furthermore, Nasdaq Rule 5615(a)(3) provides that a foreign private issuer may rely on home country corporate governance practices in lieu of certain of the rules in the Nasdaq Rule 5600 Series and Rule 5250(d). We follow Swedish corporate governance practices in lieu of Nasdaq corporate governance requirements as follows:

● We do not follow Nasdaq Rule 5620(e) regarding quorum requirements applicable to meetings of shareholders. Such quorum requirements are not required under Swedish law. The Swedish Companies Act (SFS 2005:551) and our articles of association provide alternative quorum requirements that are generally applicable to meetings of shareholders.

● We do not follow Nasdaq Rule 5605(b)(2), which requires that independent directors regularly meet in executive sessions where only independent directors are present. Our independent directors may choose to meet in executive sessions at their discretion.

● We do not follow Nasdaq Rule 5605(d) regarding the composition of the remuneration committee.

● We do not follow Nasdaq Rule 5605(e) regarding the composition of the nominating committee.

Although we may rely on certain home country corporate governance practices, we must comply with Nasdaq’s Notification of Noncompliance requirement (Nasdaq Rule 5625) and the Voting Rights requirement (Nasdaq Rule 5640). Further, we must have an audit committee that satisfies Nasdaq Rule 5605(c)(3), which addresses audit committee responsibilities and authority and requires that the audit committee consist of members who meet the independence requirements of Nasdaq Rule 5605(c)(2)(A)(ii).

As a foreign private issuer, our directors and executive officers are not subject to short-swing profit and insider trading reporting obligations under Section 16 of the Exchange Act. They are, however, subject to the obligations to report changes in securities ownership under Section 13 of the Exchange Act and related SEC rules.

ITEM 16H. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE

Not applicable.

ITEM 16I. DISCLOSURES REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS.

Not applicable.

123

PART III

ITEM 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

We have elected to furnish financial statements and related information specified in Item 18.

ITEM 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

See the financial statements beginning on page F-1.

ITEM 19. EXHIBITS

Exhibit No.	Description
1.1	Articles of Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed on March 18, 2021 (File No. 333-253818)).
2.1*	Deposit Agreement, dated March 29, 2021, among Olink Holding AB (publ), The Bank of New York Mellon and all Owners and Holders of American Depositary Shares.
2.2*	Form of American Depositary Receipt (included as Exhibit A in Exhibit 2.1 herein).
2.3*	Registration Rights Agreement, dated March 25, 2021, by and among Olink Holding AB (publ), Knilo InvestCo AB and each of the shareholders listed on Schedule A thereto.
2.4*	Shareholder Agreement, dated March 24, 2021, by and among Olink Holding AB (publ) and certain parties named therein.
2.5*	Description of Securities.
4.1+	Manufacturing Supply Agreement, dated August 10, 2016, by and between Bio-Techne Corp. and Olink Proteomics AB (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed on March 3, 2021 (File No. 333-253818)).
4.2*+	OEM Supply & Development Agreement, effective March 31, 2020, by and between Fluidigm Corporation and Olink Proteomics AB.
4.3*+	Amendment No. 1 to OEM Supply & Development Agreement, effective September 15, 2021, by and between Fluidigm Corporation and Olink Proteomics AB.
4.4*+	Amendment No. 2 to OEM Supply & Development Agreement, effective November 30, 2021, by and between Fluidigm Corporation and Olink Proteomics AB.
4.5*+	Amendment No. 3 to OEM Supply & Development Agreement, effective February 4, 2022, by and between Fluidigm Corporation and Olink Proteomics AB.
4.6	English summary of Lease Agreement, dated November 11, 2010, by and between Vasakronan AB (publ) and Olink Proteomics AB (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed on March 3, 2021 (File No. 333-253818)).
4.7#	2021 Incentive Award Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed on March 18, 2021 (File No. 333-253818)).
8.1*	Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
12.1*	Certification by the Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
12.2*	Certification by the Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
13.1**	Certification by the Principal Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
13.2**	Certification by the Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
15.1*	Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
15.2*	Letter from Öhrlings PricewaterhouseCoopers AB dated March 17, 2022
101.INS*	Inline XBRL Instance Document - the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document.
101.SCH*	Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.

124

101.CAL*	Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.
101.DEF*	Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.
101.LAB*	Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.
101.PRE*	Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.
104*	Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted in Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101).

*Filed herewith.

**Furnished herewith.

#Indicates a management contract or any compensatory plan, contract or arrangement.

+ Certain portions of this exhibit have been omitted because such portions are not material and are treated by the Registrant as private or confidential and would likely cause competitive harm to the Registrant if disclosed.

125

SIGNATURES

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

OLINK HOLDING AB (PUBL)
By:	/s/ Jon Heimer
Name:	Jon Heimer
Title:	Chief Executive Officer

Date: March 17, 2022

126

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	F-2
Consolidated Statements of Income and Other Comprehensive Income for the year ended December 31, 2021 (Successor), for the year ended December 31, 2020 (Successor), for the period from January 4, 2019 through December 31, 2019 (Successor) and for the period from January 1, 2019 through March 7, 2019 (Predecessor).	F-4
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2021(Successor) and as of December 30, 2020 (Successor).	F-5
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for the for the year ended December 31, 2021 (Successor), for the year ended December 31, 2020 (Successor), for the period from January 4, 2019 through December 31, 2019 (Successor) and for the period from January 1, 2019 through March 7, 2019 (Predecessor).	F-6
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2021 (Successor), for the year ended December 31, 2020 (Successor), for the period from January 4, 2019 through December 31, 2019 (Successor) and for the period from January 1, 2019 through March 7, 2019 (Predecessor).	F-7
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	F-8

F-1

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Olink Holding AB (publ)

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Olink Holding AB (publ) and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 and the related consolidated statements of income and other comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020 and the period from January 4, 2019 (date of incorporation) through December 31, 2019, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020 and the period from January 4, 2019 to December 31, 2019 in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Öhrlings PricewaterhouseCoopers AB

Stockholm, Sweden
March 17, 2022

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2016.

F-2

[PWC LETTERHEAD]

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Olink ProteomicsHolding AB (publ)

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of income and other comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows of Olink Proteomics Holding AB and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) for the period from January 1, 2019 to March 7, 2019, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the results of the Company’s operations and its cash flows for the period from January 1, 2019 to March 7, 2019 in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud.

Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Öhrlings PricewaterhouseCoopers AB

Stockholm, Sweden

December 11, 2020

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2016.

F-3

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2021 and, 2020 and FOR THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 4, 2019 THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 2019 (SUCCESSOR) AND FOR THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1, 2019 THROUGH MARCH 7, 2019 (PREDECESSOR)

						Successor
						for the
		Successor		Successor		period from		Predecessor
		for the		for the		January 4,		For the period
		year ended		year ended		2019 through		from January 1,
		December		December		December		2019 through
Amounts in thousands of US Dollars	Note	31, 2021		31, 2020		31, 2019		March 7, 2019
Revenue	5	$	94,973	$	54,067	$	41,693	$	4,625
Cost of goods sold	6		(36,764)		(17,456)		(13,018)		(1,254)
Gross profit			58,209		36,611		28,675		3,371
Selling expenses	6		(33,668)		(12,722)		(8,247)		(9,011)
Administrative expenses	6		(47,495)		(20,102)		(26,609)		(709)
Research and development expenses	6		(22,141)		(9,632)		(4,845)		(1,676)
Other operating income			443		475		363		310
Operating loss			(44,652)		(5,370)		(10,663)		(7,715)
Interest income/(expense)	8		(2,048)		(6,631)		(6,592)		(27)
Foreign exchange gain/(loss)	8		1,874		5,455		18		242
Other financial income/(expense)	8		(1,719)		(713)		(1,293)		—
Loss before tax			(46,545)		(7,259)		(18,530)		(7,500)
Income tax	9		8,206		479		652		(332)
Net loss for the period (Attributable to shareholders of the Company)		$	(38,339)	$	(6,780)	$	(17,878)	$	(7,832)
Other comprehensive income/(loss):
Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss:
Exchange differences from translation of foreign operations			(37,659)		36,761		2,599		(408)
Other comprehensive income/(loss) for the, period, net of tax			(37,659)		36,761		2,599		(408)
Total comprehensive loss for the period, net of tax		$	(75,998)	$	29,981	$	(15,279)	$	(8,240)
Total comprehensive loss for the period (Attributable to owners of the company)		$	(75,998)	$	29,981	$	(15,279)	$	(8,240)
Basic and diluted loss per share	23	$	(0.43)	$	(1.10)	$	(1.99)	$	(45.80)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-4

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2021 AND 2020

		As of		As of
		December 31,		December 31,
Amounts in thousands of US Dollars	Note	2021		2020
ASSETS
Non-current assets
Intangible assets	12	$	308,124	$	347,387
Property, plant and equipment	13		12,696		5,774
Right-of-use assets	14		8,778		4,684
Deferred tax assets	9		9,091		37
Other long-term receivables			422		133
Total non-current assets			339,111		358,015
Current assets
Inventories	16		28,940		20,826
Trade receivables	17		42,061		33,482
Other receivables	18		4,094		2,856
Prepaid expenses and accrued income			7,476		1,491
Cash at bank and in hand			118,096		8,655
Total current assets			200,667		67,310
TOTAL ASSETS		$	539,778	$	425,325
EQUITY
Share capital	19		30,964		27,224
Other contributed capital	19		506,008		257,774
Reserves			1,701		39,360
Accumulated losses			(62,997)		(24,658)
Total equity attributable to shareholders of the Company		$	475,676	$	299,700
LIABILITIES
Non-current liabilities
Lease liabilities	15		5,427		63,965
Deferred tax liabilities	9		27,092		33,193
Total non-current liabilities			32,519		97,158
Current liabilities
Lease liabilities	15		2,952		2,146
Accounts payable			8,668		6,658
Current tax liabilities	9		314		506
Other current liabilities	21		19,649		19,157
Total current liabilities			31,583		28,467
Total liabilities		$	64,102	$	125,625
TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES		$	539,778	$	425,325

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-5

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2021 and 2020 and FOR THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 4, 2019 THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 2019 (SUCCESSOR) AND FOR THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1, 2019 THROUGH MARCH 7, 2019 (PREDECESSOR)

				Other
		Share		Contributed				Accumulated		Total
Amounts in thousands of US Dollars	Note	Capital		capital		Reserves		loss		equity
At January 1, 2019		$	6	$	9,716	$	(967)	$	7,328	$	16,083
Net loss for the period			—		—		—		(7,832)		(7,832)
Other comprehensive loss for the period			—		—		(408)		—		(408)
Total comprehensive loss for the period			—		—		(408)		(7,832)		(8,240)
Transactions with shareholders in their role as owners
New share issue	19		—		8,417		—		—		—
Non-registered share capital	19		—		323		—		—		—
Shareholders contributions	19		—		565		—		—		—
At March 7, 2019		$	6	$	19,021	$	(1,375)	$	(504)	$	17,148
Successor
At January 4, 2019		$	5	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	5
Net loss for the period			—		—		—		(17,878)		(17,878)
Other comprehensive income for the Period			—		—		2,599		—		2,599
Total comprehensive loss for the Period			—		—		2,599		(17,878)		(15,279)
Shareholders' contributions			—		48		—		—		48
Transactions with shareholders in their role as owners			—		—		—		—		—
New share issue	19		22,119		199,073						221,192
At December 31, 2019		$	22,124	$	199,121	$	2,599	$	(17,878)	$	205,966
Net loss for the period			—		—		—		(6,780)		(6,780)
Other comprehensive income for the Period			—		—		36,761		—		36,761
Total comprehensive loss for the Period			—		—		36,761		(6,780)		29,981
Transactions with shareholders in their role as owners			—		—		—		—		—
Shareholders’ contributions			5,100		58,653		—		—		63,753
New share issue			—		—		—		—		—
At December 31, 2020		$	27,224	$	257,774	$	39,360	$	(24,658)	$	299,700
Net loss for the period			—		—		—		(38,339)		(38,339)
Other comprehensive income for the Period			—		—		(37,659)		0		(37,659)
Total comprehensive loss for the Period			—		—		(37,659)		(38,339)		(75,998)
Transactions with shareholders in their role as owners			—		—		—		—		—
Shareholders' contributions			—		—		—		—		—
New share issue	19		3,740		245,543		—		—		249,283
Share based compensation program	20				2,691		—		—		2,691
At December 31, 2021		$	30,964	$	506,008	$	1,701	$	(62,997)	$	475,676

F-6

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2021 and 2020 AND FOR THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 4, 2019 THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 2019 (SUCCESSOR) AND FOR THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1, 2019 THROUGH MARCH 7, 2019 (PREDECESSOR)

		For the		For the		from January		Predecessor For the
		year ended		year ended		4, 2019 through		period from
		December 31,		December 31,		December 31,		January 1, 2019 through
Amounts in thousands of US Dollars	Note	2021		2020		2019		March 7, 2019
Operating activities
Loss before tax		$	(46,545)	$	(7,259)	$	(18,530)	$	(7,500)
Adjustments reconciling loss before tax to operating cash flows:
Depreciation and amortization			15,802		12,540		9,157		221
Net finance expense/(income)			1,893		1,889		7,867		(215)
Loss on sale of assets			502		—		(163)		(236)
Share based payment expense			2,524		—
Changes in working capital:
(Increase)/Decrease in inventories	16		(10,158)		(5,978)		(2,798)		(401)
(Increase)/Decrease in accounts receivable			(12,172)		(11,889)		(13,376)		8,910
(Increase)/Decrease in other current receivables			(6,105)		(911)		8,616		(9,825)
Increase/(Decrease) in trade payables			3,014		3,738		224		(254)
Increase/(Decrease) in other current liabilities	21		2,039		11,146		(6,890)		6,457
Interest received			98		—		7		242
Interest paid			(2,312)		(4,726)		(5,154)		(8)
Tax received/(paid)	9		(2,266)		(5,339)		15		(33)
Cash flow used in operating activities		$	(53,687)	$	(6,789)	$	(21,025)	$	(2,642)
Investing activities
Purchase of intangible assets			(4,325)		(7,791)		(9)		-
Purchase of property, plant and equipment			(10,482)		(3,460)		(689)		(125)
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment			144		—
Acquisition of subsidiaries, net of cash acquired			—		(4,593)		(289,195)		-
Decrease/(Increase) in other non-current financial assets			(297)		2		(63)		(64)
Cash flow used in investing activities		$	(14,960)	$	(15,842)	$	(289,956)	$	(189)
Financing activities
Proceeds from issue of share capital	19		264,706		19,155		221,197		8,740
Share issue costs	19		(19,484)		—
Proceeds from interest-bearing loans and borrowings	15		2,312		7,930		93,278		-
Repayment of interest-bearing loans and borrowings	15		(65,627)		—
Payment of principal portion of lease liability			(2,845)		(1,490)		(749)		(23)
Received from shareholder contributions							48		565
Cash flow from financing activities		$	179,062	$	25,595	$	313,774	$	9,282
Net cash flow during the period			110,415		2,964		2,793		6,451
Cash at bank and in hand at the beginning of the Period			8,655		6,162		—		3,524
Net foreign exchange difference			(975)		(471)		3,369		212
Cash at bank and in hand at the end of the period		$	118,096	$	8,655	$	6,162	$	10,187

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-7

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.General information

On January 27, 2021, Knilo HoldCo AB was registered as a Swedish public limited company and renamed as Olink Holding AB (publ) (the "Company). The Company was incorporated under the laws of Sweden as a limited company (“Aktiebolag”) and has its registered office in Uppsala, Sweden. The Company was incorporated on January 4, 2019 for the purpose of the acquisition of Olink Proteomics Holding AB (“Olink Holdings”) and its subsidiaries. The Company business address is Uppsala Science Park, Dag Hammarskjölds väg 54A, SE-752 37 UPPSALA, Sweden.

The Company has 10 wholly owned subsidiaries. On March 29, 2021, the Company completed its initial public offering (the "Offering") in the United States. The Company's American Depositary Shares ("ADSs") were approved for listing on The Nasdaq Global Market ("Nasdaq") under the trading ticker symbol "OLK". Trading on Nasdaq commenced at market open on March 25, 2021. The ultimate parent of the Company is Summa Equity Holding AB, Stockholm, Sweden.

The Company provides management services to its subsidiaries. The Company owns 100% of Knilo BidCo AB, a company incorporated on 4 January 2019 under the laws of Sweden and has its registered office in Uppsala, Sweden. Knilo BidCo AB owns 100% of Olink Holdings. Knilo BidCo AB was used to acquire Olink Holdings on March 7, 2019 (“Olink Acquisition”).

The ultimate parent of the Company is Summa Equity Holding AB, Stockholm, Sweden. When referring to the Company and its subsidiaries collectively, they are referred to herein as the “Successor”.

The Company's financial statements were authorized for issue by the Board of Directors on March 16, 2022.

Predecessor

Until March 7, 2019 Olink Holdings’ parent entity was Nexttobe AB, Uppsala, Sweden. The ultimate parent of Olink Holdings was Lyftet Holding BV, Amsterdam, The Netherlands.

When referring to Olink Proteomics Holding AB and its subsidiaries collectively, they are referred to herein as the “Predecessor”.

Successor and Predecessor

When referring to the Successor and Predecessor equally, they are referred to herein as “the Companies”. The Companies develop, produce, market and sell biotechnological products and services along with thereof related activities.

2.    Significant Accounting Policies

The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these Successor and Predecessor consolidated financial statements are set out below. These policies have been consistently applied to the consolidated financial statements for all periods presented, unless otherwise stated. Unless otherwise stated, all amounts are in thousands of U.S. Dollars.

2.1  Basis of preparation

The Successor consolidated financial statements, comprise the consolidated balance sheet of Successor as of December 31, 2021 and 2020; the related consolidated statements of income and other comprehensive income, consolidated statements of changes in equity and consolidated statements of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, for the period from January 4, 2019 (date of incorporation) through December 31 2019 (the “Successor Consolidated Financial Statements”). The Predecessor consolidated financial statements, comprise the consolidated statement of income and other comprehensive income, consolidated statement of changes in equity, and consolidated statement of cash flows for the period from January 1, 2019 through March 7, 2019 (the “Predecessor Consolidated Financial Statements”). The Predecessor Consolidated Financial Statements and the Successor Consolidated Financial Statements have been

F-8

prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”).

As a result of the Olink Acquisition on March 7, 2019, Successor carries forward and continues to operate the Predecessor business as of that date. The Successor and Predecessor consolidated financial statements have been prepared with a “black line presentation”, whereby a vertical black line separates the Successor and the Predecessor consolidated financial statements. In addition, relevant footnotes have been presented for the Successor and Predecessor with the “black line presentation” to distinctly highlight the periods pre and post-acquisition and their lack of comparability.

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the respective accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the consolidated financial statements are disclosed in note 3.

The Predecessor adopted IFRS as of January 1, 2018 and the Successor adopted IFRS from January 4, 2019, the date of its inception. As such, IFRS 1, First Time Adoption of IFRS disclosure requirements are not presented in the Successor or Predecessor consolidated financial statements. Furthermore, the Predecessor also adopted IFRS 16 as of January 1, 2018 as required by IFRS 1. The Successor and Predecessor consolidated financial statements have been prepared using the historical cost measurement basis. There are no financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

New and amended standards and interpretations

The following amendments can be applied for the first time in the annual reporting period commencing January 1, 2021:

● Covid-19-Related Rent Concessions – amendments to IFRS 16, and

● Interest Rate Benchmark Reform – Phase 2 – amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39, IFRS 7, IFRS 4 and

IFRS 16.

The amendments listed above did not have any impact on the amounts recognized in the current period and

are not expected to significantly affect future periods.

New and amended standards not yet effective

The following new accounting standards, amendments to accounting standards and interpretations have been published but are not mandatory for December 31, 2021 reporting periods and have not been early adopted by the Company.

• Reference to the Conceptual Framework – amendments to IFRS 3,

• Property, Plant and Equipment - Proceeds before Intended Use– amendments to IAS 16,

• Onerous Contracts - Cost of Fulfilling a Contract - amendments to IAS 37,

• Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards 2018-2020– amendments to IFRS 1, IFRS 9, IFRS 16, and IFRS 41

These standards, amendments or interpretations are not expected to have a material impact on the entity in the current or future reporting periods and on foreseeable future transactions.

2.2  Basis of consolidation

The Successor and Predecessor consolidated financial statements comprise the financial statements of the Companies and its subsidiaries each period presented. Control is achieved when the Companies are exposed, or has rights, to variable

F-9

returns from its involvement with the investee and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the investee. Such subsidiaries are consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Companies and are deconsolidated from the date that control ceases.

Assets, liabilities, income and expenses of a subsidiary acquired or disposed of during the period are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date the Companies gain control until the date the Companies ceases to control the subsidiary. A change in the ownership interest of a subsidiary, without a loss of control, is accounted for as an equity transaction.

Intra-group balances and transactions, and any unrealized income and expenses arising from intra-group transactions, are eliminated. Unrealized losses are eliminated in the same way as unrealized gains, but only to the extent that there is no evidence of impairment.

The accounting principles for subsidiaries have been changed, where applicable, to ensure a consistent application of the Companies’ accounting principles.

2.3  Significant Accounting Policies

i.    Business combinations

Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition accounting method. Consideration transferred, identifiable assets and liabilities assumed are measured at fair value at acquisition date.

Where the consideration transferred, together with any noncontrolling interest, exceeds the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, the excess is recorded as goodwill. The costs of effecting an acquisition are charged to the consolidated statement of income in the period in which they are incurred. Goodwill is capitalized as a separate item in the case of subsidiaries and as part of the cost of investment in the case of joint ventures and associates. Goodwill is denominated in the currency of the operation acquired.

ii.    Foreign currency translation

Functional and presentation currency

The Successor and Predecessor consolidated financial statements are presented in U.S. Dollars. For each subsidiary, the Companies determine the functional currency and items included in the financial statements of each subsidiary are measured using that functional currency. In all cases the functional currency of a subsidiary is that of the primary country of operations of that subsidiary. The Companies use the direct method of consolidation and on disposal of a foreign operation, the gain or loss that is reclassified to profit or loss reflects the amount that arises from using this method.

Transactions and balances

Foreign currency transactions of the Companies are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing on the transaction dates.

Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the functional currency spot rates of exchange at the reporting date. Non-monetary assets and liabilities measured in terms of historic cost in a foreign currency are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing on the initial transaction dates. Non-monetary items measured at fair value in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates prevailing on the date when the fair value is determined.

Differences arising on settlement or translation of monetary items are recognized in the consolidated statement of income.

F-10

Translation of foreign subsidiaries

The results and the financial position for all the Companies’ foreign subsidiaries with a functional currency other than the U.S. Dollar are translated into U.S. Dollars, as follows:

● Assets and liabilities at each balance sheet date are translated using the exchange rates prevailing at that balance sheet date;

● Period income statements are translated using the average exchange rate prevailing at the corresponding month;

● Exchange differences arising on translation for consolidation are recognized in Other Comprehensive Income (“OCI”). On disposal of a foreign operation, the component of OCI relating to that particular foreign operation is reclassified to profit or loss; and

● Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising from the acquisition of foreign operations are treated as assets and liabilities in these operations and are translated to the exchange rate at the balance sheet date.

iii.    Revenue recognition

The Companies receive revenue from contracts with customers from the sale of its products in the form of kits and from services. The companies also provide custom development services. Value added tax and other sales taxes are excluded from revenue.

Kit and Services

Revenue from the sale of kits is recognized at the point in time when control of the products has transferred to the customer according to the shipping terms.

Revenue from the services is also recognized at the point in time that the results of the analysis are transferred electronically to the customer.

The majority of the above contracts relate to sales orders containing single bundled performance obligations for the delivery of kits or the performance of services at fixed prices. Contracts with customers do not contain variable consideration. The Companies do not usually accept returns or give rebates. Revenue is not recognized in full until it is highly probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur. The average duration of a sales order is less than 1 month.

Custom development services

Revenue from the performance of custom development services is recognized over time since control is transferred to the customer based on the extent of progress towards completion of the obligation. These contracts contain a single bundled performance obligation being the provision of custom development services of panels. Custom development projects are quoted at fixed process and extend over several months. The Companies generally use an input method to determine the progress completed of custom development service arrangements because there is a direct relationship between the effort (i.e. based on costs incurred against expected total costs) and the transfer of service to the customer.

The average duration of a service contracts is less than 12 months.

iv.    Research and development

Expenditure on research activities is recognized in profit or loss as incurred.

Development expenditure is capitalized only if the expenditure can be measured reliably, the product or process is technically and commercially feasible, future economic benefits are probable and the Companies intend to and has sufficient resources to complete development and to use or sell the asset. Otherwise, it is recognized in profit or loss as incurred. Subsequent to initial recognition, development expenditure is measured at cost less accumulated amortization and any accumulated impairment losses.

F-11

Amortization begins from the time the asset is ready for use. Depreciation is made on a straight-line basis over the useful life. The useful life is determined when the development project is finished and is estimated to 5 years.

v.    Legal and other disputes

Provision is made for the anticipated settlement costs of legal or other disputes against the Companies where an outflow of resources is considered probable and a reliable estimate can be made of the likely outcome.

vi.    Leases

The Companies recognize right of use assets under lease arrangements in which it is the lessee. Rights to use assets owned by third parties under lease agreements are capitalized at the inception of the lease and recognized on the consolidated balance sheet. The corresponding liability to the lessor is recognized as a lease obligation within current and non-current liabilities. The carrying amount is subsequently increased to reflect interest on the lease liability and reduced by lease payments.

Right-of-use assets are measured at cost, less any accumulated depreciation and impairment losses, and adjusted for any remeasurement of lease liabilities. Non-lease components are accounted for separately from the lease components.

At the commencement date of the lease, the Companies recognize lease liabilities measured at the present value of lease payments to be made over the lease term. Lease payments do not include variable lease payments, which are expensed as incurred unless they depend on an index or rate. In calculating the present value of lease payments, the Companies use their incremental borrowing rate (“IBR”) at the lease commencement date because the interest rate implicit in the lease is not readily determinable. The IBR is calculated at the rate of interest at which the Companies would have been able to borrow for a similar term and with a similar security to obtain a similar asset in a similar market.

If modifications or reassessments occur, the lease liability and right of use asset are re-measured.

Right-of-use assets are generally depreciated over the shorter of the asset’s useful life and the lease term on a straight-line basis. If the Companies are reasonably certain to exercise a purchase option, the right-of-use asset is depreciated over the underlying asset’s useful life. Payments associated with short-term leases and leases of low-value assets are recognized on a straight-line basis as an expense in profit or loss.

vii.    Intangible assets

Goodwill

Goodwill is stated at cost less impairments. Goodwill is deemed to have an indefinite useful life and is tested for impairment at least annually.

Other intangible assets

Intangible assets are stated at cost less provisions for amortization and impairments. Intangible assets acquired separately are measured on initial recognition at cost. The cost of intangible assets acquired in a business combination is their fair value at the date of acquisition.

Licenses separately acquired or acquired as part of a business combination are amortized over their estimated useful lives, using the straight-line basis, from the time they are available for use.

Customer relationships and technology acquired as part of a business combination are amortized over their estimated useful lives, using the straight-line basis.

F-12

Brands acquired as part of a business combination are deemed to have indefinite useful lives. The acquired brands are well-established within the industry, as evidenced by continued demand from and collaboration with blue chip research institutions. Further, the business is expected to operate under these brands for the foreseeable future, thus supporting the indefinite classification. These intangible assets are not amortized, but are tested for impairment annually, either individually or at the cash- generating unit level. The assessment of indefinite life is reviewed annually to determine whether the indefinite life continues to be supportable. If not, the change in useful life from indefinite to finite is made on a prospective basis.

Licenses and customer relationships have estimated useful lives of 10 years and research and development technology have estimated useful lives of 15 years. Asset lives are reviewed, and where appropriate adjusted, annually.

viii.    Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment (PP&E) includes leasehold improvements; plant and machinery; furniture fittings and equipment; and assets under construction. PP&E is stated at the cost of purchase or construction, less provisions for depreciation and impairment. Depreciation is calculated to write off the cost less residual value of PP&E, excluding freehold land, using the straight-line basis over the expected useful life. Residual values and lives are reviewed, and where appropriate adjusted annually. The normal expected useful lives of the major categories of PP&E are:

● Leasehold improvements	5 years
● Plant and machinery	5 years
● Furniture, fittings and equipment	5 years

On disposal of PP&E, the cost and related accumulated depreciation and impairments are removed from the balance sheet and the net amount, less any proceeds, is recognized in the income statement.

ix.    Impairment of non-current assets

The carrying values of all non-current assets are reviewed for impairment, either on a stand-alone basis or as part of a larger cash generating unit (“CGU”), when there is an indication that the assets might be impaired. Additionally, goodwill, intangible assets with indefinite useful lives and intangible assets which are not yet available for use are tested for impairment annually. Any provision for impairment is charged to the income statement.

Impairments of goodwill are not reversed. Impairment losses on other non-current assets are only reversed if there has been a change in estimates used to determine recoverable amounts and only to the extent that the revised recoverable amounts do not exceed the carrying values that would have existed, net of depreciation or amortization, had 0 impairments been recognized.

x.    Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Cost comprises direct materials, direct labor and an appropriate proportion of variable and fixed overhead expenditure, the latter being allocated on the basis of normal operating capacity. Cost is generally determined on a first in, first out basis.

xi.    Financial instruments

Financial assets

Financial assets are measured at amortized cost, fair value through other comprehensive income (“FVTOCI”) or fair value through profit or loss (“FVTPL”). The measurement basis is determined by reference to both the business model for managing the financial asset and the contractual cash flow characteristics of the financial asset. For financial assets other than trade receivables a 12-month expected credit loss (“ECL”) allowance is recorded on initial recognition. If there is subsequent evidence of a significant increase in the credit risk of an asset, the allowance is increased to reflect the full lifetime ECL. If there is no realistic prospect of recovery, the asset is written off.

F-13

ECLs are recognized in the income statement on financial assets measured at amortized cost and at fair value through other comprehensive income apart from equity investments.

Trade receivables

Trade receivables are measured at amortized cost and are carried at the original invoice amount less ECL allowance. The ECL allowance is calculated using a provision matrix applying lifetime historical credit loss experience to the trade receivables. The expected credit loss rate varies depending on whether, and the extent to which, settlement of the trade receivables is overdue, and it is also adjusted as appropriate to reflect current economic conditions and estimates of future conditions. For the purpose of determining credit loss rates, customers are classified into groupings that have similar loss patterns. The key drivers of the loss rate are the nature of the business, location and type of customer.

When a trade receivable is determined to have no reasonable expectation of recovery it is written off against any ECL allowance available and then to the income statement. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously provided for or written off are credited to the income statement. Long-term receivables are discounted where the effect is material.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents are measured at amortized cost and includes cash on hand and deposits held at call with financial institutions. anies have various defined contribut

Bank overdrafts are shown within interest-bearing liabilities in current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet.

Financial liabilities

Financial liabilities are classified, at initial recognition, as financial liabilities at FVTPL, loans and borrowings, payables, or as derivatives designated as hedging instruments in an effective hedge, as appropriate. All financial liabilities are recognized initially at fair value and, in the case of loans, borrowings and payables, net of directly attributable transaction costs.

The Companies’ financial liabilities include trade and other payables, loans and borrowings (including bank overdrafts).

Loans and borrowings are subsequently carried at amortized cost, with the difference between the proceeds, net of transaction costs, and the amount due on redemption being recognized as a charge to the consolidated statements of other comprehensive income over the period of the relevant borrowing.

Derivative financial instruments

The Companies do 0t currently enter into derivative financial instruments.

Derecognition of financial assets and liabilities

Financial assets are derecognized when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the financial asset expire or transfer and the Group has transferred substantially the risks and rewards of ownership. Financial liabilities are derecognized when the contractual obligations are discharged or cancelled or expired. When the terms of a financial liability are modified, and not derecognized, the gain or loss is recognized in the statement of income and other comprehensive income. The gain or loss is the difference between the original contractual cash flows and the modified cash flows discounted to the original effective interest rate.

xii.    Pension obligations

The Companies operate defined-contribution plans for the benefit of its employees. The Companies’ contributions to defined contribution plans are expensed as incurred.

F-14

xiii.    Share-based payments

Share-based compensation benefits are provided to employees, consultants and directors via the Companies 2021 Incentive Award Plan, including stock options (ISO), restricted stock unit awards (RSU) and performance based restricted stock unit awards. Information relating to these schemes is set out in note 20.

Stock options

The fair value of options granted under the stock options program is recognized as an employee benefits expense, with a corresponding increase in equity. The total amount to be expensed is determined by reference to the fair value of the options granted and taking into consideration any impact from service conditions.

The total expense is recognized over the vesting period of four years, which is the period over which the vesting conditions are to be satisfied. At the end of each period, the Company revises its estimates of the number of options that are expected to vest based on the service conditions. It recognizes the impact of the revision to original estimates, if any, in profit or loss, with a corresponding adjustment to equity.

Restricted stock units

Under the employee restricted stock units scheme, the RSU’s will vest during a four- year period and new shares will be issued when the RSU vest for no cash consideration. Over the vesting period, the market value of the RSU’s is recognized as an employee benefits expense, with a corresponding increase in equity.

The total expense is recognized over the vesting period of four years, which is the period over which the

vesting conditions are to be satisfied. At the end of each period, the Company revises its estimates of the number of options that are expected to vest based on the service conditions. It recognizes the impact of the revision to original estimates, if any, in profit or loss, with a corresponding adjustment to equity.

xiv.    Current and deferred income tax

Current income tax is provided at the amounts expected to be paid, applying tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date.

Deferred income tax results from temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial statements. Deferred income tax assets are recognized to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilized. Deferred income tax based on temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures, except where the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Deferred income tax is provided using rates of tax that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date.

Where an uncertain tax position is identified, management will make a judgement as to what the probable outcome will be, assuming the relevant tax authority has full knowledge of the situation. When an economic outflow is probable to arise, a provision is made for the best estimate of the liability. In estimating any such liability, the Companies applies a risk-based approach which accounts for the probability that the Companies would be able to obtain compensatory adjustments under international tax treaties. These estimates consider the specific circumstances of each dispute and relevant external advice.

xv.    Government grants

Government grants related to assets are initially recognized as deferred income at fair value if there is reasonable assurance that they will be received, and the Companies will comply with the conditions associated with the grant; they are then recognized in profit or loss as other income on a systematic basis over the useful life of the asset.

F-15

Grants that compensate the Companies for expenses incurred are recognized in profit or loss as other income on a systematic basis in the periods in which the expenses are recognized, unless the conditions for receiving the grant are met after the related expenses have been recognized. In this case, the grant is recognized when it becomes receivable.

3.Significant Accounting estimates and judgements

Impact of Covid-19

The COVID-19 pandemic has adversely affected, and we expect will continue to adversely affect, elements of our business. COVID-19 has primarily disrupted the customer end of the supply chain, with our customers’ labs operating at reduced capacity for extended portions of our growth rate for 2020, in particular as customers have had issues accessing their labs. We have not seen any material cancellations in our pipeline; however, there have been delays as customers are pushing projects into the future. We are continuing to closely monitor how the pandemic and related response measures are affecting our business. Our production and manufacturing facilities are located in Uppsala, Sweden and Watertown, Massachusetts and we have not to date experienced any material disruptions to our production or supply of goods. We increased our inventory level in 2020 and 2021 in order to operate with a higher level of inventory than we have done historically. Although we have seen a reduction in demand due to the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, we have not observed any significant changes in our underlying customer base, and we have been and will continue to serve our customers, even at reduced levels, until their activities return to normal. The gradual recovery of revenue we have seen compared with previous levels reflects the underlying factors affecting demand, including the easing of lockdown restrictions and the partial or full reopening of academic and biopharmaceutical research laboratories around the world. At December 31, 2021 we concluded there was no evidence of material changes to recoverability risk of business assets, including deferred tax assets and trade receivables.

The preparation of the Companies’ consolidated financial statements requires management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities, and the accompanying disclosures. Actual amounts and results could differ from those estimates. In the process of applying the Companies’ accounting policies, management has made the following judgements, which have the most significant effect on the amounts recognized in the consolidated successor and predecessor financial statements:

3.1Fair value measurement in a business combination Successor

Successor

On January 4, 2019 the Successor was established and on March 7, 2019 the Predecessor was acquired in a business combination. Management completed a purchase price allocation of the identified items of tangible and intangible property. Estimates were made about the future with respect to the deriving valuation models used to support the fair value of identifiable tangible and intangible property. Management used judgement in reviewing such models and allocating the purchase consideration to the assets acquired, liabilities assumed and resulting goodwill which is reflected in the Successor’s consolidated balance sheet.

Furthermore, management used judgement to consider that subsequent to the business combination no impairment indicators existed that would result in the need to perform an impairment analysis. The annual impairment test required for goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets was performed as of December 31, 2021 and as of December 31,2020. Significant judgement was required in making the estimates and assumptions pertaining to establishing the recoverable amount for impairment testing.

The determination of the useful lives of acquired intangible and tangible property is a key estimate. Refer to sections vii and viii in Note 2 for further discussion of useful lives. Refer to Note 12.1 for discussion on impairment testing.

F-16

3.2Leases

Successor and Predecessor

At initial recognition and subsequent remeasurement, management estimates are made for the term applied in a lease contract. The outcome of these estimates may turn out not to match the actual outcome of the lease and may have an adverse effect on the right-of-use assets. Lease contracts may give the lessee the right to shorten or prolong a contract. Under such contracts management judgement of the lease term is required.

In determining the lease term, management considers all facts and circumstances that create an economic incentive to exercise an extension option, or not exercise a termination option. Extension options (or periods after termination options) are only included in the lease term if the lease is reasonably certain to be extended (or not terminated).

The Companies cannot readily determine the interest rate implicit in the lease, therefore, it uses its IBR to measure lease liabilities. The Companies estimate the IBR using observable inputs (such as market interest rates) when available and is required to make certain entity-specific estimates.

3.3Development costs

Successor and Predecessor

The Companies have a process to determine whether development costs meet the criteria for capitalization. However, based on management’s judgement and the nature of the development activities, such criteria and in particular technical and economic feasibility is normally not met until the development phase is complete. Special projects, normally external, are capitalized if they meet the criteria to be recognized as an asset in the balance sheet.

4.Financial risk management

4.1Financial risk factors

The Companies activities are subject to several financial risks: market risk (including exchange rate risk and interest rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The Companies strive to minimize potential unfavorable effects from these risks on the Companies’ financial results.

The aim of the Companies’ financial operations is to:

● Ensure that the Companies can meet their financial obligations timely

● Manage financial risks; and,

● Ensure a supply of necessary financing.

The Companies’ risk management is predominantly controlled by senior management.

Market risk - Currency risk (transaction risk)

The Companies operate internationally and are exposed to foreign exchange risk where invoicing is made in a currency other than the functional currency, primarily the U.S. dollar. Mitigation of this risk occurs naturally by partially matching costs in the same foreign currency i.e. in U.S. Dollars and obtaining borrowings, as required, in U.S. dollars. The currency risk is monitored on a regular basis. The Companies have not entered into derivative currency arrangements.

F-17

Exposure

The Company’s exposure to currency risk from monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies, was as follows:

	As of December 31, 2021
USD’000	U.S.$		EUR		GBP		CNY
Trade receivables	$	31,641	$	6,517	$	1,695	$	690
Trade payable		2,918		1,379		219		378
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings		—		—		—		—

	As of December 31, 2020
USD’000	U.S.$		EUR		GBP		CNY
Trade receivables	$	22,683	$	3,722	$	1,587	$	30
Trade payable		2,740		305		219		—
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings		58,359		5,454		—		—

Sensitivity

The following table demonstrates the sensitivity to a reasonably possible change in U.S. Dollar exchange rates against SEK as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, with all other variables held constant. The impact on the Company’s loss before tax is due to changes in the fair value of monetary item assets and monetary liabilities. There is no additional impact on the components of equity because the company did not have any item that directly affected equity. The Company’s exposure to foreign currency changes for all other currencies is not material.

The below analysis is based on FX-changes of 3% on the USD.

The Group’s debt structure was repaid post IPO during 2021. As a result, there are no mitigating effects of the debt as seen in 2020.

The Company’s risk exposure in USD:

	As of December 31,
	2021
Impact of non-functional currency foreign exchange exposures (Amounts in thousands of U.S. Dollars)	(Increase)/decrease in loss before tax
USD/SEK exchange rate - increase 3%	$	908
USD/SEK exchange rate - decrease 3%		(908)

	As of December 31,
	2020
Impact of non-functional currency foreign exchange exposures (Amounts in thousands of U.S. Dollars)	(Increase)/decrease in loss before tax
USD/SEK exchange rate - increase 3%	$	(1,016)
USD/SEK exchange rate - decrease 3%		1,016

Market risk - Interest-rate risk

Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market interest rates. The Company’s main interest rate risk arises from long-term interest-bearing liabilities with variable rates, which expose the Company to cash flow interest rate risk.

As of December 31, 2021, the Company do not have any outstanding debt or other debt structures other than leasing.

Interest rate derivative instruments are not used by the company.

F-18

Credit risk

Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty will not meet its obligations under a financial instrument or customer contract, leading to a financial loss. The Companies are exposed to credit risk from its operating activities (primarily trade receivables) and from its financing activities, including deposits with banks and financial institutions and foreign exchange transactions. Credit risk relates primarily to customer credit limits, which are subject to certain credit rating rules and authorization processes. However, the majority of the Companies customer base tend to be blue chip global companies and therefore such customers usually have strong credit ratings. Company’s sales are concentrated such that 44% of sales in 2021 and 52% of sales in 2020 are with biopharmaceutical and academia customers based in the U.S. U.S. Dollar denominated trade receivables as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 amounted to $31,640 thousand and $22,683 thousand, respectively.

The maximum default risk for the Companies is equivalent to the net receivables reported in the Consolidated Financial Statements. The Companies have historically almost non-existent credit losses and based on historical data of credit losses together with a forward-looking assessment, the expected credit loss for trade receivables is not material. (see Note 17, ‘Trade receivables’).

The Company’s cash at bank is held in Investment Grade credit rated banks.

Other financial assets at amortized cost include rental deposits. The credit risk for other financial assets at amortized cost as at December 31, 2021 and 2020 is not material and no credit loss reserve has been recognized.

Liquidity risk

Credit facilities at banks together with cash at bank allows the Company to meet its liquidity risk obligations as they come due. The shareholder loan was converted to equity during 2020. (see Note 22, ‘Related party transactions’).

The following table includes an analysis of the Company’s financial liabilities, grouped according to their maturity dates based on contractual undiscounted payments and considers the period remaining until their contractual maturity date as at December 31, 2021 and 2020:

			Less
			than		1 to 3		3 to 5		More than
As per December 31, 2021	Total		1 year		years		years		5 years
Loan facilities (Note 15.1)	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—
Lease liabilities (Note 15.1)		8,379		2,952		3,124		2,262		40
Advance invoiced customers (Note 15.2)		5,447		5,447		—		—		—
Accounts payable (Note 15.2)		8,668		8,668		—		—		—

			Less
			than		1 to 3		3 to 5		More than
As per December 31, 2020	Total		1 year		years		years		5 years
Loan facilities (Note 15.1)	$	98,332	$	—	$	—	$	98,332	$	—
Lease liabilities (Note 15.1)		5,394		2,428		2,629		108		229
Advance invoiced customers (Note15.2)		7,367		7,367		—		—		—
Accounts payable (Note 15.2)		6,658		6,658		—		—		—

4.2Capital management

For the purpose of the Companies’ capital management, capital includes issued capital, other contributed capital and all other equity reserves attributable to the equity holders of the Company. The primary objective of the Companies’ capital management is to maximize the shareholder value.

F-19

5.Segment and revenue information

5.1Description of segments and principal activities

Operating segments are reported based on the financial information provided to the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”). The CEO is identified as the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) of the Companies. The CODM monitors the operating results of its operating segments separately for the purpose of making decisions about resource allocation and performance assessment. Segment performance is evaluated based on revenue growth with less emphasis on profit or loss due to the early stage development of the Company. Profit or loss is measured consistently with net profit or net loss in the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company. The CODM monitors the operating segments based on revenue growth and gross profit and reports its results under 2 segments: Kit and Services. All other operating segments have been aggregated and are included within the Corporate / Unallocated heading.

The Companies’ research and development activities, sales & administrative activities, financing (including finance costs, finance income and other income) and income taxes are managed on a corporate basis and are not allocated to operating segments. Such expenditure is included in corporate/ unallocated.

Capital expenditure consists of additions of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets.

5.2Revenue and Gross Profit

The following tables presents the Company’s key financial information by segment:

							Predecessor For
					Successor		the period from
	Successor for the		Successor for the		For the year		January 1, 2019
	year ended		year ended		ended		through
Amounts in thousands of US Dollars	December 31, 2021		December 31, 2020		December 31, 2019		March 7, 2019
Kit
Revenue from external customers	$	26,797	$	14,759	$	11,067	$	1,829
Total segment revenue		26,797		14,759		11,067		1,829
Cost of goods sold		(4,112)		(2,671)		(2,430)		(106)
Gross profit	$	22,685	$	12,088	$	8,637	$	1,723
Service
Revenue from external customers		60,221		34,404		27,739		2,480
Total segment revenue		60,221		34,404		27,739		2,480
Cost of goods sold		(28,299)		(12,114)		(9,146)		(938)
Gross profit	$	31,922	$	22,290	$	18,593	$	1,542
Total segments
Revenue from external customers		87,018		49,163		38,806		4,309
Total segment revenue		87,018		49,163		38,806		4,309
Cost of goods sold		(32,411)		(14,785)		(11,576)		(1,044)
Gross profit	$	54,607	$	34,378	$	27,230	$	3,265
Corporate / Unallocated
Revenue from external customers		7,955		4,904		2,887		316
Total segment revenue		7,955		4,904		2,887		316
Cost of goods sold		(4,353)		(2,671)		(1,442)		(210)
Gross profit	$	3,602	$	2,233	$	1,445	$	106
Consolidated
Revenue from external customers		94,973		54,067		41,693		4,625
Total segment revenue		94,973		54,067		41,693		4,625
Cost of goods sold		(36,764)		(17,456)		(13,018)		(1,254)
Gross profit	$	58,209	$	36,611	$	28,675	$	3,371

F-20

5.3Disaggregation of revenue from contracts with customers

The Companies’ derive revenue primarily from the sales of own-produced finished goods and services in the following geographical regions:

Successor

						Corporate /
As per December 31, 2021		Kit		Services		Unallocated		Total
Sweden	$	2,072	$	3,155	$	1,467	$	6,694
Americas		12,170		27,105		3,068		42,343
EMEA (excluding Sweden)		10,381		26,612		1,754		38,747
China		1,908		148		717		2,773
Japan		182		2,605		195		2,982
Rest of world		84		596		754		1,434
Total	$	26,797	$	60,221	$	7,955	$	94,973

						Corporate /
As per December 31, 2020		Kit		Services		Unallocated		Total
Sweden	$	4,029	$	2,307	$	884	$	7,220
Americas		6,824		19,268		1,715		27,807
EMEA (excluding Sweden)		2,858		10,906		1,166		14,930
China		374		101		193		668
Japan		88		1,369		90		1,547
Rest of world		586		453		856		1,895
Total	$	14,759	$	34,404	$	4,904	$	54,067

					Corporate /
From January 4, 2019 through December 31, 2019	Kit		Services		Unallocated		Total
Sweden	$	1,314	$	1,716	$	749	$	3,779
Americas		6,266		19,431		1,449		27,146
EMEA (excluding Sweden)		2,958		5,975		656		9,589
China		465		69		10		544
Japan		64		301		16		381
Rest of world		—		247		7		254
Total	$	11,067	$	27,739	$	2,887	$	41,693

Predecessor

					Corporate /
From January 1, 2019 through March 7, 2019	Kit		Services		Unallocated		Total
Sweden	$	512	$	203	$	88	$	803
Americas		901		1,529		158		2,588
EMEA (excluding Sweden)		317		748		64		1,129
China		—		—		—		—
Japan		99		—		6		105
Rest of world		—		—		—		—
Total	$	1,829	$	2,480	$	316	$	4,625

There were 0 customers in the Successor 2020 or 2019 periods that individually exceeded 10% of total revenue. In the Predecessor 2019 period, Hamilton Health Sciences individually exceeded 10% of total revenue, with sales amounting to $707 thousand. There were 0 customers during 2021 that individually exceeded 10% of total revenue.

F-21

5.4Non-current operating assets by geography

Sweden is regarded as being the Company’s country of domicile. Non-current operating assets are distributed by geography as follows:

	As of
	December 31,
	2021		2020
Sweden	$	327,404	$	355,179
Rest of World		11,707		2,799
Total	$	339,111	$	357,978

6.Operating expenses by nature

	Successor		Successor
	for the year		for the year		Successor from
	ended		ended		January 4, 2019		Predecessor from
	December		December		through December		January 1, 2019
	31, 2021		31, 2020		31, 2019		through March 7, 2019
Included in cost the costs of good sold
Cost of inventories recognized as an expense	$	28,988	$	12,760	$	10,681	$	840
Depreciation of tangible assets (Note 13, 14.2)		2,964		1,540		324		40
Amortization of intangible assets (Note 12)		28		0		0		0
Employee benefits (Note 7)		4,783		3,156		2,006		373
Included in selling expenses
Depreciation of tangible assets (Note 13, 14.2)		537		357		134		19
Amortization of intangible assets (Note 12)		2		11		5		1
Employee benefits (Note 7)		23,077		9,758		4,793		8,676
Included in administrative expenses
Depreciation of tangible assets (Note 13, 14.2)		463		293		781		106
Amortization of intangible assets (Note 12)		10,455		9,736		7,831		—
Employee benefits (Note 7)		7,191		3,519		2,309		419
Included in research and development expenses
Depreciation of tangible assets (Note 13, 14.2)		749		478		83		20
Amortization of intangible assets (Note 12)		604		125		—		—
Employee benefits (Note 7)		8,613		3,359		2,171		439

7.Employee benefits

The Companies have various defined contribution benefit plans, primarily consisting of the plans in Sweden, for which its employees participate.

	Successor		Successor
	for the year		for the year		Successor from
	ended		ended		January 4, 2019		Predecessor from
	December		December		through December		January 1, 2019
	31, 2021		31, 2020		31, 2019		through March 7, 2019
Salaries and wages	$	32,307	$	15,269	$	8,956	$	9,423
Share-based payments		2,524
Social security costs		6,148		2,935		1,649		352
Pension costs - defined contribution plans		2,685		1,588		674		132
Total employee benefits	$	43,664	$	19,792	$	11,279	$	9,907

Employee benefit expenses for the Predecessor period ended March 7, 2019 includes a change in control bonus for approximately $7,708 thousand included within Salaries and wages.

F-22

For information about stock- based compensation, please see footnote 20.

8.Financial income and expenses

The following table shows a reconciliation of financial income and expense.

		Successor		Successor
		for the year		for the year		Successor from
		ended		ended		January 4, 2019		Predecessor
		December		December		through December		from January 1, 2019
		31, 2021		31, 2020		31, 2019		through March 7, 2019
Interest income	$	98	$	—	$	7	$	—
Interest expense on loans and other borrowings		(1,760)		(6,355)		(6,423)		—
Interest expense on lease liabilities		(386)		(276)		(176)		(27)
Total interest income/(expense)		(2,048)		(6,631)		(6,592)		(27)
Total foreign exchange gain/(loss)		1,874		5,455		18		242
Other financial expenses		(1,719)		(713)		(1,293)		—
Total other financial income/(expenses)		(1,719)		(713)		(1,293)		—
Financial items - net	$	(1,893)	$	(1,889)	$	(7,867)	$	215

9.Income tax

Items reported for income taxes include a reasonable estimate of the impact of the material aspects of the Swedish tax rate reduction which was signed into law on June 14, 2018, on the deferred tax assets and liabilities. Swedish tax rules reduced the corporate income tax from 22% to 21.4% from January 1, 2019, and to 20.6% from January 1, 2021. The major components of income tax benefit (expense) for the periods ended December 31, 2021, 2020, 2019 are as follows:

	Successor		Successor
	for the year		for the year		Successor from
	ended		ended		January 4, 2019		Predecessor from
	December		December		through December		January 1, 2019
	31, 2021		31, 2020		31, 2019		through March 7, 2019
Current tax:
Current tax on profit for the year	$	(308)	$	(1,231)	$	(1,372)	$	(123)
Total current tax expense		(308)		(1,231)		(1,372)		(123)
Deferred income tax
Decrease/(increase) in deferred tax assets		5,324		54		13		(2)
(Decrease)/increase in deferred tax liabilities		3,190		1,656		2,011		(207)
Total deferred tax expense/(benefit)		8,514		1,710		2,024		(209)
Income tax (expense)/benefit	$	8,206	$	479	$	652	$	(332)

F-23

A reconciliation between reported tax expense for each period and the theoretical tax expense that would arise when applying statutory tax rate in Sweden, 20.6% in 2021 and 21.4% in 2020 and 2019, on the Company loss before taxes, is shown in the table below:

	Successor		Successor
	for the year		for the year		Successor from
	ended		ended		January 4, 2019		Predecessor from
	December		December		through December		January 1, 2019
	31, 2021		31, 2020		31, 2019		through March 7, 2019
Loss before tax	$	(46,545)	$	(7,259)	$	(18,530)	$	(7,500)
Income tax calculated according to tax rate in Sweden 20.6 % 2021/21.4% 2020, 2019		9,588		1,553		3,965		1,605
Tax effects from:
Non-deductible costs		(1,542)		(1,143)		(3,019		(1,909)
Previously unrecognized tax losses used to reduce current tax expenses		184		70		(244)		(28)
Differences in overseas tax rates		(24)		(22)		(50)		—
Other		—		21		—		—
Income tax	$	8,206	$	479	$	652	$	(332)

Deferred tax balances

Deferred tax assets and liabilities of the Company are shown in the table below:

	Lease
Deferred tax assets	Liabilities		Tax losses		Other		Total
Predecessor as of January 1, 2019	$	11		—		—	$	11
Recognized in the statement of comprehensive income		2		—		—		2
Predecessor as of March 7, 2019	$	13		—		—	$	13
Through acquisitions - Purchase price allocation		—		—		—		—
Recognized in the statement of comprehensive income		13		—		—		13
Net to deferred tax liability		(3)		—		—		(3)
Successor as of December 31, 2019	$	10		—		—	$	10
Through acquisitions - Purchase price allocation		—		—		—		—
Recognized in the statement of comprehensive income		54		—		—		54
Net to deferred tax liability		(31)		—		—		(31)
Exchange differences		4		—		—		4
Balance as of December 31, 2020	$	37		—		—	$	37
Recognized in the statement of comprehensive income		113		4,935		276		5,324
Recognized in statement of Equity		—		—		3,825		3,825
Net to deferred tax liability		—		—		—		—
Exchange differences		(6)		(223)		134		(95)
Balance as of December 31, 2021	$	144	$	4,712	$	4,235	$	9,091

F-24

	Deferred tax		Intangibles &		Other
	on untaxed		Inventory		Temporary
Deferred tax liabilities	reserves		Valuation		Differences		Total
Predecessor as of January 1, 2019	$	501	$	—	$	160	$	661
Recognized in the statement of comprehensive income		43		—		164		207
Exchange differences		(19)		—		(3)		(22)
Predecessor as of March 7, 2019	$	525	$	—	$	321	$	846
Purchase Price Allocation		525		31,615		321		32,461
Recognized in the statement of comprehensive income		365		(2,225)		(151)		(2,011)
Recognized in other comprehensive income		—		—		—		—
Net from deferred tax asset		(3)		—		—		(3)
Exchange differences		8		(107)		(3)		(102)
Successor as of December 31, 2019	$	895	$	29,283	$	167	$	30,345
Purchase Price Allocation		—		503		—		503
Recognized in the statement of comprehensive income		135		(2,173)		382		(1,656)
Recognized in other comprehensive income		—		—		—		—
Net from deferred tax asset		—		—		(31)		(31)
Exchange differences		140		3,868		24		4,032
Successor as of December 31, 2020	$	1,170	$	31,481	$	542	$	33,193
Recognized in the statement of comprehensive income		(1,116)		(2,206)		133		(3,190)
Recognized in other comprehensive income		—		—		—		—
Net from deferred tax asset		—		—		—		—
Exchange differences		(54)		(2,864)		6		(2,912)
Successor as of December 31, 2021	$	0	$	26,411	$	681	$	27,092

The Company has tax losses that arose in Sweden of $43,611 thousand (2020: $912 thousand) that are available indefinitely for offsetting against future taxable profits of the companies in which the losses arose. It also has tax losses related to interest expense deductions that arose in Sweden of $17,608 thousand (2020: $13,230 thousand) that are available for up to 6 years for offsetting against future taxable profits of the companies in which the deduction arose. Deferred tax assets have been recognized for the former but not been recognized for the latter because it is not currently probable that the companies in which the loss arose will be able to generate sufficient taxable profits before these companies' taxable deduction offsets expire after 6 years. Furthermore, these taxable deductions are not available to other group companies where profits are expected to arise. In evaluating the probability of realizing the deferred tax assets, the Company considered all available positive and negative evidence of future taxable income, including past operating results and forecasted market growth and earnings. During 2021, gross movement of $9,054 thousand (2020 $0 million) was recorded in the deferred tax asset with a net impact of $5,324 thousand (2020 $0 million) on the annual results. If the Company were able to recognize all unrecognized deferred tax assets, net profit would increase by $3,627 thousand (2020: $2,831 thousand).

F-25

10.Investments in subsidiaries

The Company had the following subsidiaries as per December 31, 2021 and 2020:

			Share of
			common shares
		Country of	owned by the
		registration	Company (%)
Name	Principle Activities	and operation	2021		2020
Knilo BidCo AB	Holding Company/ Management services	Sweden	100	%	100	%
Olink Proteomics Holding AB	Holding Company	Sweden	100	%	100	%
Olink Proteomics AB	Sales, production, and research & development	Sweden	100	%	100	%
Agrisera AB	Production, and research & development	Sweden	100	%	100	%
Olink Proteomics Inc.	Marketing coordination and sales services	USA	100	%	100	%
Olink Proteomics Ltd	Marketing coordination and sales services	UK	100	%	100	%
Olink Proteomics B.V	Marketing coordination and sales services	Netherlands	100	%	100	%
Olink Proteomics GmbH .	Marketing coordination and sales services	Germany	100	%	100	%
Olink Proteomics KK	Marketing coordination and sales services	Japan	100	%	100	%
Olink Biotech (Shanghai) Co., Ltd	Marketing coordination and sales services	China	100	%	100	%

11.Business combinations

Acquisitions in 2021

No acquisitions were made in 2021.

Acquisitions in 2020

On May 7, 2020, the Successor acquired 100% of the shares in Agrisera AB, a Swedish company specializing in polyclonal and monoclonal antibody production. The Successor acquired Agrisera AB in order to enable the growth of its protein biomarker library and increase control over its supply chain. The purchase price of $4,990 thousand was entirely settled in cash. There were 0 contingent consideration arrangements. The purchase price was allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date, in the amounts of $3,541 thousand and $1,057 thousand, respectively, resulting in goodwill of $2,506 thousand.

Acquisitions in 2019

As noted in Note 1, on March 7, 2019, the Successor, as part of the Summa Equity Holding AB group acquired 100% of the shares in Predecessor in a business combination. The Predecessor forms substantially all of the Successor.

F-26

The fair value of the assets and liabilities recognized as a result of the acquisition are as follows:

Assets
Intangible assets, excluding goodwill	$	149,831
Property plant and equipment		2,597
Right-of-use assets		2,740
Financial assets		64
Inventories		9,104
Accounts receivables		4,075
Other receivables		9,794
Prepaid expenses and contract assets		466
Cash at bank and in hand		10,187
	$	188,858
Liabilities
Lease liabilities	$	2,682
Deferred tax liabilities		32,461
Accounts payable		1,835
Current tax liabilities		1,321
Other current liabilities		8,945
Accrued expenses and contract liabilities		3,355
	$	50,599
Total identifiable net assets at fair value	$	138,259
Goodwill arising upon acquisition (Note 12)		161,123
Purchase Consideration Transferred	$	299,382

The purchase price allocation of acquired customer relationships was determined using the multi-period excess earnings method. Under this method, the fair value, $38,693 thousand, represents the amount a hypothetical buyer would be willing to pay to acquire the future cash flows expected to arise solely from those relationships.

The purchase price allocation of the brand, $24,618 thousand, and technology, $86,473 thousand, was determined using relief from royalty method. The principle behind this method is that the value of the asset is equal to the present value of the after-tax royalty savings attributable to owning the asset.

The Successor measured the acquired lease liabilities using the present value of the remaining lease payments at the date of acquisition. The right-of-use assets were measured at an amount equal to the lease liabilities and adjusted to reflect the favorable terms of the lease relative to market terms.

Since the fair value adjustment has no impact on the assumed tax base for the Customer relations, Brand, and Technology, a temporary difference related to deferred tax arises in the Successor's accounts. The deferred tax is relieved over the life of the corresponding fair value adjustment.

The purchase price took into account future income expectations, which support the excess amount paid as compared to the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, resulting in the recognition of goodwill. The goodwill of $161,123 thousand comprises assets which are not separately recognizable as they do not fulfil the separate recognition criteria as intangible assets under IAS 38, such as synergies, future growth prospects or skilled and trained workforces. None of the goodwill recognized is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes.

The fair value of accounts receivables and other receivables was determined to be equal to book value. The book value of the acquired receivables was equal to the gross amount and it is expected that the full contractual amounts can be collected.

Assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies were translated using the exchange rates as of the balance sheet date.

F-27

Acquisition-related costs

Acquisition-related costs of $14,666 thousand that were not directly attributable to the issue of shares are included in administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of income and in operating activities in the consolidated statement of cash flows.

Revenue and profit contribution

Revenue and net loss for the Successor consists entirely of revenue and net loss from the acquired operations as the operations of the Successor started with this acquisition. If the combination had taken place at the beginning of the year, revenue would have been $46,318 thousand and net loss for the period for the Successor would have been $19,498 thousand.

Purchase consideration - cash outflow

The purchase price of $299,382 thousand was entirely settled in cash. There were 0 contingent consideration arrangements. Outflow of cash to acquire Predecessor, net of cash acquired.

Cash consideration	$	299,382
Less: Balances acquired
Cash		10,187
Net outflow of cash - investing activities	$	289,195

12.Goodwill and other intangible assets

Changes in goodwill and other intangible assets for the Company periods are as follows:

				Brand
		Customer		and	Development
	Goodwill	relation	Technology	Licenses	Cost	Total
As of December 31, 2019	160,843	38,626	86,323	24,632	—	310,424
Purchase Price Allocation	2,506	1,359	654	180	—	4,699
Additions	—	—	—	127	7,664	7,791
Translation differences	22,671	5,597	12,028	3,446	950	44,692
As of December 31, 2020	186,020	45,582	99,005	28,385	8,614	367,606
Additions	—	—	—	593	3,733	4,326
Translation differences	(17,589)	(4,310)	(9,361)	(2,712)	(1,005)	(34,977)
As of December 31, 2021	168,431	41,272	89,644	26,266	11,342	336,955
Amortization and impairment
As of December 31, 2019	—	3,219	4,796	5	—	8,020
Amortization	—	4,005	5,856	11	—	9,872
Translation differences	—	940	1,386	1	—	2,327
As of December 31, 2020	—	8,164	12,038	17	—	20,219
Amortization	—	4,349	6,297	41	401	11,088
Translation differences	—	(995)	(1,459)	(3)	(19)	(2,476)
As of December 31, 2021	—	11,518	16,876	55	382	28,831
Net Book Value
As of December 31, 2021	168,431	29,754	72,768	26,211	10,960	308,124
As of December 31, 2020	186,020	37,418	86,967	28,368	8,614	347,387

F-28

12.1Test of goodwill and indefinite lived assets impairment

For impairment testing goodwill acquired through business combinations and brands with indefinite useful lives are allocated to the Kit and Services CGUs, which are also reportable segments.

As of December 31, 2021		Kit		Services		Total
Goodwill	$	134,189	$	34,242	$	168,431
Brands		15,338		10,176		25,514

As of December 31, 2020	Kit		Services		Total
Goodwill	$	147,067	$	38,953	$	186,020
Brands		16,858		11,320		28,178

The recoverable amounts of the CGUs’ value in use calculation using cash flow projections from financial budgets approved by senior management covering a ten-year period. Given the Company’s status as an early stage growth company the use of a 10-year budget is appropriate, as the Company is not expected to reach a terminal growth prior to the end of the budgeted ten years.

The discount rates used in 2021 and 2020 is based on the Company’s WACC of 19% and 21% respectively, as both CGUs have integrated operations across the business. The discount rate is adjusted where appropriate for specific segment, country and currency risks. The valuation methodology uses significant inputs which are not based on observable market data; therefore, this valuation technique is classified as level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.

F-29

Details relating to the discounted cash flow models used in the impairment tests of the Kit and Services CGUs are as follows:

Valuation basis	Value in use
Key assumptions	· Sales growth rates · Profit margins · CAPEX and working capital · Terminal value · Discount rate · Taxation rate
Determination of assumptions	· Growth rates are internal forecasts based on both internal and external market information · Margins reflect past experience, adjusted for expected changes · Terminal growth rates based on management’s estimate of future long-term average growth rates · CAPEX and working capital forecasts as a percentage of revenue · Discount rates based on the Company’s WACC, adjusted where appropriate. · Taxation rates based on appropriate rates for each country.
Period of specific projected cash flows	10 years
Terminal growth rate and discount rate	Terminal growth rate		Discount rate 2021/2020
	Kit and Services CGUs	2% per annum	19%/21%

The Company performed its annual goodwill impairment test for each of its reporting units as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 using a discounted cash flow analysis, concluding that the recoverable amounts of all of its reporting units were in excess of their carrying values. No impairment of goodwill was required.

The discounted cash flow analysis includes management’s current assumptions as to future cash flows and long-term growth rates. Management has identified that a reasonably possible change in these two key assumptions during 2021 could cause the carrying amount to exceed recoverable amounts of each CGU. A rise in the pre-tax discount rate above 25.9% (i.e., +6.6%) in the Kit segment or 23.0% (i.e., +3.7%) in the Services segment would result in impairment. A decline in the terminal growth rate to 0% (i.e., -2.0%) in the Kit segment or 0% (i.e., -2.0%) in the Services segment would not result in an impairment.

In 2021 Management performed a sensitivity analysis of these key assumptions, noting for both CGUs a simultaneous rise in the pre-tax discount rate to 22.3% (i.e., +3.00%) and decline in the terminal growth rate to 0% (i.e., -2.00%) would not result in impairment. Management has identified that a reasonably possible change in these two assumptions would not result in the estimated recoverable amounts falling below the carrying amount in either CGU.

F-30

13.Property, plant and equipment

Changes in property, plant and equipment for the Company periods are as follows:

								Construction
								in progress for
						Furniture,		property, plant
		Leasehold		Plant and		fittings and		and
		improvement		machinery		equipment		equipment		Total
As of December 31, 2019	$	530	$	1,176	$	1,421	$	84	$	3,211
Purchase Price Allocation		—		44		63		—		107
Additions		123		1,561		1,303		473		3,460
Transfers		—		368		124		(492)		0
Disposals		—		—		—		—		0
Translation differences		6		244		383		11		644
As of December 31, 2020		659		3,393		3,294		76		7,422
Additions		3,147		4,836		1,180		1,319		10,482
Transfers		92		200		(63)		(597)		(368)
Disposals		(569)		(21)		(495)		—		(1,085)
Translation differences		(6)		(373)		(325)		(45)		(749)
As of December 31, 2021		3,323		8,035		3,591		753		15,702
Amortization and impairment
As of December 31, 2019		93		202		175		—		470
Depreciation for the period		114		493		458		—		1,065
Disposals		—		—		—		—		0
Translation differences		—		33		80		—		113
As of December 31, 2020		207		728		713		0		1,648
Depreciation for the period		238		1,069		727		—		2,034
Transfers		1		(128)		59		—		(68)
Disposals		(370)		(11)		(69)		—		(450)
Translation differences		(1)		(55)		(102)		—		(158)
As of December 31, 2021		75		1,603		1,328		0		3,006
Net Book Value
As of December 31, 2021		3,248		6,432		2,263		753		12,696
As of December 31,2020	$	452	$	2,665	$	2,581	$	76	$	5,774

14.Leases

The Companies are a lessee

The Companies have lease contracts for various items of property and production equipment used in its operations. Lease terms for properties and equipment are generally between 1 and 10 years. Certain leases include extension and termination options. These options are negotiated by management to provide flexibility in managing the leased-asset portfolio and align with the Companies’ business needs.

For the year ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 the Company had lease contracts with lease terms of 12 months or less. The Company applied the ‘short-term lease’ recognition exemption for theses leases.

The applicable Company periods have lease of office equipment with low value. The Companies applied the ‘lease of low-value assets’ recognition exemptions for these leases.

14.1Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheet

F-31

	As of December 31,		As of December 31,
		2021	2020
Right-of-Use Assets
Property	$	7,195	$	3,073
Equipment		1,583		1,611
Total assets	$	8,778	$	4,684
Lease liabilities
Current (Note 15.1)		2,952		2,146
Non-current (Note 15.1)		5,427		2,290
Total liabilities	$	8,379	$	4,436

The additions of right-of-use assets during the Company periods ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 were $7122 thousand and $1,143 thousand, respectively.

14.2Amounts recognized in the consolidated statement of income related to leases

					Successor from		Predecessor from
	Successor		Successor		January 4, 2019		January 1, 2019
	For the year ended		For the year ended		through		through
	December 31, 2021		December 31, 2020		December 31, 2019		March 7, 2019
Depreciation charge of right-of-use assets
Property	$	1,611	$	921	$	647	$	100
Equipment		1,068		682		108		—
Total depreciation of right-of-use-assets		2,679		1,603		755		100
Interest expense (included in finance cost, Not 8)		386		276		176		27
Total amount recognized in net loss for the period	$	3,065	$	1,879	$	931	$	127

No significant variable lease payments that are not included in the lease liability have been identified for the Company. Short term lease payments and payments on low value lease assets were not significant for the year ended December 31, 2021.

The total cash outflow for leases during the Company periods ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 were $2,845 thousand and $1,764 thousand, respectively. The maturity analysis of lease liabilities for the Company is disclosed in Note 4.1.

15.Financial instruments per category

The following tables present the Company’s financial instruments per category

	As of December		As of December
	31, 2021		31, 2020
Current debt instruments at amortized cost
Trade receivables	$	42,061	$	33,482
Other receivables		4,094		2,856
Total current debt instruments at amortized cost		46,155		36,338
Non-current debt instruments at amortized cost
Other long-term receivables		422		133
Total non-current debt instruments at amortized cost		422		133
Total financial assets	$	46,577	$	36,471

15.1 Financial liabilities: Interest-bearing loans and borrowings

F-32

				As of December
	Interest Rate		Maturity	31, 2021
Current interest-bearing loans and borrowings
Lease Liabilities (Note 14)	6.25%-11	%	2022	$	2,952
Total current interest-bearing loans and borrowings					2,952
Non-current interest-bearing loans and borrowings
Lease Liabilities (Note 14)	6.25%-11	%	2022-30	$	5,427
Facilities					—
Total non-current interest-bearing loans and borrowings					5,427
Total interest-bearing loans and borrowings				$	8,379

				As of December
	Interest Rate		Maturity	31, 2020
Current interest-bearing loans and borrowings
Lease Liabilities (Note 14)	6.25%-11	%	2021	$	2,146
Total current interest-bearing loans and borrowings					2,146
Non-current interest-bearing loans and borrowings
Lease Liabilities (Note 14)	6.25%-11	%	2021-30	$	2,290
Facilities	11	%	2025		61,675
Total non-current interest-bearing loans and borrowings					63,965
Total interest-bearing loans and borrowings				$	66,111

Loan from shareholder and other interest-bearing loan

The loan from shareholder and the other interest-bearing loan were converted to equity on May 25, 2020. These loans had been previously payable on demand as repayment timing was not specified in the loan agreement. Accrued interest was capitalized annually on the last calendar day of each year. The conversion was made without any premium or penalty.

Loan Facility

During the year ended December 31, 2019 we entered into a loan facility in the amount of $110 million with Bridgepoint Credit and DNB AB (Publ) as part of the financing of the Olink Acquisition (Facilities). Under the terms of the Facilities the Successor had access to a Capex/Acquisition Facility, a term Facility B, a Recap Facility and a Revolving Facility. The facilities had a leverage covenant towards the creditors that measures a rolling 12-month EBITDA in relation to net debt at the end of each quarter. The interest rate was equal to a bank reference rate, or the EURIBOR, STIBOR, or LIBOR plus a margin ranging from 3.0% to 6.25% dependent upon the facility and denomination of the borrowings and leverage. There was a commitment fee equal to 35% of the margin on any unused facility.

During the year ended December 31, 2020 we amended our debt structure under the existing loan facility with Bridgepoint Credit and DNB AB (Publ), increasing the total commitment under the facilities to $137.6 million . The effective date of the amended agreement was December 23, 2020.

A total of $63.5 million has been drawn down under the term Facility B, adjusted for transaction costs of $1.8 million. The loans were raised in USD and EUR to match revenue streams in USD and EUR. The interest will be capitalized annually to form part of the Facility B loans and will thereafter bear interest together with the rest of the loan. The remaining undrawn credit under the facilities is $74.1 million. Under the terms of the Facilities, the Successor has pledged the assets, including patents and other intellectual property, of its subsidiary, Olink Proteomics Inc. The book value of the pledged assets was $6,948 thousand as of December 31, 2020.

Facilities, we have pledged the assets, including patents and other intellectual property, of our subsidiary, Olink Proteomics Inc. The book value of the pledged assets was $6.9 million as of December 31, 2020.

F-33

On March 30, 2021, we repaid $65.6 million of outstanding loan facilities plus accrued interest of $1.9 million using the net proceeds from the offering. As of December 31, 2021, we had $118.1 million in cash at bank and 0 outstanding loan balances.

15.2Other financial liabilities

	As of		As of
		December 31,	December 31,
	2021		2020
Other financial liabilities at amortized cost
Advance invoiced customers		5,447	$	7,367
Accounts payable		8,668		6,658
Total other current financial liabilities	$	14,115	$	14,025

15.3Fair values

To provide an indication about the reliability of the inputs used in determining fair value, the Company has classified its financial instruments into the three levels prescribed under the accounting standards.

Level 1: Quoted (unadjusted) market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities

Level 2: Valuation techniques for which the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement is directly or indirectly observable

Level 3: Valuation techniques for which the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement is unobservable

Set out below is a comparison, by class, of the carrying amounts and fair values of the Company’s financial instruments, other than those with carrying amounts that are reasonable approximations of fair values:

	As of December 31, 2021
	Carrying
	Amount	Level 1	Level 2	Level 3
Financial liabilities
Facilities	—	—	—	—

	As of December 31, 2020
	Carrying
	Amount	Level 1	Level 2	Level 3
Financial liabilities
Facilities	61,675	—	61,675	—

Management assessed that the fair values of cash at bank, accounts receivables, other receivables, accounts payable, and advance payments from customers approximate their carrying amounts largely due to the short-term maturities of these instruments.

F-34

15.4 Changes in Liabilities attributable to financing activities

The following tables show changes in liabilities attributable to financing activities for the Company respectively:

					Non-current
	Current				Interest
	Interest				bearing
	bearing				liabilities				Total
	liabilities				(excluding		Non-		liabilities
	(excluding		Current		Non-current		current		from
	current lease		lease		lease		lease		financing
	liabilities)		liabilities		liabilities)		liabilities		activities
Predecessor liabilities as of January 1, 2019	$	0	$	682	$	0	$	2,066	$	2,748
Cash flows		—		(23)		—		—		(23)
Non cash-flow:
New leases		—		—		—		—		—
Foreign exchange adjustments		—		(18)		—		(52)		(70)
Other		—		28		—		(8)		20
Predecessor liabilities as of March 7, 2019		—		669		0		2,006		2,675
Cash flows		40,000		(749)		53,278		—		92,529
Non cash-flow:
New leases		—		700		—		1,812		2,512
Foreign exchange adjustments		—		10		(49)		8		(31)
Other		2,720		784		(1)		(776)		2,727
Successor liabilities as of December 31, 2019	$	42,720	$	1,414	$	53,228	$	3,050	$	100,412
Cash flows		—		(1,490)		7,930		—		6,440
Non cash-flow:
New leases		—		637		—		474		1,111
Foreign exchange adjustments		—		153		143		196		492
Other		(42,720)		1,432		374		(1,430)		(42,344)
Successor Liabilities as of December 31, 2020	$	—	$	2,146	$	61,675	$	2,290	$	66,111
Cash flows		—		(2,845)		(63,315)		—		(66,160)
Non cash-flow:
New leases		—		1,379		—		5,320		6,699
Foreign exchange adjustments		—		(133)		(58)		222		31
Other		—		2,405		1,698		(2,405)		1,698
Successor Liabilities as of December 31, 2021	$	0	$	2,952	$	0	$	5,427	$	8,379

16.Inventories

	As of		As of
	December 31,		December 31,
	2021		2020
Raw materials	$	18,402	$	13,004
Work in-progress		5,138		3,712
Finished products		5,400		4,110
Total inventories at the lower of cost and net realizable value	$	28,940	$	20,826

17.Trade receivables

Trade receivables, for the Company, are non-interest bearing and are generally on terms of 30 to 90 days. The Companies maintain an allowance for ECL but given that the Companies have historically recognized almost non-existent credit losses the allowance for ECL is insignificant as of the Company periods ended December 31, 2021 and 2020. The credit loss recognized in the Company periods ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 was $365 and $2 thousand, respectively.

F-35

18.Other receivables

	As of		As of
	December		December
	31, 2021		31, 2020
Value added tax and other tax receivables	$	3,184	$	2,350
Other items		910		506
Total	$	4,094	$	2,856

19.Share capital and Other contributed capital

The Company’s Share capital at December 31, 2021 consisted of the following:

	Number of			Other Contributed
	shares	Share Capital		Capital
Common Share	119,007,062		30,964		506,008
Total	119,007,062		30,964		506,008

The Company’s Share capital at December 31, 2020 consisted of the following, on a pre-split basis:

	Number of			Other Contributed
	shares	Share Capital		Capital
Preferred A	1	$	—	$	—
Preferred B1	200,755,561		21,249		194,741
Common Share - Class A	56,221,500		5,946		62,965
Common Share - Class B	250,000		29		68
Total	257,227,062	$	27,224	$	257,774

Preferred A and Preferred B1 shares receive a preferential right to all forms of value transfers from the Company to the shareholders. The preference share A has a fixed amount as preference and the B share has an 8 percent cumulative coupon on the invested amount. There is no annual cash dividend or pay out, as the 8% fixed return accumulates indefinitely. As payments of dividend or potential decision of redemption preference share is within the control of the entity and as such the preferred preference shares are classified as equity instruments. The shares rank ahead of common equity and receive their return before any return is allocated to common shares. The Preferred A and Preferred B1 shares are entitled to ten votes per share while Common shares, both Class A and Class B, are entitled to one vote per share. Common A shares and Common B Shares carry equivalent features, however Common B shares have a higher threshold upon a potential exit or restructuring event, including an initial public offering, in order to receive a return.

As of December 31, 2020, the total number of authorized shares was 800,000,000 of which 257,227,062 were issued and outstanding. During 2020, 48,264,712 shares were issued at a par value of 1 SEK and premium of 9 SEK per share.

Reorganization of share structure

On March 16, 2021, the Company’s shareholders approved the adoption of new articles of association which provided for the reorganization of existing common and preferred shares into one single share class. Pursuant to the new articles of association, each class of shares have been reorganized into one class of common shares as follows:

● The common shares series A have been re-designated as 56,221,500 common shares;

● The common shares series B have been re-designated as 250,000 common shares;

● The preferred share series A have been re-designated as 1 common share; and

● The preferred shares series B1 have been re-designated as 200,755,561 common shares.

F-36

Furthermore, on March 16, 2021, the Company’s shareholders resolved to conduct a reverse share split where the total number of outstanding common shares (257,227,062) was consolidated into 105,771,768 common shares.

Initial public offering

On March 29, 2021, the Company completed an initial public offering of 13,235,294 ADSs, representing 13,235,294 common shares, at an initial public offering price of $20.00 per share. The net proceeds from the initial public offering were $249.3 million, after deducting the underwriting discounts, net of deferred taxes, and other initial public offering costs associated with the filing. The net proceeds of the initial public offering per the condensed consolidated statement of cash flows of $245.2 million do not reflect the non-cash movement related to the tax-deductible portion of the underwriter fees. Total transaction costs accounted for as a deduction from equity, net of deferred taxes, amounts to $15.4 million.

Following the initial public offering on March 29, 2021 the Company has 119,007,062 common shares outstanding.

The following chart shows a reconciliation of the movements in equity from December 31, 2019 through December 31, 2020 and from December 31, 2020 through December 31, 2021:

	Shares
	Outstanding	Share		Other Contributed
	(number)	Capital		Capital
Balance as of December 31, 2019	208,962,350	$	22,124	$	199,121
New Share Issuance	48,264,712		5,100		58,653
Shareholders’ contributions	—		—		—
Balance as of December 31, 2020	257,227,062	$	27,224	$	257,774
New Share Issuance	13,235,294		3,740		245,543
Share based renumeration program	—		—		2,691
Reverse stock split	(151,455,294)		—		—
Balance as of December 31, 2021	119,007,062	$	30,964	$	506,008

20.Stock-based compensation

On March 16, 2021 at the Annual General Meeting, our shareholders approved and made effective our 2021 Incentive Award Plan (“2021 Plan”). The principal purpose of the 2021 Plan is to attract, retain and motivate selected employees, consultants and directors through the granting of share-based compensation awards and cash-based performance bonus awards. Under the 2021 Plan, 1,085,900 shares are initially available for issuance pursuant to a variety of stock-based compensation awards, including stock options, restricted stock unit awards and performance based restricted stock unit awards; provided, however, that no more than 1,085,900 shares may be issued upon the exercise of incentive stock options. The shares will be issued when the program vests over the four-year plan period.

In connection with the closing of the initial public offering, the Company granted options to purchase an aggregate of 620,675 common shares out of the 2021 Plan, of which 442,789 options were granted to certain of our executive officers and directors, in each case with an exercise price equal to 125% of the initial public offering price of $20.00. Such options shall vest over four years, subject to the terms and conditions of the 2021 Plan. The expiration date on the options is five years from grant date. The material terms of the 2021 Plan have been summarized within the final prospectus relating to the initial public offering, dated March 24, 2021. The IFRS 2 cost is calculated according to the following: Fair value per option at the grant date * the number of outstanding share options * the number of days passed of the vesting period. To calculate fair value per share option at the grant date, the principles of the Black and Scholes model have been used. The expense

F-37

associated with these stock options amounted to $1.0 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021. These are recorded within selling and administrative expenses within the income statement.

A summary of stock option activity under the Company's 2021 Plan relating to awards to certain officers and directors as of December 31, 2021, and changes during the twelve months ended December 31, 2021, are as follows:

		Weighted
	Outstanding	Average
	Stock	Exercise
	Options	Price
Granted	442,789	25
Vested	0
Forfeited	0
Balance as of December 31, 2021	442,789	25

During the third quarter, 465,225 restricted stock units (“RSUs”) that had been approved at the Annual General Meeting on March 16, 2021 were awarded to employees currently employed by Olink under the 2021 Plan. Of this, 344,271 were granted as at December 31, 2021, of which 108,071 RSU’s were granted to our executive officers. The RSUs will vest during a four-year period; new shares will be issued when the RSUs vest. The expense associated with these RSUs amounted to $2.0 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021. These are recorded within selling, administrative and cost of goods sold expenses within the income statement. The following is a summary of the RSU activity and related information as of December 31, 2021, and changes during the twelve months ended December 31, 2021:

		Weighted
		Average
	Outstanding	Grant Date Fair
	RSU’s	Value
Granted	344,271	23.75
Vested	0
Forfeited	8,822
Balance as of December 31, 2021	335,449	23.75

21.Other current liabilities

	As of December		As of December
	31, 2021		31, 2020
Salaries and wages	$	6,306	$	4,342
Advance invoiced customers		5,447		7,367
Royalties		1,233		1,767
Other current liabilities		6,663		5,681
Total	$	19,649	$	19,157

Advance invoiced customers represent a contract liability. Beginning January 1, 2020, the Company had a liability balance of $1,068 for advance invoiced customers. During fiscal year 2020, the Company recognized $592 thousand of the advances from invoiced customers as revenue. Beginning January 1, 2021, the Company had a liability balance of $7,367 for advance invoiced customers. During fiscal year 2021, the Company recognized $7,092 of the advances from customers as revenue.

Other current liabilities include a contract liability related to advance payments from customers. On January 1, 2020 the Company did not have a contract liability for advance payments from customers. As of December 31, 2020, the advance payments from customers is $178 thousand. As per December 31, 2021 the advanced payments from customers is $258 thousand.

F-38

22.Related-party transactions

In March 2019, the Company entered into a shareholder loan ("Shareholder Loan") agreement, with Knilo InvestCo AB (f/k/a Goldcup 18085 AB), a subsidiary of our ultimate parent - Summa Equity AB, pursuant to which Knilo InvestCo AB extended a loan to the Company equal to approximately $38,486 thousand. There were no repayment terms for this loan and accrued interest, at the rate of 8% per annum, was capitalized annually on the last calendar day of each year. As of December 31, 2019 the outstanding balance on Shareholder Loan was approximately $41,102 thousand, of which $2,616 thousand was accrued interest. The amounts are classified as current interest-bearing loans and borrowings (Note 15). The Company could at any time without any premium or penalty, prepay any outstanding amount. Pursuant to the terms of the Shareholder Loan agreement, the outstanding amounts held by Knilo InvestCo AB converted to 6,763,245 shares of Class A common shares and 27,052,980 shares of preferred B-1 shares of the Company in May 2020. Interest expense recognized in 2020 prior to the conversion of the loan totaled $1,377 thousand. As per December 31, 2021 there are no outstanding loans to Knilo InvestCo AB.

There were no sales to or purchases from related parties during 2020 or 2021 outside of the transactions with directors disclosed below. NaN dividends were paid in 2019, 2020 or 2021.

Compensation of key management personnel of the Companies

	Successor						Predecessor
	For the year		For the year		From January 4,		From January 1,
	ended		ended		2019 through		2019 through
	December 31,		December 31,		December 31,		March 7,
	2021		2020		2019		2019
Wages and salaries	$	2,732	$	839	$	1,216	$	7,791
Share-based payments		96		—		—		—
Social security costs		876		179		—		—
Pension costs - defined contribution plans		303		90		42		—
	$	4,007	$	1,108	$	1,258	$	7,791

A management investment program exists between Knilo InvestCo AB and management and employees in the Company, and its subsidiaries. Management and employees have acquired the shares at fair value.

Agreements with Our Executive Officers and Directors

In August 2019, the Company's subsidiary - Olink Proteomics AB entered into a consulting agreement (the “Consulting Agreement”), with Gustavo Salem, a member of our board, pursuant to which Olink Proteomics AB agreed to pay a base rate of $7.5 thousand per month. The base pay rates were subsequently amended to $6 thousand per month in April 2020. The Consulting Agreement expired on May 31, 2021. Olink Proteomics AB paid $78 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2020, and $59 thousand for the period ended December 31, 2019. No payment has been made during 2021 pursuant to this Consulting Agreement. Other board members were paid approximately $9 thousand dollars pursuant to consulting arrangements in 2020. For their services on the board of directors, board members collectively received renumeration of $110 thousand during the year ended December 31, 2020 and $408 thousand during 2021.

Management Service Agreements

In March 2019, Summa Equity AB entered into a management service agreement (the "Summa MSA"), with the Company's subsidiary - Knilo BidCo AB (f/k/a Goldcup 18087 AB), pursuant to which Knilo BidCo AB engaged Summa Equity AB for services related to the management and business operations of Knilo BidCo AB. During the years ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, Knilo BidCo AB made payments to Summa Equity AB of $37 thousand and $166 thousand respectively, in connection with the Summa MSA. The Summa MSA was terminated in connection with our initial public offering, upon which we paid Summa Equity AB a lump sum amount equal to approximately $2.4 million.

F-39

23.Earnings per share

Earnings per share for the Successor is calculated by taking the net loss for the period, less the amount of the accumulated preferred dividend yield, divided by the weighted average of outstanding common shares during the period. Earnings per share for the Predecessor is calculated by taking the net loss for the period divided by the weighted average of outstanding common shares during the period.

	Successor for		Successor for		Successor from		Predecessor
	the year ended		the year ended		January 4,		from January 1,
	December 31,		December 31,		through December 31		2019 through
	2021		2020		2019		March 7 2019
Net loss for the period	$	(38,339)	$	(6,780)	$	(17,878)	$	(7,832)
Less accumulated preferred dividend yield		(4,205)		(16,900)		(10,932)		—
Total		(42,544)		(23,680)		(28,810)		(7,832)
Weighted average number of shares (thousands)		99,261		21,439		14,505		171
Basic and diluted loss per share	$	(0.43)	$	(1.10)	$	(1.99)	$	(45.80)

As of December 31, 2020, December 31, 2019 and March 7, 2019, Successor and Predecessor do not hold any potential dilutive shares nor any antidilutive shares; therefore, there are no differences with the basic earnings (loss) per share.

As of December 31, 2021, the Successor Company has the following potential common shares that can be potentially dilutive but are anti-dilutive for the periods presented and are therefore excluded from the weighted average number of common shares for the purpose of diluted profit/(loss) per share:

i. 442,789 outstanding stock options related to the 2021 Incentive Award Plan (See note 20).

ii. 335,449 restricted stock units related to the to the 2021 Incentive Award Plan (See note 20).

The Successor 2020, and Successor 2019 have been adjusted to reflect the impact of the reverse share split that occurred on March 16, 2021. The Predecessor 2019 audited historical financial statements are unaffected by the reverse share split.

24.Subsequent events

The Company evaluated subsequent events through March 17, 2022, the date on which these financial statements were issued, and the management determined that other than those that have been disclosed in the consolidated financial statements, there are no subsequent events that require recognition and disclosure in the consolidated financial statements.

F-40